N-4 1 initialregstmt.htm initialregstmt.htm

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 2012
1933 Act Registration No. 333-_______
                                                                                                                             1940 Act Registration No. 811-08517
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM N-4
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 /x/
 
and
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 / /
 
AMENDMENT NO. 308 /X/
 
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
(Exact Name of Registrant)
 
Lincoln ChoicePlusSM Assurance Series
 
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Name of Depositor)
 
1300 South Clinton Street
Post Office Box 1110
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46801
(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Depositor’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (260) 455-2000
 
Adam C. Ciongoli, Esquire
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1300 South Clinton Street
Post Office Box 1110
Fort Wayne, IN 46801
 
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
Copy to:
 
Scott C. Durocher, Esquire
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
350 Church Street
Hartford, Connecticut 06103
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement.
 
Title of Securities being registered:
Interests in a separate account under individual flexible
payment deferred variable annuity contracts.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) shall determine.
 

 
 

 


Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
Individual Variable Annuity Contracts 
 
Home Office:
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1300 South Clinton Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
1-888-868-2583
www.LincolnFinancial.com
 
This prospectus describes individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts that are issued by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company). Three separate contracts are offered in this prospectus, each of which has different features and charges. You must choose from one of the following contracts:
 
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series B-Share
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series C-Share
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series L-Share
 
In deciding which contract to purchase, you should consider which features are important to you, and the amount of separate account and surrender charges you are willing to bear relative to your needs. In deciding whether to purchase any of the optional benefits, you should consider the desirability of the benefit relative to its additional cost and to your needs.
 
These contracts are primarily for use with nonqualified plans and qualified retirement plans under Sections 408 (IRAs) and 408A (Roth IRAs) of the tax code. Generally, you do not pay federal income tax on the contract's growth until it is paid out. However, IRAs provide tax deferral whether or not the funds are invested in an annuity contract. Further, if your contract is a Roth IRA, you generally will not pay income tax on a distribution, provided certain conditions are met. Therefore, there should be reasons other than tax deferral for acquiring the contract within a qualified plan. The contract is designed to accumulate contract value and to provide retirement income over a certain period of time or for life subject to certain conditions. These benefits may be a variable or fixed amount, if available, or a combination of both. If you die before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will pay your beneficiary a death benefit. In the alternative, you generally may choose to receive a death benefit upon the death of the annuitant.
 
The minimum initial purchase payment for the contract is $10,000. Additional purchase payments may be made to the contract and must be at least $100 per payment ($25 if transmitted electronically), and at least $300 annually.
 
Except as noted below, you choose whether your contract value accumulates on a variable or a fixed (guaranteed) basis or both. Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting purchase payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. If any portion of your contract value is in the fixed account, we promise to pay you your principal and a minimum interest rate. For the life of your contract or during certain periods, we may impose restrictions on the fixed account. Also, an Interest Adjustment may be applied to any withdrawal, surrender or transfer from the fixed account before the expiration date of a Guaranteed Period.
 
All purchase payments (and any applicable persistency credits) for benefits on a variable basis will be placed in Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N (variable annuity account [VAA]). The VAA is a segregated investment account of Lincoln Life. You take all the investment risk on the contract value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the contract’s variable options. If the subaccounts you select make money, your contract value goes up; if they lose money, it goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the subaccounts you select. We do not guarantee how any of the variable options or their funds will perform. Also, neither the U.S. Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the contract. The contracts are not bank deposits and are not endorsed by any bank or government agency.
 

1
 

 
 
 

 

The available funds are listed below:
 
 
AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund (Class B):
 
 
AllianceBernstein VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
 
 
AllianceBernstein VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio
 
 
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. (Class III):
 
 
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
 
 
Delaware VIP® Trust (Service Class):
 
 
Delaware VIP® Diversified Income Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® Emerging Markets Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® REIT Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® Small Cap Value Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® Smid Cap Growth Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® U.S. Growth Series
 
 
Delaware VIP® Value Series
 
 
DWS Variable Series II (Class B):
 
 
DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio
 
 
Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products (Service Class 2):
 
 
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio
 
 
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio
 
 
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio
 
 
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust (Class 2):
 
 
FTVIPT Franklin Income Securities Fund
 
 
FTVIPT Mutual Shares Securities Fund
 
 
Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust (Service Class):
 
 
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund
 
 
LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
 
 
LVIP Capital Growth Fund
 
 
LVIP Cohen & Steers Global Real Estate Fund
 
 
LVIP Columbia Value Opportunities Fund
 
 
LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
 
 
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
 
 
LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund
 
 
LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund
 
 
LVIP Dimensional Non-U.S. Equity Fund
 
 
LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Fund
 
 
LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
 
 
LVIP Global Income Fund
 
 
LVIP Janus Capital Appreciation Fund
 
 
LVIP JP Morgan High Yield Fund
 
 
LVIP MFS International Growth Fund
 
 
LVIP MFS Value Fund
 
 
LVIP Mid-Cap Value Fund
 
 
LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund
 
 
LVIP Money Market Fund
 
 
LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund
 
 
LVIP SSgA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
 
 
LVIP SSgA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
 
 
LVIP SSgA Developed International 150 Fund
 
 
LVIP SSgA Emerging Markets 100 Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Global Tactical Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA International Index Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Large Cap 100 Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund**
 
LVIP SSgA Small-Cap Index Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Small/Mid Cap 200 Fund
 
LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
 
LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund
 
LVIP Templeton Growth Fund
 
LVIP Turner Mid-Cap Growth Fund
 
LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund
 
LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund
 
LVIP Wells Fargo Intrinsic Value Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Conservative Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Growth Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Moderate Fund
 
 
Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust (Service Class II):
 
 
LVIP American Global Growth Fund
 
 
LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund
 
 
LVIP American Growth Fund
 
 
LVIP American Growth Income Fund
 
 
LVIP American International Fund
 
 
MFS® Variable Insurance TrustSM (Service Class):
 
 
MFS® VIT Growth Series
 
 
MFS® VIT Utilities Series
 
 
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (Advisor Class):
 
 
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio
 
*Refer to Description of Funds for specific information regarding the availability of funds.
 
** “Standard & Poor's®”, “S&P 500®”, Standard & Poor's 500®“ and ”500“ are trademarks of Standard & Poor's Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust and its affiliates. The product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of purchasing the product.
 

2
 

 
 
 

 

This prospectus gives you information about the contracts that you should know before you decide to buy a contract and make purchase payments. You should also review the prospectuses for the funds and keep all prospectuses for future reference.
 
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved this contract or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
More information about the contracts is in the current Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus and is legally part of this prospectus. For a free copy of the SAI, write: The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, or call 1-888-868-2583. The SAI and other information about Lincoln Life and the VAA are also available on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov). There is a table of contents for the SAI on the last page of this prospectus.
 
____, 2012
 

3
 

 
 
 

 

Table of Contents
 
Item
Page
Special Terms
5
Expense Tables
8
Summary of Common Questions
16
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
19
Variable Annuity Account (VAA)
20
Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
20
Charges and Other Deductions
24
The Contracts
32
Contracts Offered in this Prospectus
32
Purchase Payments
33
Persistency Credits
34
Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date
35
Surrenders and Withdrawals
38
Death Benefit
39
Investment Requirements
43
Living Benefit Riders
45
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0
45
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage
55
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
60
i4LIFE® Advantage
62
Guaranteed Income Benefit with i4LIFE® Advantage
67
Annuity Payouts
71
Fixed Side of the Contract
79
Distribution of the Contracts
82
Federal Tax Matters
83
Additional Information
88
Voting Rights
88
Return Privilege
88
Other Information
89
Legal Proceedings
89
Contents of the Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
for Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
91
Appendix A — Overview of Living Benefit Riders
A-1

4
 

 
 
 

 

Special Terms
 
In this prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings:
 
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds—An option that provides an Income Base during the accumulation period, which can be used to establish a Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
5% Enhancement—A feature under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds in which the Income Base, minus purchase payments received in that year, will be increased by 5%, subject to certain conditions.
 
Access Period—Under i4LIFE® Advantage, a defined period of time during which we make Regular Income Payments to you while you still have access to your Account Value. This means that you may make withdrawals, surrender the contract, and have a death benefit.
 
Account or variable annuity account (VAA)—The segregated investment account, Account N, into which we set aside and invest the assets for the variable side of the contract offered in this prospectus.
 
Account Value—Under i4LIFE® Advantage, the initial Account Value is the contract value on the valuation date that i4LIFE® Advantage is effective (or initial purchase payment if i4LIFE® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a valuation date equals the total value of all of the contractowner's accumulation units plus the contractowner's value in the fixed account, reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and withdrawals.
 
Accumulation unit—A measure used to calculate contract value for the variable side of the contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and to calculate the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value during the Access Period.
 
Adjustment Date—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, the first day of January each year. The Scheduled Payment and the Reserve Value will be adjusted on each Adjustment Date.
 
Annuitant—The person upon whose life the annuity benefit payments are based, and upon whose life a death benefit may be paid.
 
Annuity Commencement Date—The valuation date when funds are withdrawn or converted into annuity units or fixed dollar payout for payment of retirement income benefits under the annuity payout option you select(other than i4LIFE® Advantage).
 
Annuity payout—A regularly scheduled payment (under any of the available annuity options) that occurs after the Annuity Commencement Date (or Periodic Income Commencement Date if i4LIFE® Advantage has been elected). Payments may be variable or fixed, or a combination of both.
 
Annuity unit—A measure used to calculate the amount of annuity payouts for the variable side of the contract after the Annuity Commencement Date. See Annuity Payouts.
 
Automatic Annual Step-up—Under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the Income Base will automatically step-up to the contract value on each Benefit Year anniversary, subject to certain conditions.
 
Beneficiary—The person you choose to receive any death benefit paid if you die before the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
Benefit Year—Under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. Under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, if the contractowner elects a step-up, the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the step-up after that.
 
Contractowner (you, your, owner)—The person who can exercise the rights within the contract (decides on investment allocations, transfers, payout option, designates the beneficiary, etc.). Usually, but not always, the contractowner is the annuitant.
 
Contract value (may be referred to as account value in marketing materials)—At a given time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the total value of all accumulation units for a contract plus the value of the fixed side of the contract, if any.
 
Contract year—Each one-year period starting with the effective date of the contract and starting with each contract anniversary after that.
 
CPI—The Consumer Price Index used to measure inflation.
 
CPI Adjustment—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, adjustments made to the Scheduled Payments and the Reserve Value as a result of fluctuations in the CPI.
 
CPI Value—The number published monthly by the Bureau of Labor Statistics that represents the Consumer Price Index. Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, the CPI Value is used to determine if the Scheduled Payments and Reserve Value will go up or down each year.
 
Death benefit—Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount payable to your designated beneficiary if the contractowner dies or, if selected, to the contractowner if the annuitant dies. See The Contracts — Death Benefit for a description of the various death benefit options.
 
Earnings—The excess of contract value over persistency credits and purchase payments which have not yet been withdrawn from the contract.
 
Enhancement Period—Under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the 10-year period during which the 5% Enhancement is in effect. A new Enhancement Period will begin each time an Automatic Annual Step-up to the contract value occurs.
 

5
 

 
 
 

 

Excess Withdrawals—Amounts withdrawn during a Benefit Year, as specified for each Living Benefit rider, which decrease or eliminate the guarantees under the rider.
 
Good Order—The actual receipt at our Home Office of the requested transaction in writing or by other means we accept, along with all information and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. The forms we provide will identify the necessary documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in good order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.
 
Guaranteed Amount—The value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage.
 
Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payout Option—A fixed annuity payout option available under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage under which the contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for life.
 
Guaranteed Annual Income—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal amount available from the contract each year for life under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0.
 
Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option—A payout option available under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 under which the contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life.
 
Guaranteed Income Benefit—An option that provides a guaranteed minimum payout floor for the i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments. The calculation of the Guaranteed Income Benefit or the features applicable to the Guaranteed Income Benefit may vary based on the rider provisions applicable to certain contractowners.
 
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment—The minimum payment you will receive under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation (as adjusted for Unscheduled Payments, charges and taxes).
 
Guaranteed Period—The length of the period during which contract value in a fixed account will be credited a guaranteed interest rate.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage—An annuity payout option which combines periodic variable Regular Income Payments for life and a death benefit with the ability to make withdrawals during a defined period, the Access Period.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Fundsi4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds is an optional feature under i4LIFE® Advantage that provides a higher Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage if you adhere to certain Investment Requirements.
 
Income Base—Under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, a value used to calculate the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. Under 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the Income Base will be used to calculate the minimum payouts
 
available under your contract at a later date. The amount of the Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider, and is adjusted as set forth in this prospectus.
 
Interest Adjustment—An upward or downward adjustment on the amount of contract value in the fixed account upon a transfer, withdrawal or surrender of contract value from the fixed account due to fluctuations in the guaranteed interest rate.
 
Investment Requirements—Restrictions in how you may allocate your subaccount investments if you own certain Living Benefit riders.
 
Lifetime Income Period—Under i4LIFE® Advantage, the period of time following the Access Period during which we make Regular Income Payments to you (and Secondary Life, if applicable) for the rest of your life. During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer have access to your Account Value or receive a death benefit.
 
Lincoln Life (we, us, our, Company)—The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0—Provides minimum guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals that may increase based on automatic enhancements and age-based increases to the withdrawal amount, regardless of the investment performance of the contract and provided certain conditions are met.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds— An optional feature under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 that provides a higher Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage if you adhere to certain Investment Requirements.
 
Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage — A qualified long-term care rider that provides a way to manage the potential impact of long-term care expenses.
 
Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation—A fixed annuity payout option that provides periodic annuity payouts that may increase or decrease annually based on fluctuations in the Consumer Price Index.
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage—Provides minimum guaranteed periodic withdrawals for life, regardless of the investment performance of the contract and provided certain conditions are met, that may increase due to subsequent purchase payments and step-ups.
 
Living Benefit—A general reference to certain riders that may be available for purchase that provide some type of a minimum guarantee while you are alive. These riders are Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds and i4LIFE® Advantage (with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit). If you select a Living Benefit rider, Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit, and you may be subject to Investment Requirements.
 
Maximum Annual Withdrawal—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal available under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage.
 

6
 

 
 
 

 

Nursing Home Enhancement—A feature that will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 upon admittance to an approved nursing care facility, subject to certain conditions.
 
Periodic Income Commencement Date—The valuation date on which the amount of i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments are determined.
 
Persistency credit—If you select the C Share or L Share contract, the additional amount credited to the contract after a specified contract anniversary.
 
Purchase payments—Amounts paid into the contract other than persistency credits.
 
Regular Income Payments—The variable, periodic income payments paid under i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
Reserve Value—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, the value that is established to determine the amount available for Unscheduled Payments and the death benefit, if any. The Reserve Value will be adjusted either up or down on an annual basis depending on the percentage change of the CPI.
 
Rider Date—The effective date of the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation rider.
 
Rider Year—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, each 12-month period starting with the Rider Date and starting each Rider Date anniversary after that.
 
Scheduled Payments—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, annuity payouts for the life of the annuitant (and Secondary Life, if applicable). The Scheduled Payment will be adjusted either up or down on an annual basis depending on the percentage change of the CPI.
 
Secondary Life—Under i4LIFE® Advantage, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, and Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, the person designated by the contractowner upon whose life the annuity payouts will also be contingent.
 
Selling group individuals—For the B Share contract, a contractowner who meets one of the following criteria at the time of the contract purchase and who purchases the contract without the assistance of a sales representative under contract with us:
 
 
• Employees and registered representatives of any member of the selling group (broker-dealers who have selling agreements with us for the products described in this prospectus) and their spouses and minor children.
 
 
• Officers, directors, trustees or bona-fide full-time employees and their spouses and minor children of Lincoln Financial Group or any of the investment advisers of the funds currently being offered, or their affiliated or managed companies.
 
Subaccount—The portion of the VAA that reflects investments in accumulation and annuity units of a class of a particular fund available under the contracts. There is a separate subaccount which corresponds to each class of a fund.
 
Unscheduled Payments—Under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, withdrawals that are in addition to your Scheduled Payments up to the amount of the Reserve Value less any related charges and deductions for premium tax. Unscheduled Payments will reduce the Scheduled Payments and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment in the same proportion that they reduce the Reserve Value.
 
Valuation date—Each day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading.
 
Valuation period—The period starting at the close of trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading (valuation date) and ending at the close of such trading on the next valuation date.
 

7
 

 
 
 

 

Expense Tables
 
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the contract.
 
The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the contract, surrender the contract, or transfer contract value between investment options, and/or (if available) the fixed account. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
 
CONTRACTOWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES:
 

 
Accumulation Phase:
     
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
Surrender charge (as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered/withdrawn):1
7.0%
N/A
7.0%
We may also apply an Interest Adjustment to amounts being withdrawn, surrendered or transferred from a Guaranteed Period account (except for dollar cost averaging, and Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE® Advantage). See Fixed Side of the Contract.
Payout Phase:
 
Maximum Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation Unscheduled Payment charge (as a percentage of the Unscheduled Payment):2
7.00%
Accumulation Phase:
     
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
Surrender charge (as a percentage of purchase payments surrendered/withdrawn):1
7.0%
N/A
7.0%
We may also apply an Interest Adjustment to amounts being withdrawn, surrendered or transferred from a Guaranteed Period account (except for dollar cost averaging, and Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE® Advantage). See Fixed Side of the Contract.
 
Payout Phase:
 
Maximum Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation Unscheduled Payment charge (as a percentage of the Unscheduled Payment):2
7.00%
 
1 For B Share, the surrender charge percentage is reduced over a 7-year period at the following rates: 7%, 7%, 6%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%. For L Share, the surrender charge percentage is reduced over a 4-year period at the following rates: 7%, 7%, 6%, 6%. We may reduce or waive this charge in certain situations. See Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge.
2 The Unscheduled Payment charge percentage is reduced over time.

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses. Only one table will apply to a given contractowner. The tables differ based on whether the contractowner has purchased the i4LIFE® Advantage rider.
 
• Table A reflects the expenses for a contract that has not
 

 elected the i4LIFE® Advantage (Base contract).
 
• Table B reflects the expenses for a contract that has elected the i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
 
• Table C reflects the expenses for a contract that has elected i4LIFE® Advantage and previously purchased the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
 
TABLE A
 

 
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                                                            
     
$35
   
B Share
C Share
L Share
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the subaccounts):2
       
Account Value Death Benefit
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.15%
1.55%
1.55%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.25%
1.65%
1.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.20%
1.60%
1.60%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.30%
1.70%
1.70%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.45%
1.85%
1.85%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.55%
1.95%
1.95%
Estate Enhancement Benefit (EEB)
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.65%
2.05%
2.05%
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                                                            
     
$35
   
B Share
C Share
L Share
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the subaccounts):2
       
Account Value Death Benefit
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.15%
1.55%
1.55%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.25%
1.65%
1.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.20%
1.60%
1.60%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.30%
1.70%
1.70%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.45%
1.85%
1.85%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                         
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                         
 
1.55%
1.95%
1.95%
Estate Enhancement Benefit (EEB)
       
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                                                         
 
1.65%
2.05%
2.05%

8
 

 
 
 

 


 
Administrative Charge                                                                                                        
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                        
 
1.75%
2.15%
2.15%
Optional Living Benefit Rider Charges:3
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0:4,5
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
1.05%
1.25%
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage:6
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
1.50%
1.50%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
0.65%
0.80%
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds:7
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
1.05%
1.25%
Administrative Charge                                                                                                        
 
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
Total Separate Account Expenses                                                                                                        
 
1.75%
2.15%
2.15%
 
Optional Living Benefit Rider Charges:3
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0:4,5
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
1.05%
1.25%
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage:6
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
1.50%
1.50%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
0.65%
0.80%
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds:7
   
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                                                                                
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                                                                                
1.05%
1.25%
 
1 The account fee will be waived if your contract value is $100,000 or more at the end of any particular contract year. This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth contract year. The account fee will also be deducted upon full surrender of the contract if the contract value is less than $100,000.
2 The mortality and expense risk charge and administrative charge together are 1.40% on and after the Annuity Commencement Date for all contracts.
3 Only one Living Benefit rider may be elected from this chart.
4 As an annualized percentage of the Income Base (initial purchase payment or contract value at the time of election), as increased for subsequent purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements and decreased by Excess Withdrawals. See Charges and Other Deductions – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Charge for a discussion of these changes to the Income Base. This charge is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis.
5 There is no additional charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds over and above the charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0.
6 As an annualized percentage of the Guaranteed Amount (initial purchase payment or contract value at the time of election), as increased for subsequent purchase payments and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis. See Charges and Other Deductions – Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage Charge for further information.
7 As an annualized percentage of the Income Base (initial purchase payment or contract value at the time of election), as increased for subsequent purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements and decreased by withdrawals. See Charges and Other Deductions – 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds Charge for a discussion of these changes to the Income Base.

TABLE B
 

 
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                                                                
   
$35
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
i4LIFE® Advantage Without
 Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):2
     
Account Value Death Benefit                                                                                                             
1.65%
2.05%
2.05%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit                                                                                                             
1.70%
2.10%
2.10%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
1.95%
2.35%
2.35%
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
i4LIFE® Advantage With
 Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):3,4
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Account Value Death Benefit
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.65%
3.65%
4.05%
4.05%
4.05%
4.05%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.30%
2.50%
2.70%
2.90%
2.70%
2.90%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.70%
3.70%
4.10%
4.10%
4.10%
4.10%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.35%
2.55%
2.75%
2.95%
2.75%
2.95%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.95%
3.95%
4.35%
4.35%
4.35%
4.35%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.60%
2.80%
3.00%
3.20%
3.00%
3.20%
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                                                                
   
$35
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
i4LIFE® Advantage Without
 Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):2
     
Account Value Death Benefit                                                                                                             
1.65%
2.05%
2.05%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit                                                                                                             
1.70%
2.10%
2.10%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
1.95%
2.35%
2.35%
 
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
i4LIFE® Advantage With
 Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):3,4
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Account Value Death Benefit
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.65%
3.65%
4.05%
4.05%
4.05%
4.05%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.30%
2.50%
2.70%
2.90%
2.70%
2.90%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.70%
3.70%
4.10%
4.10%
4.10%
4.10%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.35%
2.55%
2.75%
2.95%
2.75%
2.95%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
           
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
3.95%
3.95%
4.35%
4.35%
4.35%
4.35%
Current Charge                                                                           
2.60%
2.80%
3.00%
3.20%
3.00%
3.20%

9
 

 
 
 

 


1 The account fee will be waived if your contract value is $100,000 or more at the end of any particular contract year. This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth contract year. The account fee will also be deducted upon full surrender of the contract if the contract value is less than $100,000.
2 As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE® Advantage. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE® Advantage Rider Charge for further information. These charges continue during the Access Period. The i4LIFE® Advantage charge is reduced to 1.65% during the Lifetime Income Period.
3 As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The current annual charge for the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is 0.65% of Account Value for the single life option and 0.85% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge of 2.00%. These charges are added to the i4LIFE® Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge is added to the i4LIFE® Advantage charge of 1.65%. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) Charge for further information.
4 There is no additional charge for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds over and above the charge for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4).

TABLE C
 

 
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                              
         
$35
i4LIFE® Advantage With Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds:
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
 
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the subaccounts):
           
Account Value Death Benefit                                                                           
1.25%
1.25%
1.65%
1.65%
1.65%
1.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
1.30%
1.30%
1.70%
1.70%
1.70%
1.70%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
1.55%
1.55%
1.95%
1.95%
1.95%
1.95%
             
i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):2,3
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                           
1.05%
1.25%
1.05%
1.25%
1.05%
1.25%
Annual Account Fee:1                                                                              
         
$35
i4LIFE® Advantage With Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds:
 
B Share
C Share
L Share
 
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Single
Life
Joint
Life
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the subaccounts):
           
Account Value Death Benefit                                                                           
1.25%
1.25%
1.65%
1.65%
1.65%
1.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
1.30%
1.30%
1.70%
1.70%
1.70%
1.70%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
1.55%
1.55%
1.95%
1.95%
1.95%
1.95%
             
i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):2,3
Guaranteed Maximum Charge                                                                           
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
Current Charge                                                                           
1.05%
1.25%
1.05%
1.25%
1.05%
1.25%
 
1 The account fee will be waived if your contract value is $100,000 or more at the end of any particular contract year. This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth contract year. The account fee will also be deducted upon full surrender of the contract if the contract value is less than $100,000.
2 As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base less the Guaranteed Annual Income amounts paid since the last step-up) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 current charge rate. (The Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
3 As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (associated with the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds current charge rate. (The 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds charge continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See Charges and Other Deductions –i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by the funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. The expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2011. More detail concerning each fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each fund.
 

10
 

 
 
 

 

 
Minimum
Maximum
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets,
including management fees, distribution and/or
service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses):
0.53%
2.22%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(after contractual waivers/reimbursements*):
0.53%
1.92%
 
* Some of the funds have entered into contractual waiver or reimbursement arrangements that may reduce fund management and other fees and/or expenses during the period of the arrangement. These arrangements vary in length, but no arrangement will terminate before April 20, 2013.
 
The following table shows the expenses charged by each fund for the year ended December 31, 2011:
 
(as a percentage of each fund’s average net assets):
 
 
Management
Fees (before
any waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
12b-1 Fees
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
Other
Expenses
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
Acquired
Fund
Fees and
Expenses
=
Total
Expenses
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
Total
Contractual
waivers/
reimburse-
ments
(if any)
Total
Expenses
(after
Contractual
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
AllianceBernstein VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.19%
 
0.00%
 
1.19%
0.00%
1.19%
AllianceBernstein VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.08%
0.00%
1.08%
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund(1)
0.64%
 
0.25%
 
0.26%
 
0.02%
 
1.17%
0.00%
1.17%
Delaware VIP® Diversified Income Series(2)
0.59%
 
0.30%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
0.98%
-0.05%
0.93%
Delaware VIP® Emerging Markets Series(2)
1.24%
 
0.30%
 
0.15%
 
0.00%
 
1.69%
-0.05%
1.64%
Delaware VIP® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series(2)
0.49%
 
0.30%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
0.88%
-0.05%
0.83%
Delaware VIP® REIT Series(2)
0.75%
 
0.30%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
1.15%
-0.05%
1.10%
Delaware VIP® Small Cap Value Series(2)
0.73%
 
0.30%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.11%
-0.05%
1.06%
Delaware VIP® Smid Cap Growth Series(2)
0.75%
 
0.30%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.13%
-0.05%
1.08%
Delaware VIP® U.S. Growth Series(2)
0.65%
 
0.30%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
1.04%
-0.05%
0.99%
Delaware VIP® Value Series(2)
0.65%
 
0.30%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.03%
-0.05%
0.98%
DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio(3)
0.27%
 
0.25%
 
0.34%
 
1.30%
 
2.16%
-0.24%
1.92%
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio
0.56%
 
0.25%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
0.90%
0.00%
0.90%
Fidelity® VIP Growth Portfolio
0.56%
 
0.25%
 
0.11%
 
0.00%
 
0.92%
0.00%
0.92%
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio
0.56%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
0.91%
0.00%
0.91%
FTVIPT Franklin Income Securities Fund
0.45%
 
0.25%
 
0.02%
 
0.00%
 
0.72%
0.00%
0.72%
FTVIPT Mutual Shares Securities Fund
0.60%
 
0.25%
 
0.13%
 
0.00%
 
0.98%
0.00%
0.98%
LVIP American Global Growth Fund(4)
0.53%
 
0.55%
 
0.42%
 
0.00%
 
1.50%
-0.30%
1.20%
LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund(4)
0.70%
 
0.55%
 
0.42%
 
0.00%
 
1.67%
-0.28%
1.39%
LVIP American Growth Fund(4)
0.32%
 
0.55%
 
0.15%
 
0.00%
 
1.02%
-0.03%
0.99%
LVIP American Growth-Income Fund(4)
0.27%
 
0.55%
 
0.17%
 
0.00%
 
0.99%
-0.06%
0.93%
LVIP American International Fund(4)
0.49%
 
0.55%
 
0.26%
 
0.00%
 
1.30%
-0.12%
1.18%
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund(5)
1.00%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.33%
-0.04%
1.29%
LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund(6)
0.45%
 
0.25%
 
0.07%
 
0.03%
 
0.80%
0.00%
0.80%
LVIP Capital Growth Fund
0.71%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.04%
0.00%
1.04%
LVIP Cohen & Steers Global Real Estate Fund(7)
0.95%
 
0.25%
 
0.11%
 
0.00%
 
1.31%
-0.22%
1.09%
LVIP Columbia Value Opportunities Fund(8)
1.05%
 
0.25%
 
0.16%
 
0.00%
 
1.46%
-0.09%
1.37%
LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
0.32%
 
0.35%
 
0.07%
 
0.00%
 
0.74%
0.00%
0.74%
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
0.60%
 
0.25%
 
0.11%
 
0.00%
 
0.96%
0.00%
0.96%
LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund
0.39%
 
0.35%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
0.82%
0.00%
0.82%
LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund
0.39%
 
0.35%
 
0.07%
 
0.00%
 
0.81%
0.00%
0.81%
LVIP Dimensional Non-U.S. Equity Fund(9)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
1.27%
 
0.45%
 
2.22%
-1.22%
1.00%

11
 

 
 
 

 

 
Management
Fees (before
any waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
12b-1 Fees
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
Other
Expenses
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
+
Acquired
Fund
Fees and
Expenses
=
Total
Expenses
(before any
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
Total
Contractual
waivers/
reimburse-
ments
(if any)
Total
Expenses
(after
Contractual
waivers/
reimburse-
ments)
LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Fund(9)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.83%
 
0.26%
 
1.59%
-0.78%
0.81%
LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund(10)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.43%
 
0.17%
 
1.10%
-0.38%
0.72%
LVIP Global Income Fund(11)
0.65%
 
0.25%
 
0.13%
 
0.00%
 
1.03%
-0.05%
0.98%
LVIP J.P. Morgan High Yield Fund(12)
0.65%
 
0.25%
 
0.14%
 
0.01%
 
1.05%
0.00%
1.05%
LVIP Janus Capital Appreciation Fund(13)
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
1.09%
-0.08%
1.01%
LVIP MFS International Growth Fund(14)
0.93%
 
0.25%
 
0.18%
 
0.00%
 
1.36%
-0.05%
1.31%
LVIP MFS Value Fund
0.63%
 
0.25%
 
0.07%
 
0.00%
 
0.95%
0.00%
0.95%
LVIP Mid-Cap Value Fund(15)
0.93%
 
0.25%
 
0.14%
 
0.00%
 
1.32%
-0.03%
1.29%
LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
1.10%
0.00%
1.10%
LVIP Money Market Fund
0.36%
 
0.25%
 
0.07%
 
0.00%
 
0.68%
0.00%
0.68%
LVIP Protected Profile Conservative Fund(16)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.05%
 
0.50%
 
1.05%
0.00%
1.05%
LVIP Protected Profile Growth Fund(16)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.03%
 
0.52%
 
1.05%
0.00%
1.05%
LVIP Protected Profile Moderate Fund(16)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.03%
 
0.52%
 
1.05%
0.00%
1.05%
LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund(17)
0.40%
 
0.25%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
0.74%
-0.10%
0.64%
LVIP SSgA Conservative Index Allocation Fund(18)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.51%
 
0.38%
 
1.39%
-0.56%
0.83%
LVIP SSgA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund(18)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.12%
 
0.38%
 
1.00%
-0.17%
0.83%
LVIP SSgA Developed International 150 Fund(19)
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.12%
 
0.00%
 
1.12%
-0.40%
0.72%
LVIP SSgA Emerging Markets 100 Fund(20)
1.09%
 
0.25%
 
0.17%
 
0.00%
 
1.51%
-0.74%
0.77%
LVIP SSgA Global Tactical Allocation Fund
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.33%
 
0.91%
0.00%
0.91%
LVIP SSgA International Index Fund(21)
0.40%
 
0.25%
 
0.18%
 
0.00%
 
0.83%
-0.04%
0.79%
LVIP SSgA Large Cap 100 Fund(22)
0.52%
 
0.25%
 
0.07%
 
0.00%
 
0.84%
-0.20%
0.64%
LVIP SSgA Moderate Index Allocation Fund(23)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.22%
 
0.38%
 
1.10%
-0.27%
0.83%
LVIP SSgA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund(23)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.06%
 
0.39%
 
0.95%
-0.11%
0.84%
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund(23)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.21%
 
0.40%
 
1.11%
-0.26%
0.85%
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund(23)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.40%
 
0.98%
-0.13%
0.85%
LVIP SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund
0.20%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
0.53%
0.00%
0.53%
LVIP SSgA Small/Mid Cap 200 Fund(24)
0.69%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
1.04%
-0.31%
0.73%
LVIP SSgA Small-Cap Index Fund
0.32%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
0.67%
0.00%
0.67%
LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund(25)
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
1.10%
0.00%
1.10%
LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund
0.73%
 
0.25%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
1.07%
0.00%
1.07%
LVIP Templeton Growth Fund
0.73%
 
0.25%
 
0.10%
 
0.00%
 
1.08%
0.00%
1.08%
LVIP Turner Mid-Cap Growth Fund(26)
0.87%
 
0.25%
 
0.13%
 
0.00%
 
1.25%
-0.07%
1.18%
LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund(27)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.32%
 
0.13%
 
0.95%
-0.27%
0.68%
LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund(28)
0.25%
 
0.25%
 
0.21%
 
0.21%
 
0.92%
-0.16%
0.76%
LVIP Wells Fargo Intrinsic Value Fund(29)
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.08%
-0.05%
1.03%
MFS® VIT Growth Series
0.75%
 
0.25%
 
0.09%
 
0.00%
 
1.09%
0.00%
1.09%
MFS® VIT Utilities Series
0.73%
 
0.25%
 
0.08%
 
0.00%
 
1.06%
0.00%
1.06%
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio(30)
0.74%
 
0.25%
 
0.02%
 
0.14%
 
1.15%
-0.14%
1.01%
(1) Other Expenses have been restated to reflect current fees.
 
 
(2) The Service Class shares are subject to a 12b-1 fee of 0.30% of average daily net assets. The Series' distributor, Delaware Distributors, L.P., has contracted to limit the 12b-1 fees to no more than 0.25% of average daily net assets from April 30, 2012 to April 30, 2013.
 
 
(3) Effective October 1, 2012 through April 30, 2013, the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive all or a portion of its management fee and reimburse or pay operating expenses of the portfolio to the extent necessary to maintain the portfolio's operating expenses at 0.62% for Class B shares, excluding certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses, taxes,
 

12
 

 
 
 

 

brokerage, interest expense and acquired funds (underlying funds) fees and expenses (estimated at 1.30%). The agreement may be terminated with the consent of the fund's Board.
 
 
(4) The amounts set forth under “”Management Fee“” and “”Other Expenses“” reflect the aggregate expenses of the Feeder Fund and the Master Fund. The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the Feeder Fund and does not include the fees of the Master Fund. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to reimburse the fund's Service Class II to the extent that the Other Expenses of the Feeder Fund exceed 0.10% of average daily net assets. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(5) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses exceed 1.29% of the average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(6) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include AFFE.
 
 
(7) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.22% of the first $250 million of average net assets of the fund and 0.32% of the excess over $250 million of average daily nets assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(8) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.09% on the first $60 million of average daily net assets of the Fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013. The Management Fee has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund. The Other Expenses has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund.
 
 
(9) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of average daily net assets of the Fund. LIA has also contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) exceed 0.55% of average daily net assets of the fund. Both agreements will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(10) The AFFE has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund. The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of average daily net assets of the Fund. LIA has also contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) exceed 0.55% of average daily net assets of the fund. Both agreements will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(11) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(12) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include AFFE.
 
 
(13) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.15% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets of the Fund; and 0.10% on the next $150 million of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(14) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% on the
 
first $400 million of average daily net assets of the Fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013. The Management Fee has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund. The Other Expenses has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund.
 
 
(15) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of the first $25 million of average net assets of the Fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013. LIA has contractually agreed to reimburse the Fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses exceed 1.29% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(16) The AFFE has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the Fund. The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include AFFE.
 
 
(17) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.07% on the first $500 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.12% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $500 million. This waiver will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(18) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.10% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013. LIA has contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) exceed 0.45% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(19) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.35% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.43% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $100 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(20) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.69% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets of the Fund and 0.76% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $100 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(21) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.03% on the first $500 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.05% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $500 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(22) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.12% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.22% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $100 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(23) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.10% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013. LIA has contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) exceed 0.45% of average daily net assets of the fund. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(24) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.29% on the first $100 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.39% of average daily net assets of the fund in excess of $100 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 

13
 

 
 
 

 

 
(25) The Management Fee has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund. The Other Expenses has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund.
 
 
(26) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund; 0.10% on the first $25 million of average daily net assets of the fund and 0.05% on the next $50 million of average daily net assets. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(27) The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of average daily net assets of the Fund. LIA has also contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses) exceed 0.55% of average daily net assets of the fund. Both agreements will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(28) The AFFE has been restated to reflect the current expenses of the fund. The Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not correlate to the ratio of expenses to the average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights table which reflects only the operating expenses of the fund and does not include AFFE. Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.05% of average daily net assets of the Fund. LIA has also contractually agreed to reimburse the fund’s Service Class to the extent that the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding acquired fund
 
fees and expenses) exceed 0.55% of average daily net assets of the fund. Both agreements will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(29) Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIA) has contractually agreed to waive the following portion of its advisory fee for the fund: 0.03% on the first $250 million of average daily net assets of the fund; 0.08% on the next $500 million and 0.13% of average daily net assets in excess of $750 million. The agreement will continue at least through April 30, 2013.
 
 
(30) PIMCO has contractually agreed to waive the Portfolio's advisory fee and the supervisory and administrative fee in an amount equal to the management fee and administration services fee, respectively, paid by the PIMCO Cayman Commodity Portfolio I Ltd. (the “Subsidiary”) to PIMCO. The Subsidiary pays PIMCO a management fee and an administrative services fee at the annual rates of 0.49% and 0.20%, respectively, of its net assets. This waiver may not be terminated by PIMCO and will be in effect through at least May 1, 2013 and will remain in effect as long as PIMCO's contract with the Subsidiary is in place.
 
Certain underlying funds have reserved the right to impose fees when fund shares are redeemed within a specified period of time of purchase (“redemption fees”) which are not reflected in the table above. As of the date of this prospectus, none have done so. See The Contracts - Market Timing for a discussion of redemption fees.
 
For information concerning compensation paid for the sale of the contracts, see Distribution of the Contracts.
 
EXAMPLES
 
The following Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include contractowner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate account annual expenses, and fund fees and expenses. The Examples have been calculated using the fees and expenses of the funds prior to the application of any contractual owners and/or reimbursements.
 
The first Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the B Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the i4LIFE® Advantage with the EGMDB death benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$1,317
$2,428
$3,510
$5,844
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$617
$1,828
$3,010
$5,844
The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the C Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the i4LIFE® Advantage with the EGMDB death benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$655
$1,934
$3,172
$6,098
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$655
$1,934
$3,172
$6,098

14
 

 
 
 

 

The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the L Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the i4LIFE® Advantage with the EGMDB death benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$1,355
$2,534
$3,172
$6,098
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$655
$1,934
$3,172
$6,098
The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a B Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the EEB death benefit and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$1,299
$2,416
$3,556
$6,260
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$599
$1,816
$3,056
$6,260
The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a C Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the EEB death benefit and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$638
$1,926
$3,229
$6,549
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$638
$1,926
$3,229
$6,549
The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a L Share contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that the EEB death benefit and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
 
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$1,338
$2,526
$3,229
$6,549
2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
$638
$1,926
$3,229
$6,549
For more information, see Charges and Other Deductions in this prospectus, and the prospectus for the funds. Premium taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. The examples do not reflect persistency credits. Different fees and expenses
 

15
 

 
 
 

 

not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period in which annuity payouts are made. See The Contracts – Annuity Payouts. These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.
 
Summary of Common Questions
 
What kind of contract am I buying? It is an individual variable and interest adjusted, if applicable, annuity contract between you and Lincoln Life. This prospectus primarily describes the variable side of the contract. You may purchase any of the contracts offered in this prospectus: ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series B Share, ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series C Share or ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series L Share. As described in this prospectus, the B Share contract provides for lower mortality and expense risk charges and a longer surrender charge period than the L Share contract. The C Share contract provides persistency credits after the twelfth contract anniversary and has no surrender charge. The L Share contract provides persistency credits after the seventh contract anniversary. See The Contracts — Contracts Offered in this Prospectus. This contract and certain riders, benefits, service features and enhancements may not be available in all states, and the charges may vary in certain states. You should refer to your contract for any state specific provisions. All material state variations are discussed in the prospectus. Please check with your investment representative regarding their availability.
 
What is the variable annuity account (VAA)? It is a separate account we established under Indiana insurance law, and registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust. VAA assets are allocated to one or more subaccounts, according to your investment choices. VAA assets are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business which we may conduct. See Variable Annuity Account.
 
What are Investment Requirements? If you elect a Living Benefit rider (except i4LIFE® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to certain requirements for your subaccount investments, which means you may be limited in how much you can invest in certain subaccounts. Different Investment Requirements apply to different riders. If you elect Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, you will have more restrictive Investment Requirements. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.
 
What are my investment choices? You may allocate your purchase payments to the VAA or to the fixed account, if available. Based upon your instruction for purchase payments, the VAA applies your purchase payments and persistency credits, if applicable, to buy shares in one or more of the investment options. In turn, each fund holds a portfolio of securities consistent with its investment policy. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account - Description of the Funds.
 
Who invests my money? Several different investment advisers manage the investment options. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Description of the Funds.
 
How does the contract work? If we approve your application, we will send you a contract. When you make purchase payments during the accumulation phase, you buy accumulation units. If you decide to receive an annuity payout, your accumulation units are converted to annuity units. Your annuity payouts will be based on the number of annuity units you receive and the value of each annuity unit on payout days. See The Contracts.
 
What charges do I pay under the contract? We apply a charge to the daily net asset value of the VAA that consists of a mortality and expense risk charge according to the death benefit you select. There is an administrative charge in addition to the mortality and expense risk charge. The charges for any riders applicable to your contract will also be deducted from your contract value. See Charges and Other Deductions.
 
If you withdraw purchase payments, you may pay a surrender charge of a certain percentage of the surrendered or withdrawn purchase payment, depending upon which contract you have purchased, and how long those payments have been invested in the contract. For purposes of calculating surrender charges, we assume that all withdrawals prior to the seventh anniversary of the B Share and the fourth anniversary of L Share contracts come first from purchase payments. We may waive surrender charges in certain situations. The C Share contracts do not have a surrender charge. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.
 
We will deduct any applicable premium tax from purchase payments or contract value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, at the time the tax is incurred or at another time we choose.
 
See Expense Tables and Charges and Other Deductions for additional fees and expenses in these contracts.
 
The funds' investment management fees, expenses and expense limitations, if applicable, are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds.
 
The surrender, withdrawal or transfer of value from a Guaranteed Period of the fixed account may be subject to the Interest Adjustment, if applicable. See Fixed Side of the Contract.
 
Charges may also be imposed during the regular income or annuity payout period, including i4LIFE® Advantage, if elected. See The Contracts and Annuity Payouts.
 
For information about the compensation we pay for sales of contracts, see The Contracts – Distribution of the Contracts.
 

16
 

 
 
 

 

What purchase payments do I make, and how often? Subject to the minimum and maximum payment amounts, your payments are completely flexible. Please check with your investment representative about making additional purchase payments since the requirements of your state may vary. See The Contracts — Purchase Payments.
 
What is a persistency credit? If you purchase the C Share contract, a persistency credit of 0.10% of contract value less purchase payments that have been in the contract less than twelve years will be credited on a quarterly basis after the twelfth anniversary. If you purchase the L Share contract, a persistency credit of 0.10% of contract value less purchase payments that have been in the contract less than seven years will be credited on a quarterly basis after the seventh anniversary. See The Contracts — Persistency Credits.
 
Annuity contracts that have no provision for persistency credits may have lower mortality and expense risk charges and/or lower surrender charges. We encourage you to talk with your financial adviser and determine which annuity contract is most appropriate for you.
 
How will my annuity payouts be calculated? If you decide to annuitize, you may select an annuity option and start receiving annuity payouts from your contract as a fixed option or variable option or a combination of both. See Annuity Payouts - Annuity Options. Remember that participants in the VAA benefit from any gain, and take a risk of any loss, in the value of the securities in the funds' portfolios.
 
What happens if I die before I annuitize? Your beneficiary will receive death benefit proceeds based upon the death benefit you select. Your beneficiary has options as to how the death benefit is paid. In the alternative, you may choose to receive a death benefit on the death of the annuitant. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.
 
May I transfer contract value between variable options and between the variable and fixed sides of the contract? Yes, subject to certain restrictions. Generally, transfers made before the Annuity Commencement Date are restricted to no more than twelve (12) per contract year. The minimum amount that can be transferred to the fixed account is $2,000 (unless the total amount in the subaccounts is less than $2,000). If transferring funds from the fixed account to the subaccount, you may only transfer 25% of the total value invested in the fixed account in any 12-month period. The minimum amount that may be transferred is $300. Transfers from the fixed account may be subject to an Interest Adjustment. If permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. See The Contracts – Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date and Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date. For further information, see also the Fixed Side of the Contract and Guaranteed Periods.
 
What are Living Benefit Riders? Living Benefit riders are optional riders available to purchase for an additional fee. These riders offer either a minimum withdrawal benefit (Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0) or a minimum annuity payout (4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds and i4LIFE® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit). In addition, the Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage (a qualified long-term care benefit rider) may be available under your contract.If you select a Living Benefit rider, Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit (especially during times of poor investment performance), and you will be subject to Investment Requirements (unless you elect i4LIFE® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit). Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your registered representative or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what, if any, impact the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the living benefit rider. These riders are discussed in detail in this prospectus. In addition, an overview of these riders is provided as an appendix to this prospectus. Any guarantees under the contract that exceed your contract value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.
 
What is Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0? Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 is a rider that you may purchase for an additional charge and which provides on an annual basis guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals up to a guaranteed amount based on an Income Base, a 5% Enhancement to the Income Base (less purchase payments received in that year) or automatic annual step-ups to the Income Base, and age-based increases to the guaranteed periodic withdrawal amount. Withdrawals may be made up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount as long as that amount is greater than zero. The Income Base is not available as a separate benefit upon death or surrender and is increased by subsequent purchase payments, 5% Enhancements to the Income Base (less purchase payments received in that year), automatic annual step-ups to the Income Base and is decreased by certain withdrawals in accordance with provisions described in this prospectus. See The Contracts – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. You may not simultaneously elect Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and another one of the Living Benefit riders. By electing this rider you will be subject to Investment Requirements. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.
 
What is Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds? Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds is an optional feature under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 that provides a higher Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage if you adhere to certain Investment Requirements. You will be subject to certain Investment Requirements in which 100% of your contract value must be allocated among specified subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. All of the other terms and conditions of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 continue to apply to Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds.
 

17
 

 
 
 

 

What is Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage? This benefit, which may be available for purchase at an additional charge, provides a Guaranteed Amount equal to the initial purchase payment (or contract value at the time of election) as adjusted. You may access this benefit through periodic withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals will adversely affect the Guaranteed Amount. See The Contracts — Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage. You cannot simultaneously elect Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage with any other Living Benefit rider. By electing this benefit, you will be subject to Investment Requirements. See The Contracts — Investment Requirements.
 
What is i4LIFE® Advantage? i4LIFE® Advantage is an annuity payout option, available for purchase at an additional charge, that provides periodic variable lifetime income payments, a death benefit, and the ability to make withdrawals during a defined period of time (Access Period). For an additional charge, you may purchase a minimum payout floor, the Guaranteed Income Benefit. We assess a charge, imposed only during the i4LIFE® Advantage payout phase, based on the i4LIFE® Advantage death benefit you choose and whether or not the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect.
 
What is the Guaranteed Income Benefit? The Guaranteed Income Benefit provides a minimum payout floor for your i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments. By electing this benefit, you will be subject to Investment Requirements. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. The i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is purchased when you elect i4LIFE® Advantage or any time during the Access Period subject to terms and conditions at that time. The minimum floor is based on the Account Value at the time you elect i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit. Certain Living Benefit riders have features that may be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit. You may use your Guaranteed Amount from Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or your Income Base from Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you terminate that rider to purchase i4LIFE® Advantage. See The Contracts – i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 – i4LIFE® Advantage option.
 
What is i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds? i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds is an optional feature under i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit that provides a higher Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage if you adhere to certain Investment Requirements in which 100% of your contract value must be allocated among specified subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. All other terms and conditions of i4LIFE® Advantage continue to apply to i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds.
 
What is 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds? 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds is a rider that provides an Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of the i4LIFE® Advantage rider. If you elect 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, you must later elect the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds feature under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) to receive a benefit from 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. There is an additional charge for this rider, and you will be subject to certain Investment Requirements in which 100% of your contract value must be allocated among specified subaccounts. Please see the section The Contracts – Investment Requirements in your prospectus for further information.
 
What is Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage? The Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage rider (LTC rider) is a qualified long-term care rider that provides a way to manage the potential impact of long-term care expenses. The LTC rider provides the potential to receive benefits equal to your purchase payments plus an additional amount equal to two times your purchase payments. These benefits are paid to you income tax-free. In addition, you have the opportunity to increase your tax-free long-term care benefits if there is investment gain in your contract. The LTC rider may only be purchased at the time the contract is issued and is not available if you have already purchased a contract. You cannot simultaneously elect the LTC rider with any other Living Benefit rider. In addition, the EEB Death Benefit is not available for purchasers of the LTC rider. By electing this rider, you will be subject to Investment Requirements. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. The LTC rider is currently only available in a limited number of states. Check with your registered representative regarding availability. See the Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage prospectus supplement for complete details regarding the LTC rider.
 
What is Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation? Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation is a fixed annuity payout option that provides periodic annuity payouts that may increase or decrease each year based on changes in a consumer price index that measures inflation. Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation also provides a guaranteed minimum payout, a death benefit and access to a reserve value from which unscheduled payments may be taken. See The Contracts – Annuity Payouts - Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation.
 
May I surrender the contract or make a withdrawal? Yes, subject to contract requirements and to the restrictions of any qualified retirement plan for which the contract was purchased. See The Contracts — Surrenders and Withdrawals. If you surrender the contract or make a withdrawal, certain charges may apply. See Charges and Other Deductions. A portion of surrender or withdrawal proceeds may be taxable. In addition, if you decide to take a distribution before age 59½, a 10% Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax penalty may apply. A surrender or a withdrawal also may be subject to 20% withholding. See Federal Tax Matters.
 
Do I get a free look at this contract? Yes. You can cancel the contract within ten days (in some states longer) of the date you first receive the contract. You need to return the contract, postage prepaid, to our Home Office. In most states you assume the risk of any market drop on purchase payments you allocate to the variable side of the contract. See Return Privilege.
 
Where may I find more information about accumulation unit values? Since no sales of this product occurred before December 31, 2011, there is no financial information to report for the subaccounts.
 

18
 

 
 
 

 

Investment Results
 
At times, the VAA may compare its investment results to various unmanaged indices or other variable annuities in reports to shareholders, sales literature and advertisements. The results will be calculated on a total return basis for various periods, with or without contingent deferred sales charges. Results calculated without contingent deferred sales charges will be higher. Total returns include the reinvestment of all distributions, which are reflected in changes in unit value.
 
Note that there can be no assurance that any money market fund will be able to maintain a stable net asset value per share. During extended periods of low interest rates and due in part to the contract fees and expenses, the yields of any subaccount investing in a money market fund may also become extremely low and possibly negative.
 
The annual performance of the subaccounts is based on past performance and does not indicate or represent future performance.
 
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
 
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company), organized in 1905, is an Indiana-domiciled insurance company, engaged primarily in the direct issuance of life insurance contracts and annuities. Lincoln Life is wholly owned by Lincoln National Corporation (LNC), a publicly held insurance and financial services holding company incorporated in Indiana. Lincoln Life is obligated to pay all amounts promised to policy owners under the policies.
 
Depending on when you purchased your contract, you may be permitted to make allocations to the fixed account, which is part of our general account. See The Fixed Side of the Contract. In addition, any guarantees under the contract that exceed your contract value, such as those associated with death benefit options and Living Benefit riders are paid from our general account (not the VAA). Therefore, any amounts that we may pay under the contract in excess of contract value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability and our long-term ability to make such payments. With respect to the issuance of the contracts, Lincoln Life does not file periodic financial reports with the SEC pursuant to the exemption for life insurance companies provided under Rule 12h-7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the general account. Moreover, unlike assets held in the VAA, the assets of the general account are subject to the general liabilities of the Company and, therefore, to the Company’s general creditors. In the event of an insolvency or receivership, payments we make from our general account to satisfy claims under the contract would generally receive the same priority as our other contractowner obligations.
 
Our Financial Condition. Among the laws and regulations applicable to us as an insurance company are those which regulate the investments we can make with assets held in our general account. In general, those laws and regulations determine the amount and type of investments which we can make with general account assets.
 
In addition, state insurance regulations require that insurance companies calculate and establish on their financial statements, a specified amount of reserves in order to meet the contractual obligations to pay the claims of our policyholders. In order to meet our claims-paying obligations, we regularly monitor our reserves to ensure we hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected contract and claims payments. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product.
 
State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in excess of liabilities, which acts as a cushion in the event that the insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the insurer’s operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we may incur as the result of defaults on the payment of interest or principal on assets held in our general account, which include bonds, mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in value of these investments resulting from a loss in their market value.
 
How to Obtain More Information. We encourage both existing and prospective policyholders to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis and according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Our audited GAAP financial statements, as well as the financial statements of the VAA, are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, please write to us at: PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348 , or call 1-888-868-2583. In addition, the Statement of Additional Information is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain our audited statutory financial statements and any unaudited statutory financial statements that may be available by visiting our website at www.LincolnFinancial.com.
 
You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance and annuity contracts based on its financial strength and/or claims-paying ability. Additional information about rating agencies is included in the Statement of Additional Information.
 

19
 

 
 
 

 

Lincoln Financial Group is the marketing name for Lincoln National Corporation (NYSE:LNC) and its affiliates. Through its affiliates, Lincoln Financial Group offers annuities, life, group life and disability insurance, 401(k) and 403(b) plans, and comprehensive financial planning and advisory services.
 
Variable Annuity Account (VAA)
 
On November 3, 1997, the VAA was established as an insurance company separate account under Indiana law. It is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act). The VAA is a segregated investment account, meaning that its assets may not be charged with liabilities resulting from any other business that we may conduct. Income, gains and losses, whether realized or not, from assets allocated to the VAA are, in accordance with the applicable annuity contracts, credited to or charged against the VAA. They are credited or charged without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Lincoln Life. We are the issuer of the contracts and the obligations set forth in the contract, other than those of the contractowner, are ours. The VAA satisfies the definition of a separate account under the federal securities laws. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the VAA. Any investment gain or loss depends on the investment performance of the funds. You assume the full investment risk for all amounts placed in the VAA.
 
The VAA is used to support other annuity contracts offered by us in addition to the contracts described in this prospectus. The other annuity contracts supported by the VAA generally invest in the same funds as the contracts described in this prospectus. These other annuity contracts may have different charges that could affect the performance of their subaccounts, and they offer different benefits.
 
Financial Statements
 
The December 31, 2011 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2011 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, complete and mail the request on the last page of this prospectus, or call 1-888-868-2583.
 
Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
 
You decide the subaccount(s) to which you allocate purchase payments. There is a separate subaccount which corresponds to each class of each fund. You may change your allocation without penalty or charges. Shares of the funds will be sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge to the VAA in order to fund the contracts. The funds are required to redeem fund shares at net asset value upon our request.
 
Investment Advisers
 
As compensation for its services to the funds, each investment adviser for each fund receives a fee from the funds which is accrued daily and paid monthly. This fee is based on the net assets of each fund, as defined in the prospectuses for the funds.
 
Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds
 
With respect to a fund, including affiliated funds, the adviser and/or distributor, or an affiliate thereof, may make payments to us (or an affiliate). It is anticipated that such payments will be based on a percentage of assets of the particular fund attributable to the contracts along with certain other variable contracts issued or administered by us (or an affiliate). These percentages are negotiated and vary with each fund. Some funds may pay us significantly more than other funds and the amount we receive may be substantial. These percentages currently range up to 0.50%, and as of the date of this prospectus, we were receiving payments from each fund family. We (or our affiliates) may profit from these payments or use these payments for a variety of purposes, including payment of expenses that we (and our affiliates) incur in promoting, marketing, and administering the contracts and, in our role as intermediary, the funds. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from fund assets. Contractowners, through their indirect investment in the funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the funds' prospectuses for more information). Additionally, a fund's adviser and/or distributor or its affiliates may provide us with certain services that assist us in the distribution of the contracts and may pay us and/or certain affiliates amounts for marketing programs and sales support, as well as amounts to participate in training and sales meetings.
 
All of the funds offered as part of this contract make payments to us under their distribution plans (12b-1 plans). The payment rates range up to 0.55% based on the amount of assets invested in those funds. Payments made out of the assets of the fund will reduce the amount of assets that otherwise would be available for investment, and will reduce the fund's investment return. The dollar amount of future asset-based fees is not predictable because these fees are a percentage of the fund's average net assets, which can fluctuate over time. If, however, the value of the fund goes up, then so would the payment to us (or our affiliates). Conversely, if the value of the funds goes down, payments to us or our affiliates would decrease.
 

20
 

 
 
 

 

Description of the Funds
 
Each of the subaccounts of the VAA is invested solely in shares of one of the funds available under the contract. Each fund may be subject to certain investment policies and restrictions which may not be changed without a majority vote of shareholders of that fund.
 
We select the funds offered through the contract based on several factors, including, without limitation, asset class coverage, the strength of the manager's reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, and the capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm. Another factor we consider during the initial selection process is whether the fund or an affiliate of the fund will make payments to us or our affiliates. We review each fund periodically after it is selected. Upon review, we may remove a fund or restrict allocation of additional purchase payments to a fund if we determine the fund no longer meets one or more of the factors and/or if the fund has not attracted significant contractowner assets. Finally, when we develop a variable annuity product in cooperation with a fund family or distributor (e.g., a “private label” product), we generally will include funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from our selection criteria.
 
Certain funds offered as part of this contract have similar investment objectives and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.
 
Certain funds invest substantially all of their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds. Funds of funds or master-feeder structures may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities.
 
Certain funds may employ hedging strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. The cost of these hedging strategies could limit the upside participation of the fund in rising equity markets relative to other funds. The death benefits and Living Benefit riders offered under the contract also provide protection in the event of a market downturn. Likewise, there are additional costs associated with the death benefits and Living Benefit riders, which can limit the contract’s upside participation in the markets. You should consult with your financial representative to determine which combination of investment choices and death benefit and/or rider purchases (if any) are appropriate for you.
 
Following are brief summaries of the fund descriptions. More detailed information may be obtained from the current prospectus for each fund. You should read each fund prospectus carefully before investing. Prospectuses for each fund are available by contacting us. In addition, if you receive a summary prospectus for a fund, you may obtain a full statutory prospectus by referring to the contact information for the fund company on the cover page of the summary prospectus. Please be advised that there is no assurance that any of the funds will achieve their stated objectives.
 
AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, advised by AllianceBernstein, L.P.
 
• AllianceBernstein VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio: Long-term growth of capital.
 
• AllianceBernstein VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio: Long-term growth of capital.
 
BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.,advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC and subadvised by BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
 
• BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund: High total investment return.
 
Delaware VIP® Trust, advised by Delaware Management Company*
 
• Diversified Income Series: Long-term total return.
 
• Emerging Markets Series: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
• Limited-Term Diversified Income Series: Long-term total return.
 
• REIT Series: Total return.
 
• Small Cap Value Series: Total return.
 
• Smid Cap Growth Series: Total return.
 
• U.S. Growth Series: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
• Value Series: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
DWS Variable Series II, advised by Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. and subadvised by RREEF America L.L.C.
 
• DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio: Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
 

21
 

 
 
 

 

Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products, advised by Fidelity Management and Research Company and subadvised by FMR CO., Inc.
 
• Contrafund® Portfolio: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
• Growth Portfolio: Capital appreciation.
 
• Mid Cap Portfolio: Long-term growth of capital.
 
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, advised by Franklin Advisers, Inc. for the Franklin Income Securities Fund and by Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC for the Mutual Shares Securities Fund.
 
• Franklin Income Securities Fund: Maximize income.
 
• Mutual Shares Securities Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust, advised by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation.
 
• LVIP American Global Growth Fund: Long-term growth of capital; a master-feeder fund.
 
• LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund: Long-term growth of capital; a master-feeder fund.
 
• LVIP American Growth Fund: Growth of capital; a master-feeder fund.
 
• LVIP American Growth-Income Fund: Long-term growth of capital and income; a master-feeder fund.
 
• LVIP American International Fund: Long-term growth of capital; a master-feeder fund.
 
 
• LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by BAMCO, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund: Maximize real return.
 
 
(Subadvised by BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP Capital Growth Fund: Capital growth.
 
 
(Subadvised by Wellington Management)
 
 
• LVIP Cohen & Steers Global Real Estate Fund: Total Return.
 
 
(Subadvised by Cohen & Steers Capital Management)
 
 
• LVIP Columbia Value Opportunities Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC)
 
 
• LVIP Delaware Bond Fund: Maximum current income.
 
 
(Subadvised by Delaware Management Company)*
 
 
• LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund: Total return.
 
 
(Subadvised by Delaware Management Company)*
 
 
• LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Delaware Management Company)*
 
 
• LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Delaware Management Company)*
 
• LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Fund: Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP Dimensional Non-U.S. Equity Fund: Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund: Total return consistent with capital appreciation.
 
 
• LVIP Global Income Fund: Current income consistent with preservation of capital.
 
 
(Subadvised by Mondrian Investment Partners Limited and Franklin Advisors, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP Janus Capital Appreciation Fund: Long-term growth of capital.
 
 
(Subadvised by Janus Capital Management LLC)
 
 
• LVIP J.P. Morgan High Yield Fund: High level of current income.
 
 
(Subadvised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP MFS International Growth Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Massachusetts Financial Services Company)
 
 
• LVIP MFS Value Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Massachusetts Financial Services Company)
 
 
• LVIP Mid-Cap Value Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Wellington Management)
 
 
• LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Mondrian Investment Partners Limited)
 

22
 

 
 
 

 

 
• LVIP Money Market Fund: Current income/Preservation of capital.
 
 
(Subadvised by Delaware Management Company)*
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund: Replicate Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
• LVIP SSgA Conservative Index Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP SSgA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Developed International 150 Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Emerging Markets 100 Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Global Tactical Allocation Fund: Long-term growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA International Index Fund: Replicate broad market index of non-U.S. foreign securities.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Large Cap 100 Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
• LVIP SSgA Moderate Index Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP SSgA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund: Current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund: Long-term capital appreciation.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund: Replicate S&P 500 Index.**
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP SSgA Small-Cap Index Fund: Replicate Russell 2000® Index.
 
 
(Sub-advised by SSgA Funds Management, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund: Long-term growth of capital.
 
 
(Subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund: Maximum capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.)
 
 
• LVIP Templeton Growth Fund: Long-term growth of capital.
 
 
(Subadvised by Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC)
 
 
• LVIP Turner Mid-Cap Growth Fund: Capital appreciation.
 
 
(Subadvised by Turner Investment Partners, Inc.)
 
• LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund: Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund: Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
 
 
• LVIP Wells Fargo Intrinsic Value Fund: Reasonable income by investing in income-producing equity securities.
 
 
(Subadvised by Metropolitan West Capital Management, LLC)
 
• LVIP Protected Profile Conservative Fund: High current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP Protected Profile Growth Fund: Balance between high current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
• LVIP Protected Profile Moderate Fund: Balance between high current income and growth of capital; a fund of funds.
 
MFS® Variable Insurance TrustSM, advised by Massachusetts Financial Services Company
 
• Growth Series: Capital appreciation.
 
• Utilities Series: Total return.
 
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, advised by PIMCO
 
• PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio: Maximum real return.
 
*
Investments in Delaware Investments VIP Series, Delaware Funds, LVIP Delaware Funds or Lincoln Life accounts managed by Delaware Investment Advisors, a series of Delaware Management Business Trust, are not and will not be deposits with or liabilities of Macquarie Bank Limited ABN 46008 583 542 and its holding companies, including their subsidiaries or related companies, and are subject to investment risk, including possible delays in prepayment and loss of

23
 

 
 
 

 

income and capital invested. No Macquarie Group company guarantees or will guarantee the performance of the Series or Funds or accounts, the repayment of capital from the Series or Funds or account, or any particular rate of return.
 
**
“Standard & Poor's®”, “S&P 500®”, “Standard & Poor's 500®“ and ”500“ are trademarks of Standard & Poor's Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust and its affiliates. The product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of purchasing the product.
Fund Shares
 
We will purchase shares of the funds at net asset value and direct them to the appropriate subaccounts of the VAA. We will redeem sufficient shares of the appropriate funds to pay annuity payouts, death benefits, surrender/withdrawal proceeds or for other purposes described in the contract. If you want to transfer all or part of your investment from one subaccount to another, we may redeem shares held in the first and purchase shares of the other. Redeemed shares are retired, but they may be reissued later.
 
Shares of the funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold to us, and may be sold to other insurance companies, for investment of the assets of the subaccounts established by those insurance companies to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.
 
When a fund sells any of its shares both to variable annuity and to variable life insurance separate accounts, it is said to engage in mixed funding. When a fund sells any of its shares to separate accounts of unaffiliated life insurance companies, it is said to engage in shared funding.
 
The funds currently engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences in redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interest of various contractowners participating in a fund could conflict. Each of the fund’s Board of Directors will monitor for the existence of any material conflicts, and determine what action, if any, should be taken. The funds do not foresee any disadvantage to contractowners arising out of mixed or shared funding. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a fund. This might force a fund to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices. See the prospectuses for the funds.
 
Reinvestment of Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions
 
All dividends and capital gain distributions of the funds are automatically reinvested in shares of the distributing funds at their net asset value on the date of distribution. Dividends are not paid out to contractowners as additional units, but are reflected as changes in unit values.
 
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
 
We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all contractowners or only for certain classes of contractowners. New or substitute funds may have different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of contractowners.
 
Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future purchase payments, or both. We may close subaccounts to allocations of purchase payments or contract value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. The funds, which sell their shares to the subaccounts pursuant to participation agreements, also may terminate these agreements and discontinue offering their shares to the subaccounts. Substitutions might also occur if shares of a fund should no longer be available, or if investment in any fund’s shares should become inappropriate, in the judgment of our management, for the purposes of the contract, or for any other reason in our sole discretion and, if required, after approval from the SEC.
 
We also may:
 
• remove, combine, or add subaccounts and make the new subaccounts available to you at our discretion;
 
• transfer assets supporting the contracts from one subaccount to another or from the VAA to another separate account;
 
• combine the VAA with other separate accounts and/or create new separate accounts;
 
• deregister the VAA under the 1940 Act; and
 
• operate the VAA as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or as any other form permitted by law.
 
We may modify the provisions of the contracts to reflect changes to the subaccounts and the VAA and to comply with applicable law. We will not make any changes without any necessary approval by the SEC. We will also provide you written notice.
 
Charges and Other Deductions
 
We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses, services provided and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and for providing the benefits payable thereunder.
 
Our administrative services include:
 

24
 

 
 
 

 

• processing applications for and issuing the contracts;
 
 
• processing purchases and redemptions of fund shares as required (including dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal services — See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs);
 
• maintaining records;
 
• administering annuity payouts;
 
• furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation and monitoring of daily subaccount values);
 
• reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
 
• providing contract confirmations;
 
• providing toll-free inquiry services; and
 
• furnishing telephone and electronic fund transfer services.
 
The risks we assume include:
 
 
• the risk that annuitants receiving annuity payouts, including Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation payouts, live longer than we assumed when we calculated our guaranteed rates (these rates are incorporated in the contract and cannot be changed);
 
 
• the risk that lifetime payments to individuals from Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 will exceed the contract value;
 
• the risk that death benefits paid will exceed the actual contract value;
 
• the risk that more owners than expected will qualify for waivers of the surrender charge;
 
 
• the risk that, if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect, the required Regular Income Payments will exceed the Account Value; and
 
• the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges (which we cannot change).
 
The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the description of the charge. For example, the contingent deferred sales charge collected may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses actually incurred by us. Any remaining expenses will be paid from our general account which may consist, among other things, of proceeds derived from mortality and expense risk charges deducted from the account. We may profit from one or more of the fees and charges deducted under the contract. We may use these profits for any corporate purpose, including financing the distribution of the contracts.
 
Deductions from the VAA
 
For the base contract, we apply a charge to the average daily net asset value of the subaccounts based on which contract and death benefit you choose. Those charges are equal to an annual rate of:
 
   
Account Value
Death Benefit
Guarantee of
Principal Death
Benefit
Enhanced Guaranteed
Minimum Death
Benefit (EGMDB)
Estate Enhancement
Benefit (EEB)
 
B Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge
1.15%
1.20%
1.45%
1.65%
 
Administrative charge
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
 
Total annual charge for each subaccount
1.25%
1.30%
1.55%
1.75%
 
C Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge
1.55%
1.60%
1.85%
2.05%
 
Administrative charge
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
 
Total annual charge for each subaccount
1.65%
1.70%
1.95%
2.15%
 
L Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge
1.55%
1.60%
1.85%
2.05%
 
Administrative charge
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
 
Total annual charge for each subaccount
1.65%
1.70%
1.95%
2.15%
Surrender Charge
 
For B Share and L Share contracts only, a surrender charge applies (except as described below) to surrenders and withdrawals of purchase payments that have been invested for the periods indicated below. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each purchase payment. The contract anniversary is the annually occurring date beginning with the effective date of the contract. For
 

25
 

 
 
 

 

example, if the effective date of your contract is January 1, 2012, your first contract anniversary would be on January 1, 2013, your second contract anniversary would be on January 1, 2014, and so forth.
 
 
Surrender charge as a percentage of
the surrendered or withdrawn
purchase payments
Number of contract anniversaries since
purchase payment was invested
B Share
L Share
0.............................................................................
7.0%
7.0%
1.............................................................................
7.0%
7.0%
2.............................................................................
6.0%
6.0%
3.............................................................................
6.0%
6.0%
4.............................................................................
5.0%
0.0%
5.............................................................................
4.0%
0.0%
6.............................................................................
3.0%
0.0%
7.............................................................................
0.0%
0.0%
A surrender charge does not apply to:
 
 
• A surrender or withdrawal of a purchase payment beyond the seventh anniversary for B Share or fourth anniversary for L Share, since the purchase payment was invested;
 
 
• Withdrawals of contract value during a contract year to the extent that the total contract value withdrawn during the current contract year does not exceed the free amount. The free amount is equal to the greater of 10% of the current contract value or 10% of the total purchase payments (this does not apply upon surrender of the contract);
 
 
• Purchase payments used in the calculation of the initial benefit payment to be made under an annuity payout option, other than the i4LIFE® Advantage option;
 
 
• A surrender or withdrawal of any purchase payments, as a result of permanent and total disability of the contractowner as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the tax code, if the disability occurred after the effective date of the contract and before the 65th birthday of the contractowner. For contracts issued in the State of New Jersey, a different definition of permanent and total disability applies;
 
 
• When the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract as a result of the death of the original owner (however, the surrender charge schedule of the original contract will continue to apply to the spouse's contract);
 
 
• A surrender or withdrawal of any purchase payments, as a result of the admittance of the contractowner to an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility, where the admittance into the facility occurs after the effective date of the contract and the owner has been confined for at least 90 consecutive days;
 
 
• A surrender or withdrawal of any purchase payments as a result of the diagnosis of a terminal illness of the contractowner. Diagnosis of a terminal illness must be after the effective date of the contract and results in a life expectancy of less than one year as determined by a qualified professional medical practitioner;
 
• A surrender of the contract as a result of the death of the contractowner or annuitant;
 
• A surrender or annuitization of any applicable persistency credits;
 
• Purchase payments when used in the calculation of the initial Account Value under the i4LIFE® Advantage option;
 
 
• Regular income payments made under i4LIFE® Advantage, including any payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefits, or periodic payments made under any annuity payout option made available by us;
 
 
• A surrender of a contract or withdrawal of a contract value from contracts issued to selling group individuals (applicable to B Share contracts only);
 
 
• Withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, subject to certain conditions.
 
For purposes of calculating the surrender charge on withdrawals, we assume that:
 
1. The free amount will be withdrawn from purchase payments on a “first in-first out (FIFO)” basis.
 
 
2. Prior to the seventh anniversary for the B Share contract, and the fourth anniversary for the L Share contract, any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a contract year will be withdrawn in the following order:
 
• from purchase payments (on a FIFO basis) until exhausted; then
 
• from earnings until exhausted.
 
 
3. On or after the seventh anniversary for the B Share contract, and the fourth anniversary for the L Share contract, any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a contract year will be withdrawn in the following order:
 

26
 

 
 
 

 

• from purchase payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge no longer applies until exhausted; then
 
• from earnings and persistency credits, if any, or until exhausted; then
 
• from purchase payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge still applies until exhausted.
 
We apply the surrender charge as a percentage of purchase payments, which means that you would pay the same surrender charge at the time of surrender regardless of whether your contract value has increased or decreased. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each purchase payment. The surrender charges associated with surrender or withdrawal are paid to us to compensate us for the loss we experience on contract distribution costs when contractowners surrender or withdraw before distribution costs have been recovered.
 
If the contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the annuitant or joint annuitant will be considered the contractowner or joint owner for purposes of determining when a surrender charge does not apply.
 
Account Fee
 
During the accumulation period, we will deduct an account fee of $35 from the contract value on each contract anniversary to compensate us for the administrative services provided to you; this $35 account fee will also be deducted from the contract value upon surrender. This fee may be lower in certain states, if required, and will be waived after the fifteenth contract year. The account fee will be waived for any contract with a contract value that is equal to or greater than $100,000 on the contract anniversary. There is no account fee on contracts issued to selling group individuals (applicable to B Share contracts only).
 
Rider Charges
 
A fee or expense may also be deducted in connection with any benefits added to the contract by rider or endorsement.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. The rider charge is currently equal to an annual rate of 1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) for the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 single life option and 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) for the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 joint life option. There is no additional charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds over and above the charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0.
 
The charge is applied to the Income Base (initial purchase payment if purchased at contract issue, or contract value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements, and decreased for Excess Withdrawals. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the contract value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the valuation date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider's effective date. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each subaccount and any fixed account of the contract on the valuation date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Income Base increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Income Base. Refer to the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base section for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Income Base.
 
The annual rider percentage charge may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the Automatic Annual Step-up, but the charge will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 2.00%. An Automatic Annual Step-up is a feature that will increase the Income Base to equal the contract value on a Benefit Year anniversary if all conditions are met. The Benefit Year is a 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. Therefore, your percentage charge for this rider could increase every Benefit Year anniversary. If your percentage charge is increased, you may opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge to change. If you opt out of the step-up, your current charge will remain in effect and the Income Base will be returned to the prior Income Base. This opt out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the percentage charge increases if you do not want the Automatic Annual Step-up. The 5% Enhancement to the Income Base (less purchase payments received in that year) occurs if a 10-year Enhancement Period is in effect as described further in the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 section. During the first ten Benefit Years an increase in the Income Base as a result of the 5% Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual rider percentage charge but will increase the dollar amount of the charge. After the 10th Benefit Year anniversary the annual rider percentage charge may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the 5% Enhancement, but the charge will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 2.00%. If your percentage charge is increased, you may opt-out of the 5% Enhancement by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge to change. If you opt out of the 5% Enhancement, your current charge will remain in effect and the Income Base will be returned to the prior Income Base. This opt-out will only apply for this particular 5% Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your percentage charge to increase) if you do not want the 5% Enhancement.
 
The rider percentage charge will increase to the then current rider percentage charge, if after the first Benefit Year anniversary, cumulative purchase payments added to the contract, equal or exceed $100,000. You may not opt-out of this rider charge increase. See The Contracts – Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 – Income Base.
 

27
 

 
 
 

 

The rider charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. The pro-rata amount of the rider charge will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death) or surrender of the contract.
 
If the contract value is reduced to zero while the contractowner is receiving a Guaranteed Annual Income, no rider charge will be deducted.
 
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. The rider charge is currently equal to an annual rate of 1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) for the single life option and 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) for the joint life option.
 
The charge is applied to the Income Base (initial purchase payment if purchased at contract issue, or contract value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements and decreased for withdrawals. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the contract value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the valuation date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider’s effective date. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each subaccount and any fixed account of the contract on the valuation date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Income Base increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Income Base. Refer to the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds Income Base section for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Income Base.
 
The annual rate for the charge may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the Automatic Annual Step-up, but the charge will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 2.00%. An Automatic Annual Step-up is a feature that will increase the Income Base to equal the contract value on a Benefit Year anniversary if all conditions are met. The Benefit Year is a 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. Therefore, your percentage charge could increase every Benefit Year anniversary. If your percentage charge is increased, you may opt-out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge to change. If you opt out of the step-up, your current charge will remain in effect and the Income Base will be returned to the prior Income Base subject to withdrawals. This opt-out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the percentage charge increases if you do not want the Automatic Annual Step-up.
 
The 5% Enhancement to the Income Base (less purchase payments received in that year) occurs if a 10-year Enhancement Period is in effect as described further in the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds section. During the first 10 Benefit Years an increase in the Income Base as a result of the 5% Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual rider percentage charge but will increase the dollar amount of charge. After the 10th Benefit Year anniversary the percentage charge may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the 5% Enhancement, but the percentage charge will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 2.00%. If your percentage charge is increased, you may opt-out of the 5% Enhancement by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge to change. If you opt out of the 5% Enhancement, your current percentage charge will remain in effect and the Income Base will be returned to the prior Income Base adjusted for withdrawals. This opt-out will only apply for this particular 5% Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your percentage charge to increase) if you do not want the 5% Enhancement.
 
The percentage charge will increase to the then current annual percentage charge, if after the first Benefit Year anniversary, cumulative purchase payments added to the contract equal or exceed $100,000. You may not opt-out of this rider charge increase. See the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds – Income Base. The rider charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. The pro-rata amount of the rider charge will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death) or surrender of the contract.
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage. The rider charge is currently equal to an annual rate of:
 
1) 0.65% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.1625% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up, single life option; or
 
2) 0.80% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.2000% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up, joint life option. See The Contracts – Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a description of the calculation of the Guaranteed Amount.
 
If you purchase this Rider in the future, the percentage charge will be the current charge in effect at the time of purchase.
 
The charge is applied to the Guaranteed Amount (initial purchase payment if purchased at contract issue or contract value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent purchase payments and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the contract value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the valuation date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the effective date of the rider. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each subaccount of the contract on the valuation date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Guaranteed Amount increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount. Refer to Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, Guaranteed Amount section, for a discussion and example of the impact of changes to the Guaranteed Amount.
 

28
 

 
 
 

 

Under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, the annual rider percentage charge will not change upon each automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Amount for the 10-year period.
 
If you elect to step-up the Guaranteed Amount for another step-up period (including if we administer the step-up election for you or if you make a change from a joint life to a single life option after a death or divorce), a pro-rata deduction of the rider charge based on the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the step-up will be made on the valuation date of the step-up. This deduction covers the cost of the rider from the time of the previous deduction to the date of the step-up. After a contractowner's step-up, we will deduct the rider charge for the stepped-up Guaranteed Amount on a quarterly basis, beginning on the valuation date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the step-up. At the time of the elected step-up, the rider percentage charge will change to the current charge in effect at that time (if the current charge has changed), but it will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 1.50% of the Guaranteed Amount. If you never elect to step-up your Guaranteed Amount, your rider percentage charge will never change, although the amount we deduct will change as the Guaranteed Amount changes. The rider charge will be discontinued upon the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date, election of i4LIFE® Advantage or termination of the rider. The pro-rata amount of the rider charge will be deducted upon termination of the rider or surrender of the contract.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Charge. i4LIFE® Advantage is subject to a charge, computed daily based on the Account Value. The initial Account Value is the contract value on the valuation date i4LIFE® Advantage is effective (or initial purchase payment if i4LIFE® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value equals the total value of all of the contractowner's accumulation units plus the contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made as well as any withdrawals taken. The annual rate of the i4LIFE® Advantage charge is:
 
   
B Share
C Share
L Share
Account Value Death Benefit
1.65%
2.05%
2.05%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
1.70%
2.10%
2.10%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
1.95%
2.35%
2.35%
This charge consists of a mortality and expense risk and administrative charge (charges for the Guaranteed Income Benefit are not included and are listed below). If i4LIFE® Advantage is elected at issue of the contract, i4LIFE® Advantage and the charge will begin on the contract’s effective date. Otherwise, i4LIFE® Advantage and the charge will begin on the Periodic Income Commencement Date which is the valuation date on which the Regular Income Payment is determined and the beginning of the Access Period. Refer to the i4LIFE® Advantage section for explanations of the Access Period, Account Value and Periodic Income Commencement Date. After the Access Period ends, the charge for all death benefit options will be 1.65%. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds pay different charges for i4LIFE® Advantage. See the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds Charge.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge. The i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) charge is subject to a current annual charge of 0.65% (0.85% for joint life option) of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE® Advantage charge for a total current percentage charge of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:
 
   
B Share
Single Life option
C Share
Single Life option
L Share
Single Life option
B Share
Joint Life option
C Share
Joint Life option
L Share
Joint Life option
Account Value Death Benefit
2.30%
2.70%
2.70%
2.50%
2.90%
2.90%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
2.35%
2.75%
2.75%
2.55%
2.95%
2.95%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
2.60%
3.00%
3.00%
2.80%
3.20%
3.20%
The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage charge will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit during which the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment (described later in the i4LIFE® Advantage section of this prospectus). At the time of the step-up, the percentage charge will change to the current charge in effect at that time (if the current charge has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge of 2.00% of Account Value. If we automatically administer the step-up for you and your percentage charge is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive notice of your request to reverse the step-up, on a going forward basis we will decrease the percentage charge to the percentage charge in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reimburse the step-up will not be reimbursed. Future step-ups will continue even after you decline a current step-up. We will provide you with written notice when a step-up will result in an increase to the current charge so that you may give us timely notice if you wish to reverse a step-up.
 

29
 

 
 
 

 

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate, but the i4LIFE® Advantage charge will continue. There is no additional charge for i4LIFE® Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. Purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds may carry over certain features of the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds rider to elect i4LIFE®Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). If you make this election, then the current Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds charge will be your initial charge for i4LIFE® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). This charge is in addition to the daily mortality and expense risk and administrative charge of the base contract for your death benefit option set out under Deductions of the VAA. The charges and calculations described earlier for i4LIFE® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit will not apply.
 
For purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the charges for i4LIFE® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) are combined into a single charge that is deducted quarterly, starting with the first three-month anniversary of the effective date of i4LIFE® Advantage and every three months thereafter. The current initial charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is equal to an annual rate of 1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) for the single life option and 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) for the joint life option. The charge is a percentage of the greater of the Income Base (the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base less the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Guaranteed Annual Income amounts paid since the last Automatic Step-up or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds Income Base), or the Account Value. Refer to Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds for a description of the Income Base. The total annual subaccount charges of 1.55% for the EGMDB, 1.30% for the Guarantee of Principal death benefit and 1.25% for the Account Value death benefit for B Share and 1.95% for the EGMDB, 1.70% for the Guarantee of Principal death benefit and 1.65% for the Account Value death benefit for C Share and L Share also apply. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds are guaranteed that in the future the guaranteed maximum initial charge for both i4LIFE® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) will be the guaranteed maximum charge then in effect at the time they purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
 
The charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will not change until there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (described later in the i4LIFE® Advantage section of this prospectus). At such time, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increased and 2) the charge will also increase by the percentage of any increase to the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds current charge rate. (The Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds charge continues to be used as a factor in determining the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) The charge rate is based upon surrender experience, mortality experience, contractowner investment experience, solvency and profit margins, and the goals and objectives of the Lincoln hedging experience. Significant changes in one or more of these categories could result in an increase in the charge. This means that the charge may change annually. The charge may also be reduced if a withdrawal above the Regular Income Payment is taken. The dollar amount of the rider charge will be reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. The annual dollar amount is divided by four (4) to determine the quarterly charge.
 
The following example shows how the initial charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds is calculated as well as adjustments due to increases to the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) and the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge. The example is a nonqualified contract and assumes the contractowner is 65 years old on the effective date of electing the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). Pursuant to the provisions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is set at 4% of the Income Base based upon the contractowner’s age (see Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for a more detailed description). The example also assumes that the current charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 is 1.05%. The first example demonstrates how the initial charge is determined for an existing contract with an Account Value and Income Base. (The same calculation method applies to purchasers of 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds except for the different initial Guaranteed Income Benefit rates set forth in the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) description later in this prospectus.)
 
1/1/10
Initial i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value
$ 100,000
1/1/10
Income Base as of the last valuation date under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0
$ 125,000
1/1/10
Initial Annual Charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) ($125,000 * 1.05% current charge for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0) (charge is assessed against the Income Base since it is larger than the Account Value)
$1,312.50
1/2/10
Amount of initial i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payment (an example of how the Regular Income Payment is calculated is shown in the SAI)
$      5,066

30
 

 
 
 

 

1/2/10
Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% * $125,000 Income Base)
$      5,000
The next example shows how the charge will increase if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped up to 75% of the Regular Income Payment.
 
1/2/11
Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to market gain in Account Value)
$      6,900
1/2/11
New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% * $6,900 Regular Income Payment)
$      5,175
1/2/11
Annual Charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) ($1,312.50 * ($5,175/$5,000)) Prior charge * [ratio of increased Guaranteed Income Benefit to prior Guaranteed Income Benefit]
$1,358.44
If the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge has also increased, subject to a maximum charge of 2.00%, the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) charge will increase upon a step-up. (The Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge continues to be used in the calculation of the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.)
 
Continuing the above example:
 
1/2/11
Annual Charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)
$1,358.44
1/2/12
Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to Account Value increase)
$      7,400
1/2/12
New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% * $7,400 Regular Income Payment)
$      5,550
 
Assume the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge increases from 1.05% to 1.15%.
 
1/2/12
Annual Charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,358.44 * ($5,550/$5,175) * (1.15%/1.05%))
$1,595.63
The new annual charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is $1,595.63 which is equal to the current annual charge of $1,358.44 multiplied by the percentage increase of the Guaranteed Income Benefit ($5,550/$5,175) times the percentage increase to the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 current charge (1.15%/1.05%).
 
If the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds percentage charge is increased, we will notify you in writing. You may contact us in writing or at the telephone number listed on the first page of this prospectus to reverse the step-up within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive this notice, we will decrease the percentage charge, on a going forward basis, to the percentage charge in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit increased due to the step-up we would decrease the Guaranteed Income Benefit to the Guaranteed Income Benefit in effect before the step-up occurred, reduced by any Excess Withdrawals. Future step-ups as described in the rider would continue.
 
After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, i4LIFE® Advantage will also be terminated and the i4LIFE® Advantage and Guaranteed Income Benefit charge will cease.
 
Deductions for Premium Taxes
 
Any premium tax or other tax levied by any governmental entity as a result of the existence of the contracts or the VAA will be deducted from the contract value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, when incurred, or at another time of our choosing.
 
The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by legislation, by administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium tax rates generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. The tax rates range from zero to 3.5%.
 
Other Charges and Deductions
 
The surrender, withdrawal or transfer of value from a Guaranteed Period may be subject to the Interest Adjustment if applicable. See Fixed Side of the Contract.
 
The mortality and expense risk and administrative charge of 1.40% for all contracts of the value in the VAA will be assessed on all variable annuity payouts (except for the i4LIFE® Advantage, which has a different charge), including options that may be offered that do not have a life contingency and therefore no mortality risk. This charge covers the expense risk and administrative services listed previously in this prospectus. The expense risk is the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges.
 

31
 

 
 
 

 

There are additional deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the underlying funds that are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds. Among these deductions and expenses are 12b-1 fees which reimburse us or an affiliate for certain expenses incurred in connection with certain administrative and distribution support services provided to the funds.
 
Charges for Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation. There is no charge for Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation unless Unscheduled Payments are taken. The following table describes the Unscheduled Payment charge for the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. See The Contracts - Annuity Payouts for a complete description of Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation.
 
Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation Unscheduled Payment charge
 
(as a percentage of the Unscheduled Payment)*
 
Rider Year
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Charge
7%
7%
7%
6%
5%
4%
3%
0%
 
* A new Rider Year starts on each Rider Date anniversary. The charge is applied only to amounts in excess of the annual 10% Reserve Value free amount. See The Contracts - Annuity Payouts, Annuity Options for a detailed description of Reserve Value.
 
Unscheduled Payments of up to 10% of the then current Reserve Value may be taken each Rider Year without charge, as long as the then current Reserve Value is greater than zero. The Unscheduled Payment charge is assessed against Unscheduled Payments in excess of 10% of the then current Reserve Value in a Rider Year. Unscheduled Payments that do not exceed on a cumulative basis more than 10% of the then current Reserve Value each year are not subject to an Unscheduled Payment charge. If an Unscheduled Payment is subject to an Unscheduled Payment charge, the charge will be deducted from the Unscheduled Payment so that you will receive less than the amount requested. If the annuitant or secondary life is diagnosed with a terminal illness or confined to an extended care facility after the first Rider Year, then no Unscheduled Payment charges are assessed on any Unscheduled Payment. The Unscheduled Payment charge is also waived upon payment of a death benefit as described in the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation section of this prospectus.
 
Additional Information
 
The charges described previously may be reduced or eliminated for any particular contract. However, these reductions may be available only to the extent that we anticipate lower distribution and/or administrative expenses, or that we perform fewer sales or administrative services than those originally contemplated in establishing the level of those charges, or when required by law. Lower distribution and administrative expenses may be the result of economies associated with:
 
• the use of mass enrollment procedures,
 
• the performance of administrative or sales functions by the employer,
 
 
• the use by an employer of automated techniques in submitting deposits or information related to deposits on behalf of its employees, or
 
• any other circumstances which reduce distribution or administrative expenses.
 
The exact amount of charges and fees applicable to a particular contract will be stated in that contract.
 
The Contracts
 
Contracts Offered in this Prospectus
 
This prospectus describes three separate annuity contracts:
 
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series B-Share
 
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series C-Share
 
• Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series L-Share
 
Each contract offers you the ability to choose any of the death benefits, Living Benefit riders, and payout options described in this prospectus. Each contract has its own mortality and expense risk charge and applicable surrender charge. In deciding what contract to purchase, you should consider the amount of mortality and expense risk and surrender charges you are willing to bear relative to your needs. In deciding whether to purchase any of the enhanced death benefits or other optional benefits, you should consider the desirability of the benefit relative to its additional cost and to your needs.
 
Enhanced death benefits and other optional benefits are described later in this prospectus. You should check with your investment representative regarding availability.
 
Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series B-Share
 

32
 

 
 
 

 

The B Share annuity contract has a total mortality and risk expense and administrative charge ranging from 1.25% to 1.75%, depending on which death benefit you have elected. It has a declining seven-year surrender charge on each purchase payment. All of the death benefits, optional Living Benefit riders, and payout options described in this prospectus, are available for additional charges.
 
Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series C-Share
 
The C Share annuity contract has a total mortality and risk expense and administrative charge ranging from 1.65% to 2.15%, depending on which death benefit you have elected. Contractowners of the C Share annuity contract will receive persistency credits on a quarterly basis after the twelfth contract anniversary. See The Contracts – Persistency Credits. All of the death benefits, optional Living Benefit riders and payout options described in this prospectus, are available for additional charges.
 
Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series L-Share
 
The L Share annuity contract has a total mortality and risk expense and administrative charge ranging from 1.65% to 2.15%, depending on which death benefit you have elected. It has a declining four-year surrender charge on each purchase payment. Contractowners of the L Share annuity contract will receive persistency credits on a quarterly basis after the seventh contract anniversary. See The Contracts - Persistency Credits. All of the death benefits, optional Living Benefit riders and payout options described in this prospectus, are available for additional charges.
 
Purchase of Contracts
 
If you wish to purchase a contract, you must apply for it through a sales representative authorized by us. The completed application is sent to us and we decide whether to accept or reject it. If the application is accepted, a contract is prepared and executed by our legally authorized officers. The contract is then sent to you through your sales representative. See Distribution of the Contracts.
 
When a completed application and all other information necessary for processing a purchase order is received in good order at our Home Office, an initial purchase payment will be priced no later than two business days after we receive the order. If you submit your application and/or initial purchase payment to your agent, we will not begin processing your purchase order until we receive the application and initial purchase payment from your agent’s broker-dealer. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold the initial purchase payment for no more than five business days unless we receive your consent to our retaining the payment until the application is completed. If the incomplete application cannot be completed within those five days and we have not received your consent, you will be informed of the reasons, and the purchase payment will be returned immediately. Once the application is complete, we will allocate your initial purchase payment within two business days.
 
Who Can Invest
 
To apply for a contract, you must be of legal age in a state where the contracts may be lawfully sold and also be eligible to participate in any of the qualified or nonqualified plans for which the contracts are designed. At the time of issue, the contractowner, joint owner and annuitant must be under age 86. Certain death benefit options may not be available at all ages. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license, photo i.d. or other identifying documents.
 
In accordance with money laundering laws and federal economic sanction policy, the Company may be required in a given instance to reject a purchase payment and/or freeze a contractowner’s account. This means we could refuse to honor requests for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or death benefits. Once frozen, monies would be moved from the VAA to a segregated interest-bearing account maintained for the contractowner, and held in that account until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator.
 
Do not purchase this contract if you plan to use it, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatical arrangement, or other similar investment scheme. The contract may not be resold, traded on any stock exchange, or sold on any secondary market.
 
If you are purchasing the contract through a tax-favored arrangement, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, you should consider carefully the costs and benefits of the contract (including annuity income benefits) before purchasing the contract, since the tax-favored arrangement itself provides tax-deferred growth.
 
Replacement of Existing Insurance
 
Careful consideration should be given prior to surrendering or withdrawing money from an existing insurance contract to purchase the contract described in this prospectus. Surrender charges may be imposed on your existing contract and/or a new surrender charge period may be imposed with the purchase of, or transfer into, this contract. An investment representative or tax adviser should be consulted prior to making an exchange. Cash surrenders from an existing contract may be subject to tax and tax penalties.
 
Purchase Payments
 
You may make purchase payments to the contract at any time, subject to certain conditions. You are not required to make any additional purchase payments after the initial purchase payment. There may be some restrictions on making additional purchase payments
 

33
 

 
 
 

 

if you purchased a Living Benefit rider. See the Living Benefit Riders section of this prospectus for additional information. The minimum initial purchase payment is $10,000 The minimum for selling group individuals is $1,500 (applicable to B Share contracts only). The minimum annual amount for additional purchase payments is $300. Please check with your investment representative about making additional purchase payments since the requirements of your state may vary. The minimum payment to the contract at any one time must be at least $100 ($25 if transmitted electronically). If a purchase payment is submitted that does not meet the minimum amount, we will contact you to ask whether additional money will be sent, or whether we should return the purchase payment to you. Purchase payments totaling $2 million or more are subject to Home Office approval. If you stop making purchase payments, the contract will remain in force, however, we may terminate the contract as allowed by your state's non-forfeiture law for individual deferred annuities. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit riders. Purchase payments may be made or, if stopped, resumed at any time until the Annuity Commencement Date, the surrender of the contract, or the death of the contractowner, whichever comes first. Upon advance written notice, we reserve the right to limit purchase payments made to the contract.
 
Persistency Credits
 
Contractowners of the C Share contract will receive a persistency credit on a quarterly basis after the twelfth contract anniversary. Contractowners of the L Share contract will receive a persistency credit on a quarterly basis after the seventh contract anniversary. The amount of the persistency credit is calculated by multiplying the contract value, less any purchase payments that have not been invested in the contract for at least four years, by 0.10%. This persistency credit will be allocated to the variable subaccounts and the fixed subaccounts in proportion to the contract value in each variable subaccount and fixed subaccount at the time the persistency credit is paid into the contract.
 
There is no additional charge to receive this persistency credit, and in no case will the persistency credit be less than zero. The amount of any persistency credit received will be noted on your quarterly statement. Confirmation statements for each individual transaction will not be issued.
 
Valuation Date
 
Accumulation and annuity units will be valued once daily at the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m., New York time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open (valuation date). On any date other than a valuation date, the accumulation unit value and the annuity unit value will not change.
 
Allocation of Purchase Payments
 
Purchase payments allocated to the variable account are placed into the VAA’s subaccounts, according to your instructions. You may also allocate purchase payments in the fixed account, if available.
 
The minimum amount of any purchase payment which can be put into any one subaccount is $20. The minimum amount of any purchase payment which can be put into a Guaranteed Period of the fixed account is $2,000, subject to state approval.
 
If we receive your purchase payment from you or your broker-dealer in good order at our Home Office prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, we will use the accumulation unit value computed on that valuation date when processing your purchase payment. If we receive your purchase payment in good order at or after 4:00 p.m., New York time, we will use the accumulation unit value computed on the next valuation date. If you submit your purchase payment to your representative, we will generally not begin processing the purchase payment until we receive it from your representative’s broker-dealer. If your broker-dealer submits your purchase payment to us through the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) or, pursuant to terms agreeable to us, uses a proprietary order placement system to submit your purchase payment to us, and your purchase payment was placed with your broker-dealer prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, then we will use the accumulation unit value computed on that valuation date when processing your purchase payment. If your purchase payment was placed with your broker-dealer at or after 4:00 p.m. New York time, then we will use the accumulation unit value computed on the next valuation date.
 
The number of accumulation units determined in this way is not impacted by any subsequent change in the value of an accumulation unit. However, the dollar value of an accumulation unit will vary depending not only upon how well the underlying fund’s investments perform, but also upon the expenses of the VAA and the underlying funds.
 
Valuation of Accumulation Units
 
Purchase payments allocated to the VAA are converted into accumulation units. This is done by dividing the amount allocated by the value of an accumulation unit for the valuation period during which the purchase payments are allocated to the VAA. The accumulation unit value for each subaccount was or will be established at the inception of the subaccount. It may increase or decrease from valuation period to valuation period. Accumulation unit values are affected by investment performance of the funds, fund expenses, and the contract charges. The accumulation unit value for a subaccount for a later valuation period is determined as follows:
 

34
 

 
 
 

 

 
1. The total value of the fund shares held in the subaccount is calculated by multiplying the number of fund shares owned by the subaccount at the beginning of the valuation period by the net asset value per share of the fund at the end of the valuation period, and adding any dividend or other distribution of the fund if an ex-dividend date occurs during the valuation period; minus
 
 
2. The liabilities of the subaccount at the end of the valuation period; these liabilities include daily charges imposed on the subaccount, and may include a charge or credit with respect to any taxes paid or reserved for by us that we determine result from the operations of the VAA; and
 
3. The result is divided by the number of subaccount units outstanding at the beginning of the valuation period.
 
The daily charges imposed on a subaccount for any valuation period are equal to the daily mortality and expense risk charge and the daily administrative charge multiplied by the number of calendar days in the valuation period. Contracts with different features have different daily charges, and therefore, will have different corresponding accumulation unit values on any given day. In certain circumstances (for example, when separate account assets are less than $1,000), and when permitted by law, it may be prudent for us to use a different standard industry method for this calculation, called the Net Investment Factor method. We will achieve substantially the same result using either method.
 
Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date
 
After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, you may transfer all or a portion of your investment from one sub account to another. A transfer involves the surrender of accumulation units in one subaccount and the purchase of accumulation units in the other subaccount. A transfer will be done using the respective accumulation unit values determined at the end of the valuation date on which the transfer request is received.
 
Transfers (among the variable subaccounts and as permitted between the variable and fixed accounts) are limited to twelve (12) per contract year unless otherwise authorized by us. This limit does not apply to transfers made under the automatic transfer programs of dollar cost averaging or portfolio rebalancing programs elected on forms available from us. (See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs.) These transfer rights and restrictions also apply during the i4LIFE® Advantage Access Period (the time period during which you may make withdrawals from the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value). See i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
The minimum amount which may be transferred between subaccounts is $300 (or the entire amount in the subaccount, if less than $300). If the transfer from a subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the subaccount, we may transfer the total balance of the subaccount.
 
A transfer request may be made to our Home Office using written, telephone, fax, or electronic instructions, if the appropriate authorization is on file with us. Our address, telephone number, and internet address are on the first page of this prospectus. In order to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent transfers, we may require certain identifying information before we will act upon instructions. We may also assign the contractowner a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to serve as identification. We will not be liable for following instructions we reasonably believe are genuine. Telephone requests will be recorded and written confirmation of all transfer requests will be mailed to the contractowner on the next valuation date.
 
Please note that the telephone and/or electronic devices may not always be available. Any telephone or electronic device, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, or your agent’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to limit these problems, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your transfer request by writing to our Home Office.
 
Requests for transfers will be processed on the valuation date that they are received when they are received in good order at our Home Office before the end of the valuation date (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time). If we receive a transfer request in good order at or after 4:00 p.m., New York time, we will process the request using the accumulation unit value computed on the next valuation date.
 
After the first thirty days from the effective date of your contract, if your contract offers a fixed account, you may also transfer all or any part of the contract value from the subaccount(s) to the fixed side of the contract, except during periods when (if permitted by your contract) we have discontinued accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract. The minimum amount which can be transferred to a fixed account is $2,000 or the total amount in the subaccount if less than $2,000. However, if a transfer from a subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the subaccount, we may transfer the total amount to the fixed side of the contract.
 
You may also transfer part of the contract value from a fixed account to the variable subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:
 
• total fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and
 
• the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.
 
Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer all of the contract value in the fixed accounts to the variable subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria. Transfers of all or a portion of a
 

35
 

 
 
 

 

fixed account (other than automatic transfer programs and i4LIFE® Advantage transfers) may be subject to Interest Adjustments, if applicable. For a description of the Interest Adjustment, see the Fixed Side of the Contract - Guaranteed Periods and Interest Adjustment.
 
Transfers may be delayed as permitted by the 1940 Act. See Delay of Payments.
 
Market Timing
 
Frequent, large, or short-term transfers among subaccounts and the fixed account, such as those associated with “market timing” transactions, can affect the funds and their investment returns. Such transfers may dilute the value of the fund shares, interfere with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs of the funds. As an effort to protect our contractowners and the funds from potentially harmful trading activity, we utilize certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent such transfer activity among the subaccounts and the fixed account that may affect other contractowners or fund shareholders.
 
In addition, the funds may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective shares. The prospectuses for the funds describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other funds and the Market Timing Procedures we have adopted to discourage frequent transfers among subaccounts. While we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures, contractowners and other persons with interests under the contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the funds. However, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual contractowners, and (2) execute instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific contractowners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the fund.
 
You should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the funds generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of variable insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the funds’ ability to apply their respective disruptive trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the funds (and thus our contractowners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance companies that may invest in the funds. In addition, if a fund believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests from policy owners engaged in disruptive trading activity, the fund may reject the entire omnibus order.
 
Our Market Timing Procedures detect potential “market timers” by examining the number of transfers made by contractowners within given periods of time. In addition, managers of the funds might contact us if they believe or suspect that there is market timing. If requested by a fund company, we may vary our Market Timing Procedures from subaccount to subaccount to comply with specific fund policies and procedures.
 
We may increase our monitoring of contractowners who we have previously identified as market timers. When applying the parameters used to detect market timers, we will consider multiple contracts owned by the same contractowner if that contractowner has been identified as a market timer. For each contractowner, we will investigate the transfer patterns that meet the parameters being used to detect potential market timers. We will also investigate any patterns of trading behavior identified by the funds that may not have been captured by our Market Timing Procedures.
 
Once a contractowner has been identified as a “market timer” under our Market Timing Procedures, we will notify the contractowner in writing that future transfers (among the subaccounts and/or the fixed account) will be temporarily permitted to be made only by original signature sent to us by U.S. mail, first-class delivery for the remainder of the contract year (or calendar year if the contract is an individual contract that was sold in connection with an employer sponsored plan). Overnight delivery or electronic instructions (which may include telephone, facsimile, or Internet instructions) submitted during this period will not be accepted. If overnight delivery or electronic instructions are inadvertently accepted from a contractowner that has been identified as a market timer, upon discovery, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will impose this “original signature” restriction on that contractowner even if we cannot identify, in the particular circumstances, any harmful effect from that contractowner's particular transfers.
 
Contractowners seeking to engage in frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect such transfer activity may be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. The identification of contractowners determined to be engaged in such transfer activity that may adversely affect other contractowners or fund shareholders involves judgments that are inherently subjective. We cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect every potential market timer. If we are unable to detect market timers, you may experience dilution in the value of your fund shares and increased brokerage and administrative costs in the funds. This may result in lower long-term returns for your investments.
 
Our Market Timing Procedures are applied consistently to all contractowners. An exception for any contractowner will be made only in the event we are required to do so by a court of law. In addition, certain funds available as investment options in your contract may
 

36
 

 
 
 

 

also be available as investment options for owners of other, older life insurance policies issued by us. Some of these older life insurance policies do not provide a contractual basis for us to restrict or refuse transfers which are suspected to be market timing activity. In addition, because other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may invest in the funds, we cannot guarantee that the funds will not suffer harm from frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity among subaccounts and the fixed accounts of variable contracts issued by other insurance companies or among investment options available to retirement plan participants.
 
In our sole discretion, we may revise our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as necessary to better detect and deter frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, and/or to impose additional or alternate restrictions on market timers (such as dollar or percentage limits on transfers). If we modify our Market Timing Procedures, they will be applied uniformly to all contractowners or as applicable to all contractowners investing in underlying funds.
 
Some of the funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the fund’s investment adviser, the fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to defer or reject a transfer request at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the funds available through the VAA, including any refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of the fund shares as a result of the funds' own policies and procedures on market timing activities. If a fund refuses to accept a transfer request we have already processed, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will notify you in writing if we have reversed, restricted or refused any of your transfer requests. Some funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to administer and collect any such redemption fees on behalf of the funds. You should read the prospectuses of the funds for more details on their redemption fees and their ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of their shares.
 
Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date
 
You may transfer all or a portion of your investment in one subaccount to another subaccount or to the fixed side of the contract, as permitted under your contract. Those transfers will be limited to three times per contract year. You may also transfer from a variable annuity payment to a fixed annuity payment. You may not transfer from a fixed annuity payment to a variable annuity payment. Once elected, the fixed annuity payment is irrevocable.
 
These provisions also apply during the i4LIFE® Advantage Lifetime Income Period. See i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
Ownership
 
The owner on the date of issue will be the person or entity designated in the contract specifications. If no owner is designated, the annuitant(s) will be the owner. The owner may name a joint owner.
 
As contractowner, you have all rights under the contract. According to Indiana law, the assets of the VAA are held for the exclusive benefit of all contractowners and their designated beneficiaries; and the assets of the VAA are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. We reserve the right to approve all ownership and annuitant changes. Nonqualified contracts may not be sold, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or for any other purpose. Qualified contracts are not transferable unless allowed under applicable law. Non-qualified contracts may not be collaterally assigned. Assignments may have an adverse impact on any death benefits or Living Benefits in this product and may be prohibited under the terms of a particular rider. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment. Consult your tax adviser about the tax consequences of an assignment.
 
Joint Ownership
 
If a contract has joint owners, the joint owners shall be treated as having equal undivided interests in the contract. Either owner, independently of the other, may exercise any ownership rights in this contract. Not more than two owners (an owner and joint owner) may be named and contingent owners are not permitted.
 
Annuitant
 
The following rules apply prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may name only one annuitant [unless you are a tax-exempt entity, then you can name two joint annuitants]. You (if the contractowner is a natural person) have the right to change the annuitant at any time by notifying us of the change, however we reserve the right to approve all annuitant changes. This may not be allowed if certain riders are in effect. The new annuitant must be under age 86 as of the effective date of the change. This change may cause a reduction in the death benefits or living benefits. See The Contracts - Death Benefit. A contingent annuitant may be named or changed by notifying us in writing. Contingent annuitants are not allowed on contracts owned by non-natural owners. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the annuitant or joint annuitants may not be changed and contingent annuitant designations are no longer applicable.
 

37
 

 
 
 

 

Surrenders and Withdrawals
 
Before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will allow the surrender of the contract or a withdrawal of the contract value upon your written request on an approved Lincoln distribution request form (available from the Home Office), subject to the rules discussed below. Surrender or withdrawal rights after the Annuity Commencement Date depend on the annuity payout option selected.
 
The amount available upon surrender/withdrawal is the contract value less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes at the end of the valuation period during which the written request for surrender/withdrawal is received in good order at the Home Office. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in good order at or after 4:00 p.m., New York time, we will process the request using the accumulation unit value computed on the next valuation date. The minimum amount which can be withdrawn is $300. Unless a request for withdrawal specifies otherwise, withdrawals will be made from all subaccounts within the VAA and from the fixed account in the same proportion that the amount of withdrawal bears to the total contract value. Surrenders and withdrawals from the fixed account may be subject to the Interest Adjustment. See Fixed Side of the Contract. Unless prohibited, surrender/withdrawal payments will be mailed within seven days after we receive a valid written request at the Home Office. The payment may be postponed as permitted by the 1940 Act.
 
There are charges associated with surrender of a contract or withdrawal of contract value. You may specify whether these charges are deducted from the amount you request to be withdrawn or from the remaining contract value. If the charges are deducted from the remaining contract value, the amount of the total withdrawal will increase according to the impact of the applicable surrender charge percentage; consequently, the dollar amount of the surrender charge associated with the withdrawal will also increase. In other words, the dollar amount deducted to cover the surrender charge is also subject to a surrender charge.
 
Special restrictions on surrenders/withdrawals apply if your contract is purchased as part of a retirement plan of a public school system or 501(c)(3) organization under Section 403(b) of the tax code. Beginning January 1, 1989, in order for a contract to retain its tax-qualified status, Section 403(b) prohibits a withdrawal from a 403(b) contract of post 1988 contributions (and earnings on those contributions) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. However, this restriction does not apply if the annuitant (a) attains age 59½, (b) separates from service, (c) dies, (d) becomes totally and permanently disabled and/or (e) experiences financial hardship (in which event the income attributable to those contributions may not be withdrawn).
 
Pre-1989 contributions and earnings through December 31, 1988, are not subject to the previously stated restriction. Funds transferred to the contract from a 403(b)(7) custodial account will also be subject to restrictions. Participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program should refer to the Restrictions under the Texas Optional Retirement Program, later in this prospectus.
 
The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this booklet. See Federal Tax Matters  — Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.
 
Additional Services
 
These are the additional services available to you under your contract: dollar-cost averaging (DCA), automatic withdrawal service (AWS) and portfolio rebalancing. Currently, there is no charge for these services. However, we reserve the right to impose one after appropriate notice to contractowners. In order to take advantage of one of these services, you will need to complete the appropriate election form that is available from our Home Office. For further detailed information on these services, please see Additional Services in the SAI.
 
Dollar-cost averaging allows you to transfer amounts from the DCA fixed account, if available, or certain variable subaccounts into the variable subaccounts on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available.
 
You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at anytime before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing an election form available from us. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged (DCA'd) is $1,500 over any period between six and 60 months. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:
 
• the Annuity Commencement Date;
 
• the value of the amount being DCA'd is depleted; or
 
• you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.
 
We reserve the right to restrict access to this program at any time.
 
A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges or Interest Adjustment which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional purchase payment allocated to the DCA fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program. However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional purchase payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. If you cancel the DCA program, your remaining contract
 

38
 

 
 
 

 

value in the DCA program will be allocated to the variable subaccounts according to your allocation instructions. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify this program at any time. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.
 
The automatic withdrawal service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your contract value. Withdrawals under AWS are subject to applicable surrender charges and Interest Adjustments. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge and Fixed Side of the Contract – Interest Adjustment.
 
Portfolio rebalancing is an option that restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of contract value allocated to each variable account subaccount. The rebalancing may take place monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
 
Only one of the two additional services (DCA and portfolio rebalancing) may be used at one time. For example, you cannot have DCA and portfolio rebalancing running simultaneously.
 
Death Benefit
 
The chart below provides a brief overview of how the death benefit proceeds will be distributed if death occurs prior to i4LIFE® Advantage elections or prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Refer to your contract for the specific provisions applicable upon death.
 
UPON DEATH OF:
AND...
AND...
DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS PASS TO:
contractowner
There is a surviving joint owner
The annuitant is living or deceased
joint owner
contractowner
There is no surviving joint owner
The annuitant is living or deceased
designated beneficiary
contractowner
There is no surviving joint owner and the beneficiary predeceases the contractowner
The annuitant is living or deceased
contractowner's estate
annuitant
The contractowner is living
There is no contingent annuitant
The youngest contractowner becomes the contingent annuitant and the contract continues. The contractowner may waive* this continuation and receive the death benefit proceeds.
annuitant
The contractowner is living
The contingent annuitant is living
contingent annuitant becomes the annuitant and the contract continues
annuitant**
The contractowner is a trust or other non-natural person
No contingent annuitant allowed with non-natural contractowner
designated beneficiary

*
Notification from the contractowner to select the death benefit proceeds must be received within 75 days of the death of the annuitant.

**
Death of annuitant is treated like death of the contractowner.
If the contractowner (or a joint owner) or annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, a death benefit may be payable. You can choose the death benefit. Only one death benefit may be in effect at any one time and this death benefit terminates if you elect i4LIFE® Advantage or elect any other annuitization option. Generally, the more expensive the death benefit the greater the protection.
 
You should consider the following provisions carefully when designating the beneficiary, annuitant, any contingent annuitant and any joint owner, as well as before changing any of these parties. The identity of these parties under the contract may significantly affect the amount and timing of the death benefit or other amount paid upon a contractowner's or annuitant's death.
 
You may designate a beneficiary during your lifetime and change the beneficiary by filing a written request with our Home Office. Each change of beneficiary revokes any previous designation. We reserve the right to request that you send us the contract for endorsement of a change of beneficiary.
 
Upon the death of the contractowner, a death benefit will be paid to the beneficiary. Upon the death of a joint owner, the death benefit will be paid to the surviving joint owner. If the contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the death of the annuitant will be treated as death of the contractowner.
 
If an annuitant who is not the contractowner or joint owner dies, then the contingent annuitant, if named, becomes the annuitant and no death benefit is payable on the death of the annuitant. If no contingent annuitant is named, the contractowner (or younger of joint owners) becomes the annuitant. Alternatively, a death benefit may be paid to the contractowner (and joint owner, if applicable, in equal shares). Notification of the election of this death benefit must be received by us within 75 days of the death of the annuitant. The contract terminates when any death benefit is paid due to the death of the annuitant.
 

39
 

 
 
 

 

Only the contract value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the death claim is available as a death benefit if a contractowner, joint owner or annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of this contract unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior contractowner, joint owner or annuitant. If your contract value equals zero, no death benefit will be paid.
 
Account Value Death Benefit. If you elect the Account Value Death Benefit contract option, we will pay a death benefit equal to the contract value on the valuation date the death benefit is approved by us for payment. No additional death benefit is provided. Once you have selected this death benefit option, it cannot be changed. (Your contract may refer to this benefit as the Contract Value Death Benefit.)
 
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. If you do not select a death benefit, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will apply to your contract. If the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is in effect, the death benefit will be equal to the greater of:
 
• The current contract value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim; or
 
 
• The sum of all purchase payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the contract value (withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider may reduce the sum of all purchase payments amount on a dollar for dollar basis. See The Contracts — Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0).
 
In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the death benefit payable. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with these withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.
 
The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may be discontinued by completing the Death Benefit Discontinuance form and sending it to our Home Office. The benefit will be discontinued as of the valuation date we receive the request and the Account Value Death Benefit will apply. We will deduct the charge for the Account Value Death Benefit as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions.
 
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
 
If the EGMDB is in effect, the death benefit paid will be the greatest of:
 
• the current contract value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim; or
 
 
• the sum of all purchase payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the contract value (withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider may reduce the sum of all purchase payments amount on a dollar for dollar basis. See The Contracts — Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0); or
 
 
• the highest contract value which the contract attains on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) (determined before the allocation of any purchase payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81st birthday of the deceased and prior to the death of the contractowner, joint owner or annuitant for whom the death claim is approved for payment. The highest contract value is increased by purchase payments and is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to that anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the contract value.
 
In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the death benefit payable. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with these withdrawals and premium taxes, if any.
 
You may discontinue the EGMDB at any time by completing the Death Benefit Discontinuance form and sending it to our Home Office. The benefit will be discontinued as of the valuation date we receive the request, and the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit or the Account Value Death Benefit will apply. We will deduct the applicable charge for the new death benefit as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions.
 
The EGMDB is only available under nonqualified, IRA or Roth IRA contracts if the contractowner, joint owner and annuitant are under age 80 at the time of issuance.
 
Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (EEB Rider). The amount of death benefit payable under this rider is the greatest of the following amounts:
 
• The current contract value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim; or
 
 
• The sum of all purchase payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the contract value (withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider may reduce the sum of all purchase payments amount on a dollar for dollar basis. See The Contracts — Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0); or
 
 
• The highest contract value on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) prior to the 81st birthday of the deceased contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or annuitant and prior to the death of the contractowner, joint owner or annuitant for whom a death claim is approved for payment. The highest contract value is increased by purchase payments and is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to that anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the contract value; or
 

40
 

 
 
 

 

 
• The current contract value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim plus an amount equal to the Enhancement Rate times the lesser of:
 
• the contract earnings; or
 
• the covered earnings limit.
 
Note: If there are no contract earnings, there will not be an amount provided under this item.
 
In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the death benefit payable. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with that withdrawal (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.
 
The Enhancement Rate is based on the age of the oldest contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or annuitant on the date when the rider becomes effective. If the oldest is under age 70, the rate is 40%. If the oldest is age 70 to 75, the rate is 25%. The EEB rider is not available if the oldest contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or annuitant is age 76 or older at the time the rider would become effective.
 
Contract earnings equal:
 
• the contract value as of the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved by us for payment; minus
 
 
• the contract value as of the effective date of this rider (determined before the allocation of any purchase payments on that date); minus
 
 
• each purchase payment that is made to the contract on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment; plus
 
 
• any contractual basis that has previously been withdrawn, which is the amount by which each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, exceeded the contract earnings immediately prior to the withdrawal.
 
The previously withdrawn contractual basis associated with each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider is an amount equal to the greater of $0 and (A), where
 
(A) is the amount of the withdrawal minus the greater of $0 and (B); where
 
(B) is the result of [(i) - (ii)]; where
 
(i) is the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and
 
(ii) is the amount of purchase payments made into the contract prior to the withdrawal.
 
The covered earnings limit equals 200% of:
 
 
• the contract value as of the effective date of this rider (determined before the allocation of any purchase payments on that date); plus
 
 
• each purchase payment that is made to the contract on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, and prior to the contract anniversary immediately preceding the 76th birthday of the oldest of the contractowner, joint owner (if applicable) or annuitant; minus
 
 
• any contractual basis that has previously been withdrawn, which is the amount by which each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, exceeded the contract earnings immediately prior to the withdrawal.
 
The previously withdrawn contractual basis associated with each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider is an amount equal to the greater of $0 and (A), where
 
(A) is the amount of the withdrawal minus the greater of $0 and (B); where
 
(B) is the result of [(i) - (ii)]; where
 
(i) is the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and
 
(ii) is the amount of purchase payments made into the contract prior to the withdrawal.
 
The EEB rider may not be available in all states. Please check with your investment representative regarding availability of this rider. Contracts purchased after the rider becomes available in your state may only elect the rider at the time of purchase.
 
The EEB rider may not be terminated unless you surrender the contract or the contract is in the annuity payout period.
 
General Death Benefit Information
 
Only one of these death benefits may be in effect at any one time. This benefit terminates if you elect i4LIFE® Advantage (which provides a death benefit) or you elect an annuitization option.
 

41
 

 
 
 

 

If there are joint owners, upon the death of the first contractowner, we will pay a death benefit to the surviving joint owner. The surviving joint owner will be treated as the primary, designated beneficiary. Any other beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent beneficiary. If the surviving joint owner is the spouse of the deceased joint owner, he/she may continue the contract as sole contractowner. Upon the death of the spouse who continues the contract, we will pay a death benefit to the designated beneficiary(s).
 
If the beneficiary is the spouse of the contractowner, then the spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new contractowner. Pursuant to the Federal Defense of Marriage Act, same-sex marriages are not recognized for purposes of federal law. Therefore, the favorable tax treatment provided by federal tax law to an opposite-sex spouse is not available to a same-sex spouse. Same-sex spouses should consult a tax advisor prior to purchasing annuity products that provide benefits based upon status as a spouse, and prior to exercising any spousal rights under an annuity. Should the surviving spouse elect to continue the contract, a portion of the death benefit may be credited to the contract. Any portion of the death benefit that would have been payable (if the contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current contract value on the date the surviving spouse elects to continue will be added to the contract value. If the contract is continued in this way the death benefit in effect at the time the beneficiary elected to continue the contract will remain as the death benefit.
 
If the EEB Rider is in effect, the Enhancement Rate for future benefits will be based on the age of the older of the surviving spouse or the annuitant at the time the EEB is paid into the contract. The contract earnings and the covered earnings limit will be reset, treating the current contract value (after crediting any death benefit amount into the contract as described above) as the initial deposit for purposes of future benefit calculations. If either the surviving spouse or the surviving annuitant is 76 or older, the EEB death benefit will be reduced to the EGMDB for a total annual charge of 1.95% or 1.55% depending on which contract you purchase.
 
The value of the death benefit will be determined as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of a claim submitted in good order. To be in good order, we require all the following:
 
1. proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
 
2. written authorization for payment; and
 
3. all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, the payment of death benefits provided under this contract must be made in compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation, one of the following procedures will take place on the death of a beneficiary:
 
 
• If any beneficiary dies before the contractowner, that beneficiary’s interest will go to any other beneficiaries named, according to their respective interests; and/or
 
• If no beneficiary survives the contractowner, the proceeds will be paid to the contractowner’s estate.
 
If the beneficiary is a minor, court documents appointing the guardian/custodian may be required.
 
Unless the contractowner has already selected a settlement option, the beneficiary may choose the method of payment of the death benefit. The death benefit payable to the beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within five years of the contractowner’s date of death unless the beneficiary begins receiving within one year of the contractowner’s death the distribution in the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the beneficiary’s life expectancy.
 
Upon the death of the annuitant, Federal tax law requires that an annuity election be made no later than 60 days after we have approved the death claim for payment.
 
If the death benefit becomes payable, the recipient may elect to receive payment either in the form of a lump sum settlement or an annuity payout. If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of death benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
In the case of a death of one of the parties to the annuity contract, if the recipient of the death benefit has elected a lump sum settlement and the death benefit is over $10,000, the proceeds will be placed into a SecureLine® account in the recipient’s name as the owner of the account. SecureLine® is a service we offer to help the recipient manage the death benefit proceeds. With SecureLine®, an interest bearing account is established from the proceeds payable on a policy or contract administered by us. The recipient is the owner of the account, and is the only one authorized to transfer proceeds from the account. Instead of mailing the recipient a check, we will send a checkbook so that the recipient will have access to the account by writing a check. The recipient may choose to leave the proceeds in this account, or may begin writing checks right away. If the recipient decides he or she wants the entire proceeds immediately, the recipient may write one check for the entire account balance. The recipient can write as many checks as he or she wishes. We may at our discretion set minimum withdrawal amounts per check. The total of all checks written cannot exceed the account balance. The SecureLine® account is part of our general account. It is not a bank account and it is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. As part of our general account, it is subject to the claims of our creditors. We receive a benefit from all
 

42
 

 
 
 

 

amounts left in the SecureLine® account. The recipient may request that surrender proceeds be paid directly to him or her instead of applied to a SecureLine® account.
 
Interest credited in the SecureLine® account is taxable as ordinary income in the year such interest is credited, and is not tax deferred. We recommend that the recipient consult a tax advisor to determine the tax consequences associated with the payment of interest on amounts in the SecureLine® account. The balance in the recipient’s SecureLine® account starts earning interest the day the account is opened and will continue to earn interest until all funds are withdrawn. Interest is compounded daily and credited to the recipient’s account on the last day of each month. The interest rate will be updated monthly and we may increase or decrease the rate at our discretion. The interest rate credited to the recipient’s SecureLine® account may be more or less than the rate earned on funds held in our general account. The interest rate offered with a SecureLine® account is not necessarily that credited to the fixed account.
 
There are no monthly fees. The recipient may be charged a fee for a stop payment or if a check is returned for insufficient funds.
 
Investment Requirements
 
If you elect a Living Benefit rider (except i4LIFE® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to Investment Requirements, which means you will be limited in how much you can invest in certain subaccounts of your contract. If you elect Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, you will have more restrictive Investment Requirements. Currently, if you purchase i4LIFE® without the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will not be subject to any Investment Requirements, although we reserve the right to impose Investment Requirements for this rider in the future.
 
Investment Requirements apply whether you purchase a Living Benefit rider at contract issue, or if you add a Living Benefit rider to an existing contract. You must hold the rider for a minimum period of time after election (the minimum time is specified under the Termination section of each rider). During this time, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements. After this time, failure to adhere to the Investment Requirements will result in termination of the rider.
 
We have divided the subaccounts of your contract into groups and have specified the minimum or maximum percentages of contract value that must be in each group at the time you purchase the rider. Some investment options are not available to you if you purchase certain riders. The Investment Requirements may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if the Investment Requirements are consistent with your investment objectives.
 
You can select the percentages of contract value (or Account Value if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect) to allocate to individual subaccounts within each group, but the total investment for all subaccounts within the group must comply with the specified minimum or maximum percentages for that group.
 
In accordance with these Investment Requirements, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option under your contract and thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your contract value on a periodic basis. On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, we will rebalance your contract value, on a pro-rata basis, based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Any reallocation of contract value among the subaccounts made by you prior to a rebalancing date will become your allocation instructions for rebalancing purposes. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement and you will not receive an individual confirmation after each reallocation. If we rebalance contract value from the subaccounts and your allocation instructions do not contain any subaccounts that meet the Investment Requirements then that portion of the rebalanced contract value that does not meet the Investment Requirements will be allocated to the Delaware VIP Limited-Term Diversified Income Series as the default investment option or any other subaccount that we may designate for that purpose. These investments will become your allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise.
 
We may change the Investment Requirements at any time in our sole discretion, including changing the list of subaccounts in a group, the number of groups, the minimum or maximum percentages of contract value allowed in a group, the investment options that are or are not available to you, or the rebalancing frequency. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change. We may make such changes at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these Riders. Our decision to make changes will be based on several factors including the general market conditions and the style and investment objectives of the subaccount investments.
 
At the time you receive notice of a change to the Investment Requirements, you may:
 
1. drop the applicable rider immediately, without waiting for a termination event if you do not wish to be subject to these Investment Requirements; or
 
2. submit your own reallocation instructions for the contract value, before the effective date specified in the notice, so that the Investment Requirements are satisfied; or
 
3. take no action and be subject to the quarterly rebalancing as described above. If this results in a change to your allocation instructions, then these will be your new allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise.
 
The following subaccount groups apply to contractowners who have elected Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds, or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
 

43
 

 
 
 

 

Group 1
Group 2
Investments must be at least 30% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
Investments cannot exceed 70% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
1. Delaware VIP® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
TBD
2. Delaware VIP® Diversified Income Series
 
3. LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
 
4. LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
 
5. LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
 
6. LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
 
7. LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund
 

Group 3
Investments cannot exceed 10% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
1. TBD
As an alternative to satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your contract value among the funds listed below. If you allocate less than 100% of contract value or i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value among these funds, then the funds listed below that are also listed in Group 1 will be subject to Group 1 restrictions.* Any remaining funds listed below that are not listed in Group 1 will fall into Group 2 and be subject to Group 2 restrictions. All other funds not listed in the groupings above or below are not available with the Protected Funds riders. The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.
 
Delaware VIP Diversified Income Series*
 
Delaware VIP Limited-Term Diversified Income Series*
 
LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Delaware Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund*
 
LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Protected Profile Conservative Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Growth Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Moderate Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund*
 
The following subaccount groups apply to contractowners who have elected Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, or the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
Group 1
Group 2
Investments must be at least 30% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
Investments cannot exceed 70% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
1. Delaware VIP® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
Any of the funds offered under the contract, except for funds in Groups 1 and 3, and the fixed account.
2. Delaware VIP® Diversified Income Series
 
3. LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
 
4. LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
 
5. LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
 
6. LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
 
7. LVIP Global Income Fund
 
8. LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund
 

Group 3
Investments cannot exceed 10% of contract value or Account Value (if i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect)
1. AllianceBernstein VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
2. Delaware VIP Emerging Markets Series

44
 

 
 
 

 

3. Delaware VIP REIT Series
4. DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio
5. LVIP Cohen & Steers Global Real Estate Fund
6. LVIP SSgA Emerging Markets 100 Fund
7. MFS VIT Utilities Series
As an alternative to satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your contract value among the funds listed below. If you allocate less than 100% of contract value or i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value among these funds, then the funds listed below that are also listed in Group 1 will be subject to Group 1 restrictions.* Any remaining funds listed below that are not listed in Group 1 will fall into Group 2 and be subject to Group 2 restrictions. The PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio is not available with these riders. The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.
 
BlackRock Global Allocation VI Fund
 
Delaware VIP Diversified Income Series*
 
Delaware VIP Limited-Term Diversified Income Series*
 
LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Delaware Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund*
 
LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund*
 
LVIP Global Income Fund*
 
LVIP Protected Profile Conservative Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Growth Fund
 
LVIP Protected Profile Moderate Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Bond Index Fund*
 
LVIP SSgA Global Tactical Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
 
LVIP SSgA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
 
Living Benefit Riders
 
The optional Living Benefit riders offered under this variable annuity contract - Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds - are described in the following sections. The riders offer either a minimum withdrawal benefit (Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage) or a minimum annuity payout (i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds). You may not elect more than one Living Benefit rider at a time. Upon election of a Living Benefit rider, you will be subject to Investment Requirements (unless you elect i4LIFE® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)).
 
The overview chart provided as an appendix to this prospectus provides a brief description and comparison of each Living Benefit rider. Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your registered representative or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what, if any, impact the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit rider. Terms and conditions may change after the contract is purchased.
 
The benefits and features of the optional Living Benefit riders are separate and distinct from the downside protection strategies that may be employed by the funds offered under this contract. The riders do not guarantee the investment results of the funds.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0
 
The Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 is a Living Benefit rider available for purchase in your contract that provides:
 
 
• Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base (a value equal to either your initial purchase payment or contract value, if elected after the contract's effective date);
 
 
• A 5% Enhancement to the Income Base (less purchase payments received in that year) if greater than an Automatic Annual Step-up so long as no withdrawals are made in that year and the rider is within the Enhancement Period;
 
 
• Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the contract value if the contract value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the 5% Enhancement;
 
 
• Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).
 
 
• An optional feature, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, if elected, that provides a higher Guaranteed Annual Income percentage if you adhere to additional Investment Requirements.
 
All terms that apply to Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 apply to Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds except as noted.
 

45
 

 
 
 

 

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or that are not payable to the original contractowner or original contractowner’s bank account (or to the original annuitant or the original annuitant’s bank account, if the owner is a non-natural person) (Excess Withdrawals) may significantly reduce your Income Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero.
 
In order to purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 the purchase payment or contract value (if purchased after the contract is issued) must be at least $25,000. This rider provides guaranteed, periodic withdrawals for your life as contractowner/annuitant (single life option) or for the lives you as contractowner/annuitant and your spouse as joint owner (joint life option). The contractowner, annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while this rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral. An Income Base is used to calculate the Guaranteed Annual Income payment from your contract, but is not available as a separate benefit upon death or surrender. The Income Base is equal to the initial purchase payment (or contract value if elected after contract issue), increased by subsequent purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups and 5% Enhancements, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, cumulative additional purchase payments into the contract will be limited to an amount equal to $100,000 without Home Office approval. No additional purchase payments are allowed if the contract value decreases to zero for any reason. No additional purchase payments are allowed after the Nursing Home Enhancement is requested and approved by us (described later in this prospectus).
 
This rider provides for guaranteed, periodic withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount commencing after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55. The Guaranteed Annual Income payments are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base. The specified withdrawal percentages of the Income Base are age based and may increase over time. With the single life option, you may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime. If you purchase the joint life option, Guaranteed Annual Income amounts for the lifetimes of you and your spouse will be available.
 
Withdrawals in excess of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or that are made prior to age 55 or that are not payable to the original contractowner or original contractowner’s bank account (or to the original annuitant or the original annuitant’s bank account, if the owner is a non-natural person) (Excess Withdrawals) may significantly reduce your Income Base and your Guaranteed Annual Income payments by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal and may terminate the rider and the contract if the Income Base is reduced to zero. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of the 5% Enhancement. Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. These options are discussed below in detail.
 
Lincoln Life offers other optional riders available for purchase with its variable annuity contracts. These riders provide different methods to take income from your contract value and may provide certain guarantees. There are differences between the riders in the features provided as well as the charge structure. In addition, the purchase of one rider may impact the availability of another rider. Information about the relationship between Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and these other riders is included later in this discussion. Not all riders will be available at all times. You may consider purchasing the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up or 5% Enhancement. The cost of the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may be higher than other Living Benefit riders that you may purchase in your contract. The age at which you may start receiving the Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be different than the ages that you may receive guaranteed payments under other riders.
 
Availability. Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds is available for purchase with new and existing nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The contractowner/annuitant as well as the spouse under the joint life option must be under age 86 at the time this rider is elected. You cannot elect the rider and any other living benefit rider offered in your contract at the same time (Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds). You may not elect the rider if you have also elected i4LIFE® Advantage or Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, which are annuity payout options. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your Living Benefit rider or any other living benefits we may offer in the future before electing Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. See The Contracts - Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, i4LIFE® Advantage and Annuity Payouts - Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation for more information. There is no guarantee that the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 will be available for new purchasers in the future as we reserve the right to discontinue this benefit at any time.
 
If you purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, you will be limited in your ability to invest within the subaccounts offered within your contract. You will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements.
 
If you purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, you will be subject to additional Investment Requirements as set forth in the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See the Investment Requirements section in this prospectus for more information.
 

46
 

 
 
 

 

If the rider is elected at contract issue, then the rider will be effective on the contract’s effective date. If the rider is elected after the contract is issued (by sending a written request to our Home Office), the rider will be effective on the next valuation date following approval by us.
 
Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that.
 
Income Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Income Base is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or a death benefit. The initial Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elect the rider at the time you purchase the contract, the initial Income Base will equal your initial purchase payment. If you elect the rider after we issue the contract, the initial Income Base will equal the contract value on the effective date of the rider. The maximum Income Base is $10,000,000. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives. See The Contracts - 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds and Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage.
 
Additional purchase payments automatically increase the Income Base by the amount of the purchase payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional purchase payment will increase the Income Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, cumulative additional purchase payments into the contract will be limited to an amount equal to $100,000 without Home Office approval. If we grant approval to exceed the $100,000 additional purchase payment restriction, the charge will change to the then current charge in effect on the next Benefit Year anniversary. Additional purchase payments will not be allowed if the contract value decreases to zero for any reason including market loss.
 
Excess Withdrawals reduce the Income Base as discussed below. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base.
 
Since the charge for the rider is based on the Income Base, the cost of the rider increases when additional purchase payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups and 5% Enhancements are made, and the cost decreases as Excess Withdrawals are made because these transactions all adjust the Income Base. In addition, the percentage charge may change when Automatic Annual Step-ups or 5% Enhancements occur as discussed below or additional purchase payments occur. See Charges and Other Deductions — Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Charge.
 
5% Enhancement. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base, minus purchase payments received in that year, will be increased by 5% if the contract owner/annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) are under age 86, if there were no withdrawals in that year and the rider is within the Enhancement Period. The Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the 5% Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Any purchase payment made after the initial purchase payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating the 5% Enhancement. Any purchase payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Income Base for purposes of calculating the 5% Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.
 
If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first 10 Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 5% Enhancements through the end of the current Enhancement Period, but the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge could increase to the then current charge at the time of any 5% Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year Anniversary. You will have the option to opt out of the Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year. In order to be eligible to receive further 5% Enhancements the contractowner/annuitant (single life option), or the contractowner and spouse (joint life option) must still be living and be under age 86.
 
Note: The 5% Enhancement is not available in any year there is a withdrawal from contract value including a Guaranteed Annual Income payment. A 5% Enhancement will occur in subsequent years only under certain conditions. If you are eligible (as defined below) for the 5% Enhancement in the next year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.
 
The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals):
 
Initial purchase payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000
 
Additional purchase payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000
 
Additional purchase payment on day 95 = $10,000; Income Base = $125,000
 
On the first Benefit Year Anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $130,750 ($115,000 times 1.05%=$120,750 plus $10,000). The $10,000 purchase payment on day 95 is not eligible for the 5% Enhancement until the 2nd Benefit Year Anniversary.
 
The 5% Enhancement will be in effect for 10 years (the Enhancement Period) from the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period will begin each time an Automatic Annual Step-up to the contract value occurs as described below. As explained below, the 5% Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides a greater increase to the Income Base, you will not receive the 5% Enhancement. If the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 5% Enhancement
 

47
 

 
 
 

 

increase the Income Base to the same amount then you will receive the Automatic Annual Step-up. The 5% Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10,000,000.
 
You will not receive the 5% Enhancement on any Benefit Year anniversary in which there is a withdrawal, including a Guaranteed Annual Income payment from the contract during that Benefit Year. The 5% Enhancement will occur on the following Benefit Year anniversary if no further withdrawals are made from the contract and the rider is within the Enhancement Period.
 
An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 5% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.
 
If during the first 10 Benefit Years your Income Base is increased by the 5% Enhancement on the Benefit Year anniversary, your percentage charge for the rider will not change on the Benefit Year anniversary. However, the amount you pay for the rider will increase since the charge for the rider is based on the Income Base. After the 10th Benefit Year anniversary the annual rider percentage charge may increase to the current charge each year if the Income Base increases as a result of the 5% Enhancement, but the charge will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage charge of 2.00%. See Charges and Other Deductions – Rider Charges – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Charge.
 
If your percentage charge for this rider is increased due to a 5% Enhancement that occurs after the 10th Benefit Year anniversary, you may opt-out of the 5% Enhancement by giving us notice in writing within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge for the rider to change. This opt-out will only apply for this particular 5% Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your percentage charge to increase) if you do not want the 5% Enhancement. You may not opt-out of the 5% Enhancement if the current charge for the rider increases due to additional purchase payment made during that Benefit Year that exceeds the $100,000 purchase payment restriction after the first Benefit Year. See Income Base section for more details.
 
Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base. The Income Base will automatically step-up to the contract value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:
 
 
a. the contractowner/annuitant (single life option), or the contractowner and spouse (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
 
 
b. the contract value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any purchase payments made on that date and persistency credits, if any added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the 5% Enhancement (if any).
 
Each time the Income Base is stepped up to the current contract value as described above, your percentage charge for the rider will be the current charge for the rider, not to exceed the guaranteed maximum charge. Therefore, your percentage charge for this rider could increase every Benefit Year anniversary. See Charges and Other Deductions – Rider Charges – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Charge.
 
Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.
 
If your percentage charge for this rider is increased upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, you may opt-out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice in writing within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your percentage charge for the rider to change. This opt-out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the percentage charge increases if you do not want the Step-up. As stated above, if you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up during the first 10 Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 5% Enhancements through the end of the current Enhancement Period, but the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 charge could increase to the then current charge at the time of any 5% Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year anniversary. You will have the option to opt out of the Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year. See the earlier Income Base section. You may not opt-out of the Automatic Annual Step-up if an additional purchase payment made during that Benefit Year caused the charge for the rider to increase to the current charge.
 
Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 5% Enhancement will work (assuming no withdrawals or additional purchase payments):
 
 
Contract Value
Income Base with
5% Enhancement
Income Base
Potential for Charge
to Change
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000
$50,000
N/A
$50,000
N/A
1st Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                 
$54,000
$52,500
$54,000
Yes
2nd Benefit Year Anniversary
$53,900
$56,700
$56,700
No
3rd Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                 
$56,000
$59,535
$59,535
No
4th Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                 
$64,000
$62,512
$64,000
Yes
On the 1st Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up increased the Income Base to the contract value of $54,000 since the increase in the contract value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the 2nd Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). On the 3rd Benefit Year anniversary, the 5%
 

48
 

 
 
 

 

Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $56,700=$2,835). On the 4th Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up to the contract value was greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,977 (5% of $59,535). An Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base beyond the maximum Income Base of $10,000,000.
 
Withdrawal Amount. You may make periodic withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount each Benefit Year for your (contractowner) lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option) as long as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount is greater than zero. You may start taking Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) turns age 55.
 
The initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated when you purchase the rider. If you (or younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are under age 55 at the time the rider is elected the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be zero. If you (or the younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are age 55 or older at the time the rider is elected the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be equal to a specified percentage of the Income Base. The specified percentage of the Income Base will be based on your age (or younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected). Upon your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income percentage is based on your age (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse’s age (joint life option) at the time of the withdrawal. For example, if you purchase the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider at age 60 (single life option), your Guaranteed Annual Income percentage is 4%. If you waited until you were age 70 (single life option) to make your first withdrawal your Guaranteed Annual Income percentage would be 5%. During the first Benefit Year the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated using the Income Base as of the effective date of the rider (including any purchase payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider). After the first Benefit Year anniversary we will use the Income Base calculated on the most recent Benefit Year anniversary for calculating the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. After your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage will only increase on a Benefit Year Anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the extra amount into the next Benefit Year.
 
Guaranteed Annual Income Percentages by Ages for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Elections:
 
 
Age (Single
Life Option)
Guaranteed
Annual Income amount
percentage (Single Life Option)
Age (Joint Life
Option - younger of
you and your spouse's age)
Guaranteed Annual Income
amount percentage
(Joint Life Option)
 
At Least 55 and under 59 ½
3.50%
55-64
3.50%
 
59 ½ -64
4.00%
65-69
4.50%
 
65-69
4.50%
70+
5.00%
 
70+
5.00%
   
Guaranteed Annual Income Percentages by Ages for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds:
 
 
Age (Single
Life Option)
Guaranteed
Annual Income amount
percentage (Single Life Option)
Age (Joint Life
Option - younger of
you and your spouse's age)
Guaranteed Annual Income
amount percentage
(Joint Life Option)
 
At Least 55 and under 59 ½
4.00%
55-64
4.00%
 
59 ½ +
5.00%
65+
5.00%
If your contract value is reduced to zero because of market performance or rider charges, withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue automatically for your life (and your spouse’s life if applicable) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider and contract will terminate. If the contract value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider and contract will terminate.
 
Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base. All withdrawals you make will decrease the contract value. Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount.
 
The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount affect the Income Base and the contract value. The contractowner is age 60 (4% Guaranteed Annual Income percentage for single life option) on the rider’s effective date, and makes an initial purchase payment of $200,000 into the contract:
 

49
 

 
 
 

 

Contract value on the rider's effective date
$200,000
Income Base on the rider's effective date
$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider's effective date ($200,000 x 4%)
$     8,000
Contract value six months after rider's effective date
$210,000
Income Base six months after rider's effective date
$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider's effective date when contractowner is still age 60
$     8,000
Contract value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)
$202,000
Income Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)
$200,000
Contract value on first Benefit Year anniversary
$205,000
Income Base on first Benefit Year anniversary
$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4%)
$     8,200
Since there was a withdrawal during the first year the 5% Enhancement is not available but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base to the contract value of $205,000. On the first anniversary of the rider’s effective date the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $8,200 (4% x $205,000).
 
Purchase payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial purchase payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage multiplied by the amount of the subsequent purchase payment. For example, assuming a contractowner is age 60 (single life option), if the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $2,000 (4% of $50,000 Income Base) is in effect and an additional purchase payment of $10,000 is made, the new Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year is $2,400 ($2,000 + 4% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a purchase payment is added to the contract. Persistency credits added to the contract do not immediately increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount but are added to the contract value and may increase the Income Base upon an Automatic Annual Step-up which in return may increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount.
 
Cumulative additional purchase payments into the contract that exceed $100,000 after the first anniversary of the rider effective date must receive Home Office approval. Additional purchase payments will not be allowed if the contract value is zero. No additional purchase payments are allowed after the Nursing Home Enhancement is requested and approved by us (described below).
 
5% Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount after the Income Base is adjusted either by a 5% Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income percentage.
 
Nursing Home Enhancement. (The Nursing Home Enhancement is not available in certain states. Please check with your registered representative.) The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be increased to 10%, called the Nursing Home Enhancement, during a Benefit Year when the contractowner/annuitant is age 65 or older or the youngest of the contractowner and spouse is age 65 or older (joint life option), and one is admitted into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. The Nursing Home Enhancement applies if the admittance into such facility occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider, the individual was not in the nursing home in the year prior to the effective date of the rider, and upon entering the nursing home, the person has been then confined for at least 90 consecutive days. For the joint life option if both spouses qualify, the Nursing Home Enhancement is available for either spouse, but not both spouses. If no withdrawal has been taken since the rider’s effective date, the Nursing Home Enhancement will be available when the contractowner/annuitant is age 65 or the youngest of the contractowner and spouse is age 65 (joint life option). If a withdrawal has been taken since the rider’s effective date, the Nursing Home Enhancement will be available on the next Benefit Year anniversary after the contractowner/annuitant is age 65 or the youngest of the contractowner and spouse is age 65 (joint life option). You may request the Nursing Home Enhancement by filling out a request form provided by us. Proof of nursing home confinement will be required each year. If you leave the nursing home, your Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced to the amount you would otherwise be eligible to receive starting after the next Benefit Year anniversary. Any withdrawals made prior to the entrance into a nursing home and during the Benefit Year that the Nursing Home Enhancement commences, will reduce the amount available that year for the Nursing Home Enhancement. Purchase payments may not be made into the contract after a request for the Nursing Home Enhancement is approved by us and any purchase payments made either in the 12 months prior to entering the nursing home or while you are residing in a nursing home will not be included in the calculation of the Nursing Home Enhancement. The requirements of an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility are set forth in the Nursing Home Enhancement Claim Form. The criteria for the facility include, but are not limited to: providing 24 hour a day nursing services; an available physician; an employed nurse on duty or call at all times; maintains daily clinical records; and able to dispense medications. This does not include an assisted living or similar facility. The admittance to a nursing home must be pursuant to a plan of care provided by a licensed health care practitioner, and the nursing home must be located in the United States. The remaining references to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount also include the Nursing Home Enhancement amount.
 

50
 

 
 
 

 

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal or are withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life) or that are not payable to the original contractowner or original contractowner’s bank account (or to the original annuitant or the original annuitant’s bank account, if the owner is a non-natural person).
 
When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:
 
 
1. The Income Base is reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
 
 
2. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income amount percentage multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the pro rata reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).
 
We will provide you with quarterly statements that will include the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Guaranteed Annual Income amount payments, Excess Withdrawals and additional purchase payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your registered representative or call us at the number provided on the front page of this prospectus if you have questions about Excess Withdrawals.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and the contract value. The contractowner who is age 60 (single life option) makes a $12,000 withdrawal which causes a $12,915.19 reduction in the Income Base.
 
Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
 
Contract value = $60,000
 
Income Base = $85,000
 
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,400 (4% of the Income Base of $85,000)
 
After a $12,000 Withdrawal ($3,400 is within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, $8,600 is the Excess Withdrawal):
 
The contract value is reduced by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $3,400 and the Income Base is not reduced:
 
Contract value = $56,600 ($60,000 - $3,400)
 
Income Base = $85,000
 
The contract value is also reduced by the $8,600 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base is reduced by 15.19435%, the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $56,600 contract value ($8,600 ÷ $56,600)
 
Contract value = $48,000 ($56,600 - $8,600)
 
Income Base = $72,084.81 ($85,000 x 15.19435% = $12,915.19; $85,000 - $12,915.19 = $72,084.81)
 
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $2,883.39 (4% of $72,084.81 Income Base)
 
On the following Benefit Year anniversary:
 
Contract value = $43,000
 
Income Base = $72,084.81
 
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $2,883.39 (4% x $72,084.81)
 
In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate. If the contract value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider and contract will terminate.
 
Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waivers of surrender charge provisions set forth in your prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $3,400 Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not subject to surrender charges; the $8,600 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge.
 
Withdrawals from IRA contracts will be treated as within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (even if they exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount) only if the withdrawals are taken as systematic monthly or quarterly installments of the amount needed to satisfy the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In addition, in order for this exception for RMDs to apply, the following must occur:
 
1. Lincoln’s monthly or quarterly automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
 
2. The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract; and
 
3. No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph).
 

51
 

 
 
 

 

If your RMD withdrawals during a Benefit Year are less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, an additional amount up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn and will not be subject to surrender charges. If a withdrawal, other than an RMD is made during the Benefit Year, then all amounts withdrawn in excess of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, including amounts attributable to RMDs, will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.
 
Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. In nonqualified contracts, withdrawals of contract value that exceed purchase payments are taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters for a discussion of the tax consequences of withdrawals.
 
Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the maturity date of the contract, you have the option of electing the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. If the contract value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. If you are receiving the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option, the beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. To be eligible the death benefit option in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option must be one of the following death benefits: the Guarantee of Principal Death benefit, the EGMDB or the EEB rider. If the Account Value death benefit option is in effect, the beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment(s).
 
The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option is an annuity payout option which the contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life (this option is different from other annuity payout options, including i4LIFE® Advantage, which are based on your contract value). Contractowners may decide to choose the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option over i4LIFE® Advantage if they feel this may provide a higher final payment option over time and they may place more importance on this over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.
 
The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract the final payment will be equal to the sum of all purchase payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract the final payment will be equal to the contract value on the effective date of the rider, increased for purchase payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the contract value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.
 
Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. The Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or any other death benefit upon death of the contractowners or annuitant. At the time of death, if the contract value equals zero, no death benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 does not impact the death benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract except as described below in Impact to Withdrawal Calculations of Death Benefits before the Annuity Commencement Date. All death benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.
 
Upon the death of the single life, the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). If the beneficiary elects to continue the contract after the death of the single life (through a separate provision of the contract), the beneficiary may purchase a new Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 if available under the terms and charge in effect at the time of the new purchase. There is no carryover of the Income Base.
 
Upon the first death under the joint life option, the lifetime payout of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. The 5% Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue if applicable as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).
 
As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse if under age 86 may choose to terminate the joint life option and purchase a new single life option, if available, under the terms and charge in effect at the time for a new purchase. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider whether the change will cause the Income Base and the Guaranteed Annual Income amount to decrease.
 
Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider, the contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 will automatically terminate:
 
 
• on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable); or
 
• upon the death under the single life option or the death of the surviving spouse under the joint life option;
 

52
 

 
 
 

 

• when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or contract value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
 
• upon surrender of the contract; or
 
• upon termination of the underlying annuity contract.
 
The termination will not result in any increase in contract value equal to the Income Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can re-elect any Living Benefit rider or any other living benefits we may offer in the future.
 
Compare to Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage. If a contractowner is interested in purchasing a rider that provides guaranteed minimum withdrawals, the following factors should be considered when comparing Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage (only one of these riders can be added to a contract at any one time): the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 has the opportunity to provide a higher Income Base than the Guaranteed Amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage because of the 5% Enhancement or Automatic Annual Step-up. You should compare the annual income percentage available under each rider. The Income Base for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may also be higher than the Guaranteed Amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage because withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount do not reduce the Income Base whereas withdrawals under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage reduce the Guaranteed Amount. Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 also provides the potential for lifetime withdrawals from an earlier age (rather than age 65 with the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage). However, the percentage charge for the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 is higher and has the potential to increase on every Benefit Year Anniversary if the increase in contract value exceeds the 5% Enhancement and after the 10th Benefit Year anniversary upon a 5% Enhancement. In addition, the guaranteed maximum charge is higher for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. Since the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base is not reduced by withdrawals that are less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, the charge, which is applied against the Income Base will not be reduced. Whereas with Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, withdrawals reduce the Guaranteed Amount against which the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage charge is applied. In addition, the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage provides that guaranteed Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts can continue to a beneficiary to the extent of any remaining Guaranteed Amount while the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 does not offer this feature.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for purchasers who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. i4LIFE® Advantage is an optional annuity payout rider that provides periodic variable income payments for life, the ability to make withdrawals during a defined period of time (the Access Period) and a death benefit during the Access Period. A minimum payout floor, called the Guaranteed Income Benefit, is also available for election at the time you elect i4LIFE® Advantage. You cannot have both i4LIFE® Advantage and Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 in effect on your contract at the same time.
 
Contractowners with an active Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may decide to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and elect i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) even if it is no longer available for sale as long as the election occurs prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Contractowners are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those in effect at the time they purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. If the decision to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 is made, the contractowner can use the greater of the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up (or inception date) or the Account Value immediately prior to electing i4LIFE® Advantage to establish the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). This decision must be made by the maximum age to elect i4LIFE® Advantage, which is age 95 for nonqualified contracts and age 80 for qualified contracts. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds who have waited until after the 5th Benefit Year anniversary may elect i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit until age 99 for nonqualified contracts and age 85 for qualified contracts.
 
If you choose to drop the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and have the single life option, you must purchase i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) single life option. If you drop the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and have the joint life option, you must purchase i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) joint life option. Contractowners with Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds must elect i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds. The minimum length of the i4LIFE® Advantage Access Period will vary based upon when you purchased your Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds rider and how long the rider was in effect before you decided to purchase i4LIFE® Advantage. These requirements are specifically listed in the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit section of this prospectus under Impacts to i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments.
 
For nonqualified contracts, the contractowner must elect the levelized option for Regular Income Payments. While i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is in effect, the contractowner cannot change the payment mode elected or decrease the length of the Access Period.
 
When deciding whether to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and purchase i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) you should consider that depending on a person’s age and the selected length of the Access Period, i4LIFE® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the Guaranteed Annual Income amounts under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. You should consider electing i4LIFE® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE® Advantage payments whereas with Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. Payments from a
 

53
 

 
 
 

 

nonqualified contract that a person receives under the i4LIFE® Advantage rider are treated as “amounts received as an annuity” under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code because the payments occur after the annuity starting date. These payments are subject to an “exclusion ratio” as provided in section 72(b) of the Code, which means a portion of each annuity payout is treated as income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates), and the remainder is treated as a nontaxable return of purchase payments. In contrast, withdrawals under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 are not treated as amounts received as an annuity because they occur prior to the annuity starting date. As a result, such withdrawals are treated first as a return of any existing gain in the contract (which is the measure of the extent to which the contract value exceeds purchase payments), and then as a nontaxable return of purchase payments.
 
The initial charge for i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) will be equal to the current annual rate in effect for your Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider. This charge is in addition to the mortality and expense risk and administrative charge for your base contract death benefit option. The charge is calculated based upon the greater of the value of the Income Base or contract value as of the last valuation date under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 prior to election of i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). During the Access Period, this charge is deducted from the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value on a quarterly basis with the first deduction occurring on the valuation date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the effective date of i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). During the Lifetime Income Period, this charge is deducted annually. The initial charge may increase annually upon a step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit by an amount equal to the prior charge rate (or initial charge rate if the first anniversary of the rider’s effective date) multiplied by the percentage increase, if any, to the Guaranteed Income Benefit and the percentage increase if any to the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 current charge. If an Excess Withdrawal occurs, the charge will decrease by the same percentage as the percentage change to the Account Value.
 
Impact to Withdrawal Calculations of Death Benefits before the Annuity Commencement Date. The death benefit calculation for certain death benefit options in effect prior to the Annuity Commencement Date may change for contractowners with an active Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. Certain death benefit options provide that all withdrawals reduce the death benefit in the same proportion that the withdrawals reduce the contract value. If you elect the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income will reduce the sum of all purchase payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis for purposes of calculating the death benefit under the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The same also applies to the the EGMDB or the EEB rider if the death benefit is based on the sum of all purchase payments, decreased by withdrawals. See The Contracts – Death Benefits. Any Excess Withdrawals will reduce the sum of all purchase payments in the same proportion that the withdrawals reduced the contract value under any death benefit option in which proportionate withdrawals are in effect. This change has no impact on death benefit options in which all withdrawals reduce the death benefit calculation on a dollar for dollar basis. The terms of your contract will describe which method is in effect for your contract while this rider is in effect.
 
The following example demonstrates how a withdrawal will reduce the death benefit if both the EGMDB and the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 are in effect when the contractowner dies. Note that this calculation applies only to the sum of all purchase payments calculation and not for purposes of reducing the highest anniversary contract value under the EGMDB:
 
Contract value before withdrawal $80,000
 
Guaranteed Annual Income amount $5,000
 
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB) values before withdrawal is the greatest of a), b), or c) described in detail in the EGMDB section of this prospectus:
 
a) Contract value $80,000
 
b) Sum of purchase payments $100,000
 
c) Highest anniversary contract value $150,000
 
Withdrawal of $9,000 will impact the death benefit calculation as follows:
 
a) $80,000 - $9,000 = $71,000 (Reduction $9,000)
 
b) $100,000 - $5,000 = $95,000 (reduction by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount)
 
($95,000 - $5,067 = $89,932 [$95,000 times ($4,000/$75,000) = $5,067] Proportional reduction of Excess Withdrawal. Total reduction = $10,067.
 
c) $150,000 - $16,875 = $133,125 [$150,000 times $9,000/$80,000 = $16,875]. The entire $9,000 withdrawal reduced the death benefit option proportionally. Total reduction = $16,875.
 
Item c) provides the largest death benefit of $133,125.
 

54
 

 
 
 

 

Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage is a rider that is available for purchase with your variable annuity contract. This benefit provides a minimum guaranteed amount (Guaranteed Amount) that you will be able to withdraw, in installments, from your contract. The Guaranteed Amount is equal to the initial purchase payment (or contract value if elected after contract issue) adjusted for subsequent purchase payments, step-ups and withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below.
 
With Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step-up to the contract value, if higher, on each Benefit Year anniversary through the 10th anniversary. With Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up, the contractowner can also initiate additional 10-year periods of automatic step-ups.
 
You may access this Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals which are based on a percentage of the Guaranteed Amount. With Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up single life or joint life options, you also have the option to receive periodic withdrawals for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse (when available in your state). These options are discussed below in detail.
 
By purchasing this rider, you will be limited in how much you can invest in certain subaccounts. See The Contracts - Investment Requirements. We offer other optional riders available for purchase with variable annuity contracts. These riders, which are fully discussed in this prospectus, provide different methods to take income from your contract value and may provide certain guarantees. There are differences between the riders in the features provided as well as the charge structure. In addition, the purchase of one rider may impact the availability of another rider. In particular, before you elect Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, you may want to compare it to Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, which provides minimum guaranteed, periodic withdrawals for life. See The Contracts - Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 - Compare to Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage.
 
If the benefit is elected at contract issue, then the rider will be effective on the contract’s effective date. If the benefit is elected after the contract is issued (by sending a written request to our Home Office), the rider will be effective on the next valuation date following approval by us.
 
Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If the contractowner elects to step-up the Guaranteed Amount (this does not include automatic annual step-ups within a 10-year period), the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the effective date of the step-up after that. The step-up will be effective on the next valuation date after notice of the step-up is approved by us.
 
Guaranteed Amount. The Guaranteed Amount is a value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under this rider. The Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or a death benefit. The initial Guaranteed Amount varies based on when and how you elect the benefit. If you elect the benefit at the time you purchase the contract, the Guaranteed Amount will equal your initial purchase payment. If you elect the benefit after we issue the contract, the Guaranteed Amount will equal the contract value on the effective date of the rider. The maximum Guaranteed Amount is $10,000,000 for Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up. This maximum takes into consideration the combined guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) owned by you (or on which you or your spouse if joint owner are the annuitant).
 
Additional purchase payments automatically increase the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the purchase payment (not to exceed the maximum); for example, a $10,000 additional purchase payment will increase the Guaranteed Amount by $10,000. We will allow purchase payments into your annuity contract after the first anniversary of the rider effective date if the cumulative additional purchase payments exceed $100,000 only with prior Home Office approval. Additional purchase payments will not be allowed if the contract value is zero.
 
Each withdrawal reduces the Guaranteed Amount as discussed below.
 
Since the charge for the rider is based on the Guaranteed Amount, the cost of the rider increases when additional purchase payments and step-ups are made, and the cost decreases as withdrawals are made because these transactions all adjust the Guaranteed Amount.
 
Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount. Under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step-up to the contract value on each Benefit Year anniversary up to and including the 10th Benefit Year if:
 
a. the contractowner or joint owner is still living; and
 
b. the contract value as of the valuation date, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges), the Rider charge and account fee plus any purchase payments made on that date is greater than the Guaranteed Amount immediately preceding the valuation date.
 
After the 10th Benefit Year anniversary, you may initiate another 10-year period of automatic step-ups by electing (in writing) to step-up the Guaranteed Amount to the greater of the contract value or the current Guaranteed Amount if:
 

55
 

 
 
 

 

a. each contractowner and annuitant is under age 81; and
 
b. the contractowner or joint owner is still living.
 
If you choose, we will administer this election for you automatically, so that a new 10-year period of step-ups will begin at the end of each prior 10-year step-up period.
 
Following is an example of how the step-ups work in Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up, (assuming no withdrawals or additional purchase payments):
 
 
Contract Value
Guaranteed
Amount
• Initial purchase payment $50,000
$50,000
$50,000
• 1st Benefit Year Anniversary
$54,000
$54,000
• 2nd Benefit Year Anniversary
$53,900
$54,000
• 3rd Benefit Year Anniversary
$57,000
$57,000
Annual step-ups, if the conditions are met, will continue until (and including) the 10th Benefit Year Anniversary. If you had elected to have the next 10-year period of step-ups begin automatically after the prior 10-year period, annual step-ups, if conditions are met, will continue beginning on the 11th Benefit Year Anniversary.
 
Contractowner elected step-ups (other than automatic step-ups) will be effective on the next valuation date after we receive your request and a new Benefit Year will begin. Purchase payments and withdrawals made after a step-up adjust the Guaranteed Amount. In the future, we may limit your right to step-up the Guaranteed Amount to your Benefit Year anniversary dates. All step-ups are subject to the maximum Guaranteed Amount.
 
A contractowner elected step-up (including contractowner step-ups that we administer for you to begin a new 10-year step-up period) may cause a change in the percentage charge for this benefit. There is no change in the percentage charge when automatic, annual step-ups occur during a 10-year period. See Charges and Other Deductions - Rider Charges - Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage Charge.
 
Withdrawals. You will have access to your Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount each Benefit Year until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.
 
On the effective date of the rider, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is 5% of the Guaranteed Amount.
 
If you do not withdraw the entire Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the extra amount into the next Benefit Year. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is increased by 5% of any additional purchase payments. For example, if the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $2,500 (5% of $50,000 Guaranteed Amount) is in effect and an additional purchase payment of $10,000 is made, the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $3,000 ($2,500 + 5% of $10,000). Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount (both automatic step-ups and step-ups elected by you) will step-up the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to the greater of:
 
a. the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the step-up; or
 
b. 5% of the new (stepped-up) Guaranteed Amount.
 
If the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) are within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, then:
 
1. the withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and
 
2. the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will remain the same.
 
Withdrawals within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount are not subject to surrender charges or the interest adjustment on the amount withdrawn from the fixed account if applicable. See The Contracts — Fixed Side of the Contract. Withdrawals from IRA contracts will be treated as within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (even if they exceed the 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount) only if the withdrawals are taken in the form of systematic monthly or quarterly installments, as calculated by Lincoln, of the amount needed to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9) for this contract value. Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. In nonqualified contracts, withdrawals of contract value that exceed purchase payments are taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters.
 
When cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount:
 
1. The Guaranteed Amount is reduced to the lesser of:
 
• the contract value immediately following the withdrawal, or
 
• the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.
 

56
 

 
 
 

 

2. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be the least of:
 
• the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the withdrawal; or
 
• the greater of:
 
 
• 5% of the reduced Guaranteed Amount immediately following the withdrawal (as specified above when withdrawals exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount); or
 
• 5% of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal; or
 
• the new Guaranteed Amount.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount on the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A $7,000 withdrawal caused a $32,000 reduction in the Guaranteed Amount.
 
Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
 
Contract Value = $60,000
 
Guaranteed Amount = $85,000
 
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $5,000 (5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount of $100,000)
 
After a $7,000 Withdrawal:
 
Contract Value = $53,000
 
Guaranteed Amount = $53,000
 
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $2,650
 
The Guaranteed Amount was reduced to the lesser of the contract value immediately following the withdrawal ($53,000) or the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal ($85,000 - $7,000 = $78,000).
 
The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount was reduced to the least of:
 
1) Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount prior to the withdrawal ($5,000); or
 
2) The greater of 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount ($2,650) or 5% of the contract value following the withdrawal ($2,650); or
 
3) The new Guaranteed Amount ($53,000).
 
The least of these three items is $2,650.
 
In a declining market, withdrawals that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount may substantially deplete or eliminate your Guaranteed Amount and reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount.
 
Withdrawals in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be subject to surrender charges (to the extent that total withdrawals exceed the free amount of withdrawals allowed during a contract year) and an Interest Adjustment on the amount withdrawn from the fixed account. Refer to the Statement of Additional Information for an example of the Interest Adjustment calculation.
 
Lifetime Withdrawals. Payment of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be guaranteed for your (contractowner) lifetime (if you purchase the single life option) or for the lifetimes of you (contractowner) and your spouse (if the joint life option is purchased), as long as:
 
1) No withdrawals are made before you (and your spouse if a joint life) are age 65; and
 
2) An Excess Withdrawal (described above) has not reduced the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to zero.
 
If the lifetime withdrawal is not in effect, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will last only until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.
 
If any withdrawal is made prior to the time you (or both spouses) are age 65, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will not last for the lifetime(s), except in the two situations described below:
 
1) If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 causes the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to equal or increase from the immediately prior Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. This typically occurs if the contract value equals or exceeds the highest, prior Guaranteed Amount. If this happens, the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will automatically be available for the specified lifetime(s); or
 
2) The contractowner makes a one-time election to reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount. This reset will occur on the first valuation date following the Benefit Year anniversary and will be based on the Guaranteed Amount as of that valuation date. This will reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A contractowner would only choose this if the above situation did not occur. To reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, the following must occur:
 
a. the contractowner (and spouse if applicable) is age 65;
 
b. the contract is currently within a 10-year automatic step-up period described above (or else a contractowner submits a step-up request to start a new 10-year automatic step-up period) (the contractowner must be eligible to elect a step-up; i.e., all contractowners and the annuitant must be alive and under age 81); and
 

57
 

 
 
 

 

c. you have submitted this request to us in writing at least 30 days prior to the end of the Benefit Year.
 
As an example of these two situations, if you purchased Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up single life with $100,000, your initial Guaranteed Amount is $100,000 and your initial Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $5,000. If you make a $5,000 withdrawal at age 62, your Guaranteed Amount will decrease to $95,000. Since you did not satisfy the age 65 requirement, you do not have a lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 (either automatic or owner-elected) causes the Guaranteed Amount to equal or exceed $100,000, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $5,000 (or greater) will become a lifetime payout. This is the first situation described above. However, if the Guaranteed Amount has not been reset to equal or exceed the highest prior Guaranteed Amount, then you can choose the second situation described above if you are age 65 and the contract is within a 10-year automatic step-up period. This will reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount; 5% of $95,000 is $4,750. This is your new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount which can be paid for your lifetime unless Excess Withdrawals are made.
 
The tax consequences of withdrawals and annuity payments are discussed in Federal Tax Matters.
 
All withdrawals you make, whether or not within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, will decrease your contract value. If the contract is surrendered, the contractowner will receive the contract value (less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes) and not the Guaranteed Amount.
 
If your contract value is reduced to zero because of market performance, withdrawals equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue for the life of you (and your spouse if applicable) if the lifetime withdrawals are in effect. If not, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero. You may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum.
 
Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payout Option. If you desire to annuitize your Guaranteed Amount, the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payout Option is available.
 
The Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option is a fixed annuitization in which the contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive the Guaranteed Amount in annual annuity payments equal to the current 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, including the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawals if in effect (this option is different from other annuity payment options discussed in this prospectus, including i4LIFE® Advantage, which are based on your contract value). Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. Payments will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero and may continue until death if the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect. This may result in a partial, final payment. You would consider this option only if your contract value is less than the Guaranteed Amount (and you don't believe the contract value will ever exceed the Guaranteed Amount) and you do not wish to keep your annuity contract in force other than to pay out the Guaranteed Amount. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.
 
If the contract value is zero and you have a remaining Guaranteed Amount, you may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum, but must elect the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option.
 
Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. There is no provision for a lump sum payout of the Guaranteed Amount upon death of the contractowners or annuitant. At the time of death, if the contract value equals zero, no death benefit will be paid other than any applicable Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts. All death benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.
 
Upon the death of the single life under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up - single life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, if in effect, will end. If the contract is continued as discussed below, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero. In the alternative, the surviving spouse can choose to become the new single life, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the contract value on the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10 year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for new purchases of the single life option. The surviving spouse will need to be 65 before taking withdrawals to qualify for a lifetime payout. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider: 1) the change a reset would cause to the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount; 2) whether it is important to have Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts for life versus the remainder of the prior Guaranteed Amount; and 3) the cost of the single life option.
 
Upon the first death under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up - joint life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, if in effect, will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will end. However, if the spouse's beneficiary elects to take the annuity death benefit in installments over life expectancy, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero (see below for a non-spouse beneficiary). As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse may choose to change from the joint life option to the single life option, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the contract value on
 

58
 

 
 
 

 

the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10 year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for new purchases of the single life option. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider:
 
1) if the reset will cause the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to decrease and
 
2) if the cost of the single life option is less than the cost of the joint life option.
 
If the surviving spouse of the deceased contractowner continues the contract, the remaining automatic step-ups will apply to the spouse as the new contractowner.
 
If a non-spouse beneficiary elects to receive the death benefit in installments over life expectancy (thereby keeping the contract in force), the beneficiary may continue Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage if desired. Automatic step-ups under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage will not continue and elective step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount under both options will not be permitted. In the event the contract value declines below the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted for withdrawals of death benefit payments), the beneficiary is assured of receiving payments equal to the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted). Deductions for the rider charge will continue on a quarterly basis and will be charged against the remaining Guaranteed Amount. Note: there are instances where the required installments of the death benefit, in order to be in compliance with the Internal Revenue Code as noted above, may exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, thereby reducing the benefit of this rider. If there are multiple beneficiaries, each beneficiary will be entitled to continue a share of Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage equal to his or her share of the death benefit.
 
Impact of Divorce on Joint Life Option. In the event of a divorce, the contractowner may change from a joint life option to a single life option (if the contractowner is under age 81) at the current rider charge for new sales of the single life option. At the time of the change, the Guaranteed Amount will be reset to the current contract value and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will equal 5% of this new Guaranteed Amount.
 
After a divorce, the contractowner may keep the joint life option to have the opportunity to receive lifetime payouts for the lives of the contractowner and a new spouse. This is only available if no withdrawals were made from the contract after the effective date of the rider up to and including the date the new spouse is added to the rider.
 
Termination. After the later of the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider or the fifth anniversary of the most recent contractowner-elected step-up, including any step-up we administered for you, of the Guaranteed Amount, the contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage will automatically terminate:
 
 
• on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option will continue if applicable);
 
• upon the election of i4LIFE® Advantage;
 
 
• if the contractowner or annuitant is changed (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
 
• upon the last payment of the Guaranteed Amount unless the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect;
 
• when a withdrawal in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount reduces the Guaranteed Amount to zero; or
 
• upon termination of the underlying annuity contract.
 
The termination will not result in any increase in contract value equal to the Guaranteed Amount. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate.
 
If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can re-elect Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, or purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or any other living benefit we are offering in the future.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Option. Contractowners with an active Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage who decide to terminate the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage rider and purchase i4LIFE® Advantage can use any remaining Guaranteed Amount to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit under the i4LIFE® Advantage terms and charge in effect at the time of the i4LIFE® Advantage election. Contractowners may consider this if i4LIFE® Advantage will provide a higher payout amount, among other reasons. There are many factors to consider when making this decision, including the cost of the riders, the payout amounts and applicable guarantees. You should discuss this decision with your registered representative. See i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
Availability. Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. All contractowners and the annuitant of the contracts with Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up must be under age 81 at the time this rider is elected. You cannot elect the rider on or after the purchase of i4LIFE® Advantage, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, or on or after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
There is no guarantee that Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage will be available for new purchasers in the future as we reserve the right to discontinue this benefit at any time. Check with your investment representative regarding availability.
 

59
 

 
 
 

 

4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
 
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds is a rider that provides an Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of the i4LIFE® Advantage rider. If you elect 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, you must later elect the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds feature under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) to receive a benefit from 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. You will be subject to certain Investment Requirements in which 100% of your contract value must be allocated among specified subaccounts. Please see the section The Contracts – Investment Requirements in your prospectus for further information.
 
Income Base. The Income Base is an amount used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds at a later date. The Income Base is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a death benefit. The initial Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elect the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds at the time you purchase the contract, the Income Base will be equal to the initial purchase payment. If you elect the rider after you have purchased the contract, the initial Income Base will equal the contract value on the effective date of 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. The maximum Income Base is $10,000,000. The maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts from all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or Secondary Life, if joint life option) are the covered lives.
 
Additional purchase payments automatically increase the Income Base by the amount of the purchase payments (not to exceed the maximum Income Base). For example, an additional purchase payment of $10,000 will increase the Income Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, cumulative additional purchase payments will be limited to $100,000. Cumulative purchase payments in excess of $100,000 require Home Office approval. If we grant approval to exceed the $100,000 additional purchase payment restriction, the charge will change to the then current charge in effect on the next Benefit Year anniversary. Additional purchase payments will not be allowed if the contract value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.
 
Each withdrawal reduces the Income Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the contract value on the valuation date of the withdrawal. This means that the reduction in the Income Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Income Base and the contract value. The contractowner makes a withdrawal of $11,200 which causes a $12,550 reduction in the Income Base.
 
Prior to the withdrawal:
 
Contract value = $112,000
 
Income Base = $125,500
 
After a withdrawal of $11,200, the contract value is reduced by 10% ($11,200) and the Income Base is also reduced by 10%, the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the contract value ($11,200 ÷ $112,000)
 
Contract value = $100,800 ($112,000 - $11,200)
 
Income Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)
 
In a declining market, withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals, this rider will terminate. If the contract value is reduced to zero due to a withdrawal, both the rider and the contract will terminate.
 
Automatic Annual Step-up. The Income Base will automatically step-up to the contract value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:
 
 
a. the contractowner/annuitant (single life option), or the contractowner and Secondary Life (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
 
 
b. the contract value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any purchase payments made on that date and persistency credits, if any added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the 5% Enhancement (if any).
 
The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years in which a withdrawal has occurred.
 
5% Enhancement. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base, minus purchase payments received in that year, will be increased by 5% if:
 
a. the contractowner/annuitant (as well as the Secondary Life if the joint life option is in effect) are under age 86; and
 
b. if there were no withdrawals in that year; and
 
c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period described below.
 
The Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the 5% Enhancements will terminate at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Any new purchase payment made after the initial
 

60
 

 
 
 

 

purchase payment will be added immediately to the Income Base. However, any new purchase payment must be invested in the contract for at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating the 5% Enhancement. Any new purchase payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will be included in the Income Base for purposes of calculating the 5% Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.
 
If you decline the Automatic Annual Step-up during the first 10 Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 5% Enhancements through the end of the current Enhancement Period, but the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds charge could increase to the then current charge at the time of any 5% Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year Anniversary. You will have the option to opt out of the Enhancements after the 10th Benefit Year. In order to be eligible to receive further 5% Enhancements the contractowner/annuitant (single life option), or the contractowner and Secondary Life (joint life option) must still be living and be under age 86.
 
Note: The 5% Enhancement is not available in any year there is a withdrawal from contract value. A 5% Enhancement will occur in subsequent years only under certain conditions. If you are eligible (as defined below) for the 5% Enhancement in the next year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.
 
The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals):
 
Initial purchase payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000
 
Additional purchase payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000
 
Additional purchase payment on day 95 = $10,000; Income Base = $125,000
 
On the first Benefit Year Anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $130,750 ($115,000 times 1.05%=$120,750 plus $10,000). The $10,000 purchase payment on day 95 is not eligible for the 5% Enhancement until the 2nd Benefit Year Anniversary.
 
As explained below, the 5% Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides a greater increase to the Income Base, you will not receive the 5% Enhancement. If the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 5% Enhancement increase the Income Base to the same amount then you will receive the Automatic Annual Step-up. The 5% Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10,000,000.
 
You will not receive the 5% Enhancement on any Benefit Year anniversary in which there is a withdrawal. The 5% Enhancement will occur on the following Benefit Year anniversary if no further withdrawals are made from the contract and the rider is within the Enhancement Period.
 
The following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 5% Enhancement affect the Income Base and the potential for the charge to increase or decrease (assuming there have been no withdrawals or new purchase payments):
 
 
Contract Value
Income Base with
5% Enhancement
Income Base
Potential for
Charge
to Change
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000
$50,000
N/A
$50,000
N/A
1st Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                  
$54,000
$52,500
$54,000
Yes
2nd Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                  
$53,900
$56,700
$56,700
No
3rd Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                  
$56,000
$59,535
$59,535
No
4th Benefit Year Anniversary                                                                  
$64,000
$62,512
$64,000
Yes
On the 1st Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up increased the Income Base to the contract value of $54,000 since the increase in the contract value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the 2nd Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). On the 3rd Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $56,700=$2,835). On the 4th Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up to the contract value was greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,977 (5% of $59,535). An Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base beyond the maximum Income Base of $10,000,000.
 
Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or any other death benefit upon death of the contractowners or annuitant. At the time of death, if the contract value equals zero, no death benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds does not impact the death benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. Generally all death benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9), as amended. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.
 
If the contractowner is not also named as the annuitant or the Secondary Life, upon the first death of the annuitant or Secondary Life, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will continue. Upon the second death of either the annuitant or Secondary Life, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will terminate.
 
Upon the death of the contractowner, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will continue only if either the annuitant or the Secondary Life becomes the new contractowner (because he or she was the beneficiary or joint owner), and payments under i4LIFE® Advantage
 

61
 

 
 
 

 

begin within one year after the death of the contractowner. The new contractowner will also become the annuitant and the rider charge will neither increase nor decrease as a result of this change in ownership.
 
Eligibility. To purchase 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, the annuitant and Secondary Life must be age 85 or younger.
 
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds is not available for purchase with qualified contracts. 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds is designed primarily for purchasers of non-qualified contracts with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse. If you are eligible to elect Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds and you purchase joint life benefits where Secondary Life is a spouse, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds generally offers better benefits for the same charge. Please see Living Benefits Riders – Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, for more information about Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds.
 
Termination. After the 5th anniversary of the effective date of the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds rider, the contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will automatically terminate:
 
• on the Annuity Commencement Date; or
 
 
• if the contractowner or annuitant is changed (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral; or
 
• upon the second death of either the annuitant or Secondary Life; or
 
• when the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals; or
 
• upon termination of the underlying contract.
 
If you terminate this rider, you must wait at least one year before you can re-elect it or any other living benefit we offer in the future.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds for purchasers who previously purchased 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. Contractowners with an active 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds will purchase i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds at the terms in effect for other purchasers of this rider. i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds is a feature under i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds provides for periodic variable income payments for life, the ability to make withdrawals during a defined period of time (the Access Period) and a death benefit during the Access Period, and a minimum payout floor, called the Guaranteed Income Benefit. You will be required to adhere to certain Investment Requirements during the time you own i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds. See Living Benefit Riders - i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for more information.
 
Once you elect i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds, you can use the greater of the Income Base under 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds or Account Value to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds. This decision must be made by the maximum age to elect i4LIFE® Advantage, which is age 95. Purchasers of 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds who have waited until after the 5th Benefit Year anniversary may elect i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit until age 99.
 
If you elected the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds joint life option, you must purchase i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds joint life option.
 
Contractowners who elect 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds are guaranteed the ability in the future to elect i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds even if it is no longer available for sale. They are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those at the time they elected 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. The minimum length of the i4LIFE® Advantage Access Period will vary based upon when you purchased your 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds rider and how long the rider was in effect before you decided to purchase i4LIFE® Advantage. These requirements are specifically listed in the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit section of this prospectus under Impacts to i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments.
 
The contractowner must elect the levelized option for Regular Income Payments. While i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds is in effect, the contractowner cannot change the payment mode elected or decrease the length of the Access Period.
 
You should consider electing i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE® Advantage payments. Payments from a nonqualified contract that a person receives under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds are treated as “amounts received as an annuity” under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code because the payments occur after the annuity starting date. These payments are subject to an “exclusion ratio” as provided in section 72(b) of the Code, which means a portion of each annuity payout is treated as income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates), and the remainder is treated as a nontaxable return of purchase payments.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage
 
i4LIFE® Advantage (the Variable Annuity Payout Option rider in your contract) is an optional annuity payout rider you may purchase at an additional cost and is separate and distinct from other annuity payout options offered under your contract and described later in
 

62
 

 
 
 

 

this prospectus. You may also purchase the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for an additional charge. See Charges and Other Deductions - i4LIFE® Advantage Charges.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage is an annuity payout option that provides you with variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for life subject to certain conditions. These payouts are made during two time periods: an Access Period and a Lifetime Income Period. During the Access Period, you have access to your Account Value, which means you may surrender the contract, make withdrawals, and have a death benefit. During the Lifetime Income Period, you no longer have access to your Account Value. You choose the length of the Access Period when you select i4LIFE® Advantage; the Lifetime Income Period begins immediately after the Access Period ends and continues until your death (or the death of a Secondary Life, if later). i4LIFE® Advantage is different from other annuity payout options provided by Lincoln because with i4LIFE® Advantage, you have the ability to make additional withdrawals or surrender the contract during the Access Period. You may also purchase the Guaranteed Income Benefit which provides a minimum payout floor for your Regular Income Payments. You choose when you want to receive your first Regular Income Payment and the frequency with which you will receive Regular Income Payments. The initial Regular Income Payment is calculated from the Account Value on a date no more than 14 days prior to the date you select to begin receiving the Regular Income Payments. This calculation date is called the Periodic Income Commencement Date, and is the same date the Access Period begins. Regular Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE® Advantage. Once they begin, Regular Income Payments will continue until the death of the annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable. This option is available on non-qualified annuities, IRAs and Roth IRAs (check with your registered representative regarding availability with SEP market). This option is subject to a charge while the i4LIFE® Advantage is in effect computed daily on the Account Value. See Charges and Other Deductions - i4LIFE® Advantage Charges.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage is available for contracts with a contract value of at least $50,000 and may be elected at the time of application or at any time before an annuity payout option under this contract is elected by sending a written request to our Home Office. When you elect i4LIFE® Advantage, you must choose the annuitant, Secondary Life, if applicable, and make several choices about your Regular Income Payments. The annuitant and Secondary Life may not be changed after i4LIFE® Advantage is elected. For qualified contracts, the Secondary Life must be the spouse. See i4LIFE® Advantage Death Benefits regarding the impact of a change to the annuitant prior to the i4LIFE® Advantage election.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage for IRA annuity contracts is only available if the annuitant and Secondary Life are age 59½ or older at the time the option is elected. i4LIFE® Advantage must be elected by age 80 on qualified contracts. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. Additional purchase payments may be made during the Access Period for an IRA annuity contract, unless a Guaranteed Income Benefit has been elected. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit option has been elected on an IRA contract, additional purchase payments may be made until the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated. Additional purchase payments will not be accepted after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for a non-qualified annuity contract.
 
If i4LIFE® Advantage is selected, the applicable transfer provisions among subaccounts and the fixed account will continue to be those specified in your annuity contract for transfers on or before the Annuity Commencement Date. However, once i4LIFE® Advantage begins, any automatic withdrawal service will terminate. See The Contracts – Transfers on or Before the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
When you elect i4LIFE® Advantage, the death benefit that you previously elected will become the death benefit election under i4LIFE® Advantage, unless you elect a less expensive death benefit option. If you had previously elected EEB Death Benefit, you must elect a new death benefit. Existing contractowners with the Account Value death benefit, who elect i4LIFE® Advantage must choose the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value death benefit. The amount paid under the new death benefit may be less than the amount that would have been paid under the death benefit provided before i4LIFE® Advantage began (if premium taxes have been deducted from the contract value). See The Contracts – i4LIFE® Advantage Death Benefits.
 
Access Period. At the time you elect i4LIFE® Advantage, you also select the Access Period, which begins on the Periodic Income Commencement Date. The Access Period is a defined period of time during which we pay variable, periodic Regular Income Payments and provide a death benefit, and during which you may surrender the contract and make withdrawals from your Account Value (defined below). At the end of the Access Period, the remaining Account Value is used to make Regular Income Payments for the rest of your life (or the Secondary Life if applicable). This is called the Lifetime Income Period. During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer be able to make withdrawals or surrenders or receive a death benefit. If your Account Value is reduced to zero because of withdrawals or market loss, your Access Period ends.
 
We will establish the minimum (currently 5 years) and maximum (currently the length of time between your current age and age 115 for non-qualified contracts or to age 100 for qualified contracts) Access Periods at the time you elect i4LIFE® Advantage. Generally, shorter Access Periods will produce a higher initial Regular Income Payment than longer Access Periods. At any time during the Access Period, and subject to the rules in effect at that time, you may extend or shorten the Access Period by sending us notice. Additional restrictions may apply if you're under age 59½ when you request a change to the Access Period. Currently, if you extend the Access Period, it must be extended at least 5 years. If you change the Access Period, subsequent Regular Income Payments will be adjusted accordingly, and the Account Value remaining at the end of the new Access Period will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions
 

63
 

 
 
 

 

for required minimum distributions. We may reduce or terminate the Access Period for IRA i4LIFE® Advantage contracts in order to keep the Regular Income Payments in compliance with IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. The minimum Access Period requirements for Guaranteed Income Benefits are longer than the requirements for i4LIFE® Advantage without a Guaranteed Income Benefit. Shortening the Access Period will terminate the Guaranteed Income Benefit. See Guaranteed Income Benefit with i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
Account Value. The initial Account Value is the contract value on the valuation date i4LIFE® Advantage is effective (or initial purchase payment if i4LIFE® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a valuation date will equal the total value of all of the contractowner's accumulation units plus the contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made as well as any withdrawals taken. After the Access Period ends, the remaining Account Value will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life and the Account Value will be reduced to zero.
 
Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. i4LIFE® Advantage provides for variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for as long as an annuitant (or Secondary Life, if applicable) is living and access to your Account Value during the Access Period. When you elect i4LIFE® Advantage, you will have to choose the date you will receive the initial Regular Income Payment. Once they begin, Regular Income Payments will continue until the death of the annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable. Regular Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE® Advantage. You also select when the Access Period ends and when the Lifetime Income Period begins. You must also select the frequency of the payments (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually), how often the payment is recalculated, the length of the Access Period and the assumed investment return. These choices will influence the amount of your Regular Income Payments.
 
If you do not choose a payment frequency, the default is a monthly frequency. In most states, you may also elect to have Regular Income Payments from non-qualified contracts recalculated only once each year rather than recalculated at the time of each payment. This results in level Regular Income Payments between recalculation dates. Qualified contracts are only recalculated once per year, at the beginning of each calendar year. You also choose the assumed investment return. Return rates of 3%, 4%, 5%, or 6% may be available. The higher the assumed investment return you choose, the higher your initial Regular Income Payment will be and the higher the return must be to increase subsequent Regular Income Payments. You also choose the length of the Access Period. At this time, changes can only be made on Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversaries.
 
Regular Income Payments are not subject to any surrender charges or applicable Interest Adjustments. See Charges and Other Deductions. For information regarding income tax consequences of Regular Income Payments, see Federal Tax Matters.
 
The amount of the initial Regular Income Payment is determined on the Periodic Income Commencement Date by dividing the contract value (or purchase payment if elected at contract issue), less applicable premium taxes by 1000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor. The annuity factor is based upon:
 
• the age and sex of the annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable;
 
• the length of the Access Period selected;
 
• the frequency of the Regular Income Payments;
 
• the assumed investment return you selected; and
 
• the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.
 
The annuity factor used to determine the Regular Income Payments reflects the fact that, during the Access Period, you have the ability to withdraw the entire Account Value and that a death benefit of the entire Account Value will be paid to your beneficiary upon your death. These benefits during the Access Period result in a slightly lower Regular Income Payment, during both the Access Period and the Lifetime Income Period, than would be payable if this access was not permitted and no lump-sum death benefit of the full Account Value was payable. (The contractowner must elect an Access Period of no less than the minimum Access Period which is currently set at 5 years.) The annuity factor also reflects the requirement that there be sufficient Account Value at the end of the Access Period to continue your Regular Income Payments for the remainder of your life (and/or the Secondary Life if applicable), during the Lifetime Income Period, with no further access or death benefit.
 
The Account Value will vary with the actual net investment return of the subaccounts selected and the interest credited on the fixed account, which then determines the subsequent Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. Each subsequent regular income payment (unless the levelized option is selected) is determined by dividing the Account Value on the applicable valuation date by 1000 and multiplying this result by an annuity factor revised to reflect the declining length of the Access Period. As a result of this calculation, the actual net returns in the Account Value are measured against the assumed investment return to determine subsequent Regular Income Payments. If the actual net investment return (annualized) for the contract exceeds the assumed investment return, the Regular Income Payment will increase at a rate approximately equal to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net investment return for the contract is less than the assumed investment return, the Regular Income Payment will decrease. For example, if net investment return is 3% higher (annualized) than the assumed investment return, the Regular Income Payment for the next year will increase by approximately 3%. Conversely, if actual net investment return is 3% lower than the assumed investment return, the regular income payment will decrease by approximately 3%.
 

64
 

 
 
 

 

Withdrawals made during the Access Period will also reduce the Account Value that is available for Regular Income Payments, and subsequent Regular Income Payments will be reduced in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Account Value.
 
For a joint life option, if either the annuitant or Secondary Life dies during the Access Period, Regular Income Payments will be recalculated using a revised annuity factor based on the single surviving life, if doing so provides a higher Regular Income Payment.
 
For nonqualified contracts, if the annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit (if any) will terminate and the annuity factor will be revised for a non-life contingent Regular Income Payment and Regular Income Payments will continue until the Account Value is fully paid out and the Access Period ends. For qualified contracts, if the annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, i4LIFE® Advantage (and any Guaranteed Income Benefit if applicable) will terminate.
 
Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. The Lifetime Income Period begins at the end of the Access Period if either the annuitant or Secondary Life is living. Your earlier elections regarding the frequency of Regular Income Payments, assumed investment return and the frequency of the recalculation do not change. The initial Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period is determined by dividing the Account Value on the last valuation date of the Access Period by 1000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor revised to reflect that the Access Period has ended. The annuity factor is based upon:
 
• the age and sex of the annuitant and Secondary Life (if living);
 
• the frequency of the Regular Income Payments;
 
• the assumed investment return you selected; and
 
• the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.
 
The impact of the length of the Access Period and any withdrawals made during the Access Period will continue to be reflected in the Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. To determine subsequent Regular Income Payments, the contract is credited with a fixed number of annuity units equal to the initial Regular Income Payment (during the Lifetime Income Period) divided by the annuity unit value (by subaccount). Subsequent Regular Income Payments are determined by multiplying the number of annuity units per subaccount by the annuity unit value. Your Regular Income Payments will vary based on the value of your annuity units. If your Regular Income Payments are adjusted on an annual basis, the total of the annual payment is transferred to Lincoln Life's general account to be paid out based on the payment mode you selected. Your payment(s) will not be affected by market performance during that year. Your Regular Income Payment(s) for the following year will be recalculated at the beginning of the following year based on the current value of the annuity units.
 
Regular Income Payments will continue for as long as the annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, is living, and will continue to be adjusted for investment performance of the subaccounts your annuity units are invested in (and the fixed account if applicable). Regular Income Payments vary with investment performance.
 
During the Lifetime Income Period, there is no longer an Account Value; therefore, no withdrawals are available and no death benefit is payable. In addition, transfers are not allowed from a fixed annuity payment to a variable annuity payment.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Death Benefits
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value death benefit is available during the Access Period. This death benefit is equal to the Account Value as of the valuation date on which we approve the payment of the death claim. You may not change this death benefit once it is elected.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal death benefit is available during the Access Period and will be equal to the greater of:
 
• the Account Value as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim; or
 
• the sum of all purchase payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:
 
 
• Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, reduce the death benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
 
 
• all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the death benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value or Account Value.
 
References to purchase payments and withdrawals include purchase payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE® Advantage if your contract was in force with the Guarantee of Principal or greater death benefit option prior to that election.
 
In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value or Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the death benefit payable. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with that withdrawal (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a proportionate withdrawal on your death benefit:
 

65
 

 
 
 

 

i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal death benefit
$200,000
• Total i4LIFE® Regular Income Payment
$  25,000
• Additional Withdrawal
$  15,000    ($15,000/$150,000=10% withdrawal)
• Account Value at the time of Additional Withdrawal
$150,000
Death Benefit Value after i4LIFE® Regular Income Payment = $200,000 - $25,000 = $175,000
 
Death Benefit Value after additional withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500
 
Reduction in Death Benefit Value for Withdrawal = $175,000 X 10% = $17,500
 
The Regular Income Payments reduce the death benefit by $25,000 and the additional withdrawal causes a 10% reduction in the death benefit, the same percentage that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value.
 
During the Access Period, contracts with the i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal death benefit may elect to change to the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value death benefit. We will effect the change in death benefit on the valuation date we receive a completed election form at our Home Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal death benefit.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage EGMDB. The i4LIFE® Advantage EGMDB is only available during the Access Period. This benefit is the greatest of:
 
• the Account Value as of the valuation date on which we approve the payment of the claim; or
 
• the sum of all purchase payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:
 
 
• Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, reduce the death benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
 
 
• all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the death benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the contract value or Account Value.
 
References to purchase payments and withdrawals include purchase payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE® Advantage if your contract was in force with the Guarantee of Principal or greater death benefit option prior to that election; or
 
 
• the highest Account Value or contract value on any contract anniversary date (including the inception date of the contract) after the EGMDB is effective (determined before the allocation of any purchase payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81st birthday of the deceased and prior to the date of death. The highest Account Value or contract value is increased by purchase payments and is decreased by Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefits and all other withdrawals subsequent to the anniversary date on which the highest Account Value or contract value is obtained. Regular Income Payments and withdrawals are deducted in the same proportion that Regular Income Payments and withdrawals reduce the contract value or Account Value.
 
When determining the highest anniversary value, if you elected the EGMDB (or more expensive death benefit option) in the base contract and this death benefit was in effect when you purchased i4LIFE® Advantage, we will look at the contract value before i4LIFE® Advantage and the Account Value after the i4LIFE® Advantage election to determine the highest anniversary value.
 
In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the death benefit payable. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with that withdrawal (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.
 
Contracts with the i4LIFE® Advantage EGMDB may elect to change to the i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal or i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value death benefit. We will effect the change in death benefit on the valuation date we receive a completed election form at our Home Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE® Advantage EGMDB.
 
General Death Benefit Provisions. For all death benefit options, following the Access Period, there is no death benefit. The death benefits also terminate when the Account Value equals zero, because the Access Period terminates.
 
If there is a change in the contractowner, joint owner or annuitant during the life of the contract, for any reason other than death, the only death benefit payable for the new person will be the i4LIFE® Advantage Account Value death benefit.
 
For non-qualified contracts, upon the death of the contractowner, joint owner or annuitant, the contractowner (or beneficiary) may elect to terminate the contract and receive full payment of the death benefit or may elect to continue the contract and receive Regular Income Payments. Upon the death of the Secondary Life, who is not also an owner, only the surrender value is paid.
 
If you are the owner of an IRA annuity contract, and there is no Secondary Life, and you die during the Access Period, the i4LIFE® Advantage will terminate. A spouse beneficiary may start a new i4LIFE® Advantage program.
 
If a death occurs during the Access Period, the value of the death benefit will be determined as of the valuation date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of all the following:
 
1. proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
 

66
 

 
 
 

 

2. written authorization for payment; and
 
3. all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, the payment of death benefits provided under this contract must be made in compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.
 
Upon notification to us of the death, Regular Income Payments may be suspended until the death claim is approved. Upon approval, a lump sum payment for the value of any suspended payments will be made as of the date the death claim is approved, and Regular Income Payments will continue, if applicable. The excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Account Value will be credited into the contract at that time.
 
If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of death benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
Guaranteed Income Benefit with i4LIFE® Advantage
 
A Guaranteed Income Benefit is available for purchase when you elect i4LIFE® Advantage which ensures that your Regular Income Payments will never be less than a minimum payout floor, regardless of the actual investment performance of your contract. See Charges and Other Deductions for a discussion of the Guaranteed Income Benefit charges.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds is an optional feature available for purchase that provides a higher Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage if you adhere to certain Investment Requirements. See Investment Requirements in this prospectus for more information about the Investment Requirements applicable to i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds. You will be subject to Investment Requirements applicable to i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds for the entire time you own this rider. Failure to comply with the Investment Requirements will result in the termination of i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). See i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit – Termination for more information. All of the other terms and conditions of i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) continue to apply to i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds.
 
As discussed below, certain features of the Guaranteed Income Benefit may be impacted if you purchased Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 (withdrawal benefit riders) or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds prior to electing i4LIFE® Advantage with the Guaranteed Income Benefit (annuity payout rider).
 
Additional purchase payments cannot be made to a contract with the Guaranteed Income Benefit. You are also limited in how much you can invest in certain subaccounts. See the Contracts – Investment Requirements.
 
There is no guarantee that the i4LIFE® Guaranteed Income Benefit option will be available to elect in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue this option at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit available to new purchasers or may create different versions for use with various Living Benefit riders. However, a contractowner with Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 (including Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds) who decides to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 to purchase i4LIFE® Advantage will be guaranteed the right to purchase the Guaranteed Income Benefit under the terms set forth in the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 rider.
 
i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, if available, is elected when you elect i4LIFE® Advantage or during the Access Period, if still available for election, subject to terms and conditions at that time. You may choose not to purchase the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you purchase i4LIFE® Advantage by indicating that you do not want the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit on the election form at the time that you purchase i4LIFE® Advantage. If you intend to use the Guaranteed Amount from the Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage rider or the Income Base from the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you must elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you elect i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
The i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is reduced by withdrawals (other than Regular Income Payments) in the same proportion that the withdrawals reduce the Account Value. See i4LIFE® Advantage – General i4LIFE® Provisions for an example.
 
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). For Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of your Account Value (or Income Base or Guaranteed Amount as applicable), based on your age (or the age of the youngest life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected. The specified percentages and the corresponding age-bands for calculating the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit are outlined in the applicable table below.
 
Age-Banded Percentages for Calculating Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for i4LIFE® Advantage elections or for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0.
 

67
 

 
 
 

 

Age
Percentage of Account Value, Income Base or Guaranteed Amount*
Under 40
2.0%
40 - 54
2.5%
55 - under 59.5
3.0%
59.5 - 64
3.5%
65 - 69
4.0%
70 - 74
4.5%
75 and above
5.0%
 
* Purchasers of Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage may use any remaining Guaranteed Amount (if greater than the Account Value) to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up or the rider's effective date (if there has not been any Automatic Annual Step-up) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Contractowners who elected Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage will receive the currently available version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit.
 
Age-Banded Percentages for Calculating Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for purchasers of i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds, or prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
 
Age (Single and Joint Life Options)
Percentage of Account Value or Income Base
Under 40
2.5%
40 - 54
3.0%
55 - under 59.5
3.5%
59.5 - 64
4.0%
65 - 69
4.5%
70 - 79
5.0%
80 and above
5.5%
 
† Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there has not been any Automatic Annual Step-up) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.
 
If the amount of your i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payment has fallen below the Guaranteed Income Benefit, because of poor investment results, a payment equal to the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is the minimum payment you will receive. If the market performance in your contract is sufficient to provide Regular Income Payments at a level that exceeds the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Guaranteed Income Benefit will never come into effect. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit is paid, it will be paid with the same frequency as your Regular Income Payment. If your Regular Income Payment is less than the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will reduce the Account Value by the Regular Income Payment plus an additional amount equal to the difference between your Regular Income Payment and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (in other words, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments reduce the Account Value by the entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment). (Regular Income Payments also reduce the Account Value). This payment will be made from the variable subaccounts and the fixed account on a pro-rata basis according to your investment allocations.
 
If your Account Value reaches zero as a result of payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will continue to pay you an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. If your Account Value reaches zero, your Access Period will end and your Lifetime Income Period will begin. Additional amounts withdrawn from the Account Value to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit may terminate your Access Period earlier than originally scheduled, and will reduce your death benefit. If your Account Value equals zero, no death benefit will be paid. See i4LIFE® Advantage Death Benefits. After the Access Period ends, we will continue to pay the Guaranteed Income Benefit for as long as the annuitant (or the Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.
 
The following example illustrates how poor investment performance, which results in a Guaranteed Income Benefit payment, affects the i4LIFE® Account Value:
 

68
 

 
 
 

 

i4LIFE® Account Value before market decline
$135,000
i4LIFE® Account Value after market decline
$100,000
• Guaranteed Income Benefit
$         810
• Regular Income Payment after market decline
$         769
• Account Value after market decline and Guaranteed Income Benefit payment
$  99,190
The contractowner receives an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted from the Account Value.
 
The Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) will automatically step up every year to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment, if that result is greater than the immediately prior Guaranteed Income Benefit. For non-qualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the first valuation date on or after each Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary starting on the first Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. For qualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the valuation date of the first periodic income payment of each calendar year. The first step-up is the valuation date of the first periodic income payment in the next calendar year following the Periodic Income Commencement Date.
 
The following example illustrates how the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is calculated for a 65-year old contractowner with a nonqualified contract, and how a step-up would increase the Guaranteed Income Benefit in a subsequent year. The percentage of the Account Value used to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is 4% for a 65-year old per the Age-Banded Percentages for Calculating Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for i4LIFE® Advantage Elections table above. The example also assumes that the Account Value has increased due to positive investment returns resulting in a higher recalculated Regular Income Payment. See The Contracts – i4LIFE® Advantage – Regular Income Payments during the Access Period for a discussion of recalculation of the Regular Income Payment.
 
8/1/2010 Amount of initial Regular Income Payment:
$    4,801
8/1/2010 Account Value at election of Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4):
$100,000
8/1/2010 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% times $100,000 Account Value):
$    4,000
8/1/2011 Recalculated Regular Income Payment:
$    6,000
8/1/2011 Guaranteed Income Benefit after step-up (75% of $6,000):
$    4,500
The contractowner’s Guaranteed Income Benefit was increased to 75% of the recalculated Regular Income Payment.
 
At the time of a step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit the i4LIFE® Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage charge may increase subject to the maximum guaranteed charge of 2.00%. This means that your charge may change every year. If we automatically administer a new step-up for you and if your percentage charge is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the date of the step-up. If we receive notice of your request to reverse the step-up, on a going forward basis, we will decrease the percentage charge to the percentage charge in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. Step-ups will continue after a request to reverse a step-up. i4LIFE® Advantage charges are in addition to the Guaranteed Income Benefit charges. We will provide you with written notice when a step-up will result in an increase to the current charge so that you may give us timely notice if you wish to reverse a step-up.
 
The next section describes certain guarantees in Living Benefit riders relating to the election of the Guaranteed Income Benefit.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. Contractowners who purchase Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 are guaranteed the ability in the future to purchase i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) even if it is no longer available for sale. They are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those available at the time they purchased Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0. See The Contracts- Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0.
 
Contractowners with an active Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may decide to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and purchase i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). If this decision is made, the contractowner can use the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up or since the rider’s effective date (if there has not been an Automatic Annual Step-up) if greater than the Account Value to establish the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) at the terms in effect for purchasers of this rider.
 
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds. Contractowners who elect Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds may decide to drop Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds and purchase i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds in accordance with the same terms set out above for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). If this decision is made, the contractowner can use the greater of the Income Base under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up or the Account Value to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds.
 

69
 

 
 
 

 

Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage. Contractowners who purchased Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage are guaranteed that they may use the remaining Guaranteed Amount (if greater than the Account Value) at the time the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is determined, to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be equal to the applicable percentage based on either the contractowner’s age (single life) or the youngest age of either the contractowner or Secondary Life (if applicable) , at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected, multiplied by the remaining Guaranteed Amount. The applicable percentage is found in the Age-Banded Percentages for Calculating Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for i4LIFE® Advantage Elections table above. In other words, the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will equal the applicable percentage based on the contractowner’s age multiplied by the remaining Guaranteed Amount (if greater than the Account Value).
 
The following is an example of how the Guaranteed Amount from Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage or the Income Base from Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may be used to calculate the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). The example assumes that on the date that i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is elected the contractowner is 70 years of age and has made no withdrawals from the contract. The percentage of the Account Value used to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is 4.5% for a 70-year old per the Age-Banded Percentages for Calculating Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for i4LIFE® Advantage Elections table above. The example assumes an annual payment mode has been elected.
 
Account Value (equals contract value on date i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is elected):
$100,000
 
Guaranteed Amount/Income Base on date i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is elected:
$140,000
 
Amount of initial Regular Income Payment:
$     5,411
per year
Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4.5% x $140,000 Guaranteed Amount/Income Base which is greater than $100,000 Account Value)
$     6,300
 
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds. Contractowners who elect the 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds rider must elect i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds in accordance with the same terms set out above for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income. When this decision is made, the contractowner can use the greater of the Income Base under 4LATERSM Advantage Protected Funds or the Account Value under i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds to calculate the amount of the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. All other provisions of i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit apply.
 
Impacts to i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments. When you select the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, certain restrictions will apply to your contract:
 
• A 4% assumed investment return (AIR) will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments.
 
 
• The minimum Access Period required for Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is the longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 100. We may change this Access Period requirement prior to election of the Guaranteed Income Benefit. Different minimum Access Period requirements apply if you use the greater of the Account Value or Income Base under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit as set forth below:
 
Minimum Access Period
 
Elections of i4LIFE® Advantage prior to the 5th Benefit Year Anniversary
Elections of i4LIFE® Advantage on and after the 5th Benefit Year Anniversary
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0
Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 100
Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 95
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds
Purchasers of 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90
Longer of 15 years or the difference between your age and age 85
• The maximum Access Period available for this benefit is to age 115 for non-qualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts.
 
If you choose to lengthen your Access Period (which must be increased by a minimum of 5 years), your Regular Income Payment will be reduced, but the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will not be affected. If you choose to shorten your Access Period, the i4LIFE® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate.
 
The i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate due to any of the following events:
 

70
 

 
 
 

 

• the death of the annuitant (or the later of the death of the annuitant or Secondary Life if a joint payout was elected); or
 
• a contractowner requested decrease in the Access Period or a change to the Regular Income Payment frequency; or
 
• upon written notice to us; or
 
• assignment of the contract; or
 
• failure to comply with Investment Requirements.
 
A termination due to a decrease in the Access Period, a change in the Regular Income Payment frequency, or upon written notice from the contractowner will be effective as of the valuation date on the next Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. Termination will be only for the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit and not the i4LIFE® Advantage election, unless otherwise specified. However if you used the greater of the Account Value or Income Base under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit any termination of the Guaranteed Income Benefit will also result in a termination of the i4LIFE® Advantage election. If you terminate the i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit you may be able to re-elect it, if available, after one year. The election will be treated as a new purchase, subject to the terms and charges in effect at the time of election and the i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments will be recalculated. The i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on the Account Value at the time of the election.
 
Availability. The Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is available with qualified and nonqualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The contractowner must be under age 96 for nonqualified contracts and under age 81 for qualified contracts at the time this rider is elected.
 
Withdrawals. You may request a withdrawal at any time prior to or during the Access Period. We reduce the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal, and all subsequent Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, if applicable, will be reduced proportionately. Withdrawals may have tax consequences. See Federal Tax Matters. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions. The Interest Adjustment may apply.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Regular Income Payments and the Guaranteed Income Benefit payments:
 
i4LIFE® Regular Income Payment before Withdrawal
$     1,200
 
• Guaranteed Income Benefit before Withdrawal
$         900
 
• Account Value at time of Additional Withdrawal
$150,000
 
• Additional Withdrawal
$  15,000
(a 10% withdrawal)
Reduction in i4LIFE® Regular Income Payment for Withdrawal = $1,200 X 10 % = $120
 
i4LIFE® Regular Income Payment after Withdrawal = $1,200 - $120 = $1,080
 
Reduction in Guaranteed Income Benefit for Withdrawal = $900 X 10% = $90
 
Guaranteed Income Benefit after Withdrawal = $900 - $90 = $810
 
Surrender. At any time prior to or during the Access Period, you may surrender the contract by withdrawing the surrender value. If the contract is surrendered, the contract terminates and no further Regular Income Payments will be made. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions. The Interest Adjustment may apply.
 
Termination. For IRA annuity contracts, you may terminate i4LIFE® Advantage prior to the end of the Access Period by notifying us in writing. The termination will be effective on the next valuation date after we receive the notice and your contract will return to the accumulation phase. Your i4LIFE® Advantage death benefit will terminate and you may choose the Guarantee of Principal (if you had the i4LIFE® Advantage Guarantee of Principal death benefit) or Account Value death benefit options. Upon termination, we will stop assessing the charge for i4LIFE® Advantage and begin assessing the mortality and expense risk charge and administrative charge associated with the new death benefit option. Your contract value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the valuation date we terminate i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
For non-qualified contracts, you may not terminate i4LIFE® Advantage once you have elected it.
 
Annuity Payouts
 
When you apply for a contract, you may select any Annuity Commencement Date permitted by law, which is usually on or before the annuitant's 90th birthday. However, you must elect to receive annuity payouts by the annuitant's 99th birthday. Your broker-dealer may recommend that you annuitize at an earlier age. As an alternative, contractowners with Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage may elect to annuitize their Guaranteed Amount under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payout Option. Contractowners with Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 may elect the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout option.
 

71
 

 
 
 

 

The contract provides optional forms of payouts of annuities (annuity options), each of which is payable on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both as you specify. The contract provides that all or part of the contract value may be used to purchase an annuity payout option.
 
You may elect annuity payouts in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments. If the payouts from any subaccount would be or become less than $50, we have the right to reduce their frequency until the payouts are at least $50 each. Following are explanations of the annuity options available.
 
Annuity Options
 
The annuity options outlined below do not apply to contractowners who have elected i4LIFE® Advantage , the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout option or the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout option.
 
Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the annuitant and ends with the last payout before the death of the annuitant. This option offers the highest periodic payout since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payouts or provision for a death benefit for beneficiaries. However, there is the risk under this option that the recipient would receive no payouts if the annuitant dies before the date set for the first payout; only one payout if death occurs before the second scheduled payout, and so on.
 
Life Annuity with Payouts Guaranteed for Designated Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and then continues throughout the lifetime of the annuitant. The designated period is selected by the contractowner.
 
Joint Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the annuitant and a designated joint annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. However, under a joint life annuity, if both annuitants die before the date set for the first payout, no payouts will be made. Only one payment would be made if both deaths occur before the second scheduled payout, and so on.
 
Joint Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and continues during the joint lifetime of the annuitant and a designated joint annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. The designated period is selected by the contractowner.
 
Joint Life and Two Thirds to Survivor Annuity. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the annuitant and a designated joint annuitant. When one of the joint annuitants dies, the survivor receives two thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive.
 
Joint Life and Two-Thirds Survivor Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the annuitant and a joint annuitant. When one of the joint annuitants dies, the survivor receives two-thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive. This option further provides that should one or both of the annuitants die during the elected guaranteed period, usually 10 or 20 years, full benefit payment will continue for the rest of the guaranteed period.
 
Unit Refund Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the annuitant with the guarantee that upon death a payout will be made of the value of the number of annuity units (see Variable Annuity Payouts) equal to the excess, if any, of:
 
• the total amount applied under this option divided by the annuity unit value for the date payouts begin, minus
 
• the annuity units represented by each payout to the annuitant multiplied by the number of payouts paid before death.
 
The value of the number of annuity units is computed on the date the death claim is approved for payment by the Home Office.
 
Life Annuity with Cash Refund. Fixed annuity benefit payments that will be made for the lifetime of the annuitant with the guarantee that upon death, should (a) the total dollar amount applied to purchase this option be greater than (b) the fixed annuity benefit payment multiplied by the number of annuity benefit payments paid prior to death, then a refund payment equal to the dollar amount of (a) minus (b) will be made.
 
Under the annuity options listed above, you may not make withdrawals. Other options, with or without withdrawal features, may be made available by us. You may pre-select an annuity payout option as a method of paying the death benefit to a beneficiary. If you do, the beneficiary cannot change this payout option. You may change or revoke in writing to our Home Office, any such selection, unless such selection was made irrevocable. If you have not already chosen an annuity payout option, the beneficiary may choose any annuity payout option. At death, options are only available to the extent they are consistent with the requirements of the contract as well as Sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) of the tax code, if applicable.
 
Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation. The Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation Fixed Annuity Payout Option (“Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation”) is an annuity payout option that provides:
 
 
• Scheduled Payments (the periodic annuity payouts under this rider) for the life of the annuitant and secondary life (secondary life may also be referred to as joint life), if applicable, that may change each January based on changes in the Consumer Price Index-Urban (CPI). The CPI is the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and is widely used to measure inflation.
 

72
 

 
 
 

 

• A Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment.
 
• A death benefit based on the Reserve Value.
 
 
• A Reserve Value from which additional withdrawals, called Unscheduled Payments, may be taken at any time as long as the Reserve Value is greater than zero and up to the amount of the Reserve Value less any related charges and taxes.
 
You must wait at least one year from the effective date of the contract to elect Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation. For non-qualified annuities the annuitant and joint annuitant must be at least 50 years of age and not older than 85 years of age (50 years and not more than 75 years of age for qualified annuities). The minimum contract value that may be credited to this annuity payout option is $50,000 and the maximum is $2,000,000.
 
You may consider electing this annuity payout option if you would like an annuity payout that may increase or decrease as inflation, as measured by the CPI, increases or decreases. Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation also provides a guaranteed minimum payout, death benefits and access to the Reserve Value from which you can take Unscheduled Payments. We offer other fixed annuity payout options that have a higher income factor and would result in a higher payment than Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation but do not offer Unscheduled Payments or a death benefit. You should carefully consider whether or not Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation is the appropriate choice for you.
 
All or a portion of your contract value may be used to fund the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation. You may select both Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation and another annuity payout option at the same time by allocating less than 100% of your contract value to Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation and the remainder to the other annuity payout option. If only a portion of your contract value is used to fund Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, the remainder of the contract value must be used to fund another annuity payout option.
 
The Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation may not be available for purchase in the future as we reserve the right not to offer it for sale. The availability of Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation will depend upon your state’s approval of the contract rider. We also reserve the right to substitute an appropriate index for the CPI, if:
 
1. The CPI is discontinued, delayed, or otherwise not available for this use; or
 
2. The composition, base or method of calculating the CPI changes so that we deem it inappropriate for use.
 
If the CPI is discontinued, delayed or otherwise not available, or if the composition, base or method of, calculating the CPI changes so that we deem it inappropriate for use in Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, we will substitute an appropriate index for the CPI. In the case of a substitution, we will give you written notification at least 30 days in advance of this change, as well as provide you with an amendment to the prospectus. We will attempt to utilize a substitute index generated by the government that is a measure of inflation. We will not substitute an index created by us or one of our affiliates. Upon substitution of the CPI, annuity payment values will be calculated consistent with the formulas currently used but with different index values for calculating the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value adjustments. If we substitute a different index of the CPI you may cancel the rider per the terms of the termination provisions of rider and may be subject to an Unscheduled Payment charge. See Termination and Unscheduled Payments.
 
Rider Year and Rider Date. The Rider Date is the effective date of the rider. The Rider Date anniversary is the same calendar day as the Rider Date each calendar year. A Rider Year is each 12-month period starting with the Rider Date and starting each Rider Date anniversary after that.
 
Scheduled Payment and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment. Scheduled Payments are annuity payouts for the life of the annuitant (and secondary life if applicable).You choose when payments will begin and whether the Scheduled Payment is paid monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Once the Scheduled Payment frequency is established it cannot be changed. The frequency of the Scheduled Payments will affect the dollar amount of each Scheduled Payment. For example, a more frequent payment schedule will reduce the dollar amount of each Scheduled Payment. The first payment must be at least 30 days after the Rider Date and before the first Rider Date anniversary. The Scheduled Payment will be adjusted either up or down on an annual basis depending on the percentage change of the CPI. Scheduled Payments are also adjusted for Unscheduled Payments, any related Unscheduled Payment charge and any deduction for premium taxes. If adjustments to the Scheduled Payment cause it to be less than the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment, as adjusted, you will receive the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment, as adjusted, unless Unscheduled Payments have reduced the Reserved Value to zero, in which case the rider will terminate.
 
Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation also provides a Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment which is initially equal to the first Scheduled Payment. The Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment may be adjusted for Unscheduled Payments, any related Unscheduled Payment charge and any deductions for premium taxes, but is not adjusted for changes in the CPI. (See further discussion and example of reductions to the Scheduled Payment and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment for Unscheduled Payment in the Unscheduled Payment section below.)
 
The initial Scheduled Payment is calculated by multiplying the contract value allocated to Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, reduced for any premium tax, by an income factor. The income factor is based upon:
 
• the age and sex of the annuitant and secondary life;
 
• the frequency of the Scheduled Payments;
 

73
 

 
 
 

 

• the Scheduled Payments start date.
 
For a given contractowner with the same characteristics (sex, age, frequency of annuity payouts and annuity payout start date) the income factor for a fixed lifetime annuity payout option would be higher than the income factor for Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation. You may request an illustration of annuity values prior to purchasing Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation which will illustrate the Scheduled Payment and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment you may expect.
 
Reserve Value. The Reserve Value is a value we establish to determine the amount available for Unscheduled Payments and the death benefit, if any. The initial Reserve Value on the Rider Date is equal to the amount of the contract value used to purchase Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, less any outstanding premium taxes that have not previously been deducted. Each January 1, the Reserve Value will be adjusted either up or down by the percentage change in the CPI during the preceding calendar year, as described below. The Reserve Value is decreased dollar for dollar by any Scheduled or Unscheduled Payments and related Unscheduled Payment charges or any premium taxes. There is no minimum floor to the Reserve Value. If the Reserve Value falls to zero because of Scheduled Payments and/or negative CPI Adjustments (and not due to the deduction of Unscheduled Payments and related Unscheduled Payment charges and taxes) there will be no more annual adjustments to the Reserve Value and there will be no more Unscheduled Payments or death benefit. However, the Scheduled Payments will continue for the life of the annuitant and secondary life, if applicable.
 
If the deduction of an Unscheduled Payment and related Unscheduled Payment charge reduces the Reserve Value to zero the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation will terminate.
 
Adjustment of the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value. Each January 1st (Adjustment Date) the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value may be adjusted up or down by the same percentage, which will be the percentage change in the CPI during the preceding calendar year. The CPI is the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers and is published monthly by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). The CPI measures over time the average price change paid by urban consumers for consumer goods and services. The CPI is published as a number (CPI Value).You may obtain information regarding the CPI from BLS electronically (www.bls.gov/cpi), through subscriptions to publications, and via telephone and fax, through automated recordings.
 
The adjustment to the Scheduled Payment and to the Reserve Value each Adjustment Date may be positive or negative, depending upon whether the CPI Value has risen or fallen in the preceding calendar year. A rise in the CPI Value will result in a positive adjustment. A fall in the CPI Value will result in a negative adjustment. The percentage change in the CPI is measured by the change in the CPI Value published each December immediately preceding the Adjustment Date compared to either the initial CPI Value (first adjustment) or the CPI Value published in December two calendar years preceding the Adjustment Date (all subsequent adjustments after the first). The CPI Value published in December is the CPI Value for the month of November. The first adjustment to the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value will be made on the next Adjustment Date following the Rider Date. For the first adjustment the initial CPI Value will be the CPI Value published in the month preceding the Rider Date. The calculation of the first adjustment percentage will be equal to [(i)/(ii)] where:
 
(i) is the CPI Value published in December of the calendar year immediately preceding the Adjustment Date
 
(ii) is the initial CPI Value
 
Following is an example of the calculation of the first adjustment percentage and the first adjustment to the Reserve Value using hypothetical CPI values:
 
Initial Reserve Value on Rider Date 4/15/2009
$  150,000
Initial Scheduled Payment on 4/15/2009
$        8,000
Initial CPI Value published in March 2009
150
CPI Value published in December 2009
155
Adjustment percentage (155/150)
1.033333
Reserve Value After 1/1/2010 Adjustment ($150,000 x 1.033333)
$  155,000
Scheduled Payment After 1/1/2010 Adjustment ($8,000 x 1.033333)
$ 8,266.67
Subsequent adjustments will be calculated on each subsequent Adjustment Date. Subsequent adjustments will be based upon the percentage change in the CPI Value published in December immediately preceding the Adjustment Date compared with the CPI Value published two calendar years prior to the Adjustment Date. Calculations of the adjustment percentage after calculation of the first adjustment percentage will be equal to [(i)/ (ii)] where:
 
(i) is the CPI Value published in December of the calendar year immediately preceding the Adjustment Date
 
(ii) is the CPI Value published in December two calendar years preceding the Adjustment Date.
 
If adjustments to the Scheduled Payment cause it to be less than the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment you will receive the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment. While you are receiving the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment we will continue to
 

74
 

 
 
 

 

adjust the Scheduled Payment by the percentage change of the CPI Value published each December immediately preceding the Adjustment Date compared to the CPI Value published two calendar years prior to the Adjustment Date. You will start to receive the Scheduled Payment again in the year that it is adjusted so that it is greater than the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a positive change in a hypothetical CPI Value resulting in a positive adjustment to the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value:
 
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2009
$        5,000
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2009
$        4,800
Reserve Value 12/31/2009
$  100,000
CPI Value published in December 2009
120
CPI Value published in December 2008
115
Adjustment percentage (120/115):
1.043782
Reserve Value after 1/1/2010 adjustment ($100,000 x 1.043782)
$  104,378
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010 after 1/1/2010 adjustment ($5,000 x 1.043782)
$ 5,217.39
Since the Scheduled Payment (after the adjustment) for 2010 of $5,217.39 is greater than the Guaranteed Scheduled Payment of $4,800, the payment you will receive in 2010 will equal the Scheduled Payment of $5,217.39.
 
The following example demonstrates the impact of a negative change in a hypothetical CPI Value resulting in a negative adjustment to the Scheduled Payment and Reserve Value:
 
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2009
$          5,000
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2009
$          4,800
Reserve Value 12/31/2009
$     100,000
CPI Value published in December 2009
120
CPI Value published in December 2008
130
Adjustment percentage (120/130):
0.9230769
Reserve Value after 1/1/2010 adjustment ($100,000 x 0.9230769)
$        92,308
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010 after 1/1/2010 adjustment ($5,000 x 0.9230769)
$    4,615.38
Since the Scheduled Payment (after adjustment) for 2010 of $4,615.38 is less than the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment of $4,800, the payment you will receive in 2010 will equal the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment of $4,800.
 
Continuing this example for the next year’s adjustment:
 
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010
$      4,800
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010
$      4,800
Reserve Value 12/31/2010 ($92,308 - $4,800)
$    87,508
CPI Value published in December 2010
140
CPI Value published in December 2009
120
Adjustment percentage (140/120):
1.16666
Reserve Value after 1/1/2011 adjustment ($87,508 x 1.166666)
$ 102,093
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2011 after 1/1/2011 adjustment ($4,615.38 x 1.166666)
$5,384.61
The adjustment is applied to the previously calculated Scheduled Payment ($4,615.38) and not the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment $4,800. Since the adjusted Scheduled Payment is greater than the Guaranteed Minimum Guaranteed Payment, the Scheduled Payment will be paid out in calendar year 2011.
 
Unscheduled Payments. You may take withdrawals in addition to your Scheduled Payments (Unscheduled Payments) up to the amount of the Reserve Value less any related Unscheduled Payment charges and any deduction for any premium taxes. Unscheduled Payments and any related Unscheduled Payment charges or premium taxes will reduce the Reserve Value on a dollar for dollar basis. Unscheduled Payments will reduce the Scheduled Payments and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment in the same proportion the Unscheduled Payment reduces the Reserve Value (including Unscheduled Payment charges and taxes). Because the Reserve Value is reduced over time (due to Scheduled Payments, Unscheduled Payments and related Unscheduled Payment charges and any premium taxes) an Unscheduled Payment taken in the later years of the rider when the Reserve Value is smaller may result in a larger proportional reduction to the Scheduled Payment and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment than if the same Unscheduled Payment was taken in the early years of the rider when the Reserve Value was larger and may also result in a proportional reduction of the Scheduled Payment and Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment that is more than the Unscheduled Payment amount taken.
 

75
 

 
 
 

 

If the Reserve Value falls to zero because of Scheduled Payments and/or negative CPI Adjustments (other than due to the deduction of Unscheduled Payments and related Unscheduled Payment charges and taxes) there will be no more annual adjustments to the Reserve Value and there will be no more Unscheduled Payments or death benefit. However, the Scheduled Payments will continue for the life of the annuitant and secondary life, if applicable. If the deduction of an Unscheduled Payment and related Unscheduled Payment charge reduces the Reserve Value to zero the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation will terminate.
 
The following example shows how an Unscheduled Payment of $2,000 taken in the early years of the rider results in a $300 proportional reduction of the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment. The example assumes that no other Unscheduled Payments have been taken.
 
Reserve Value 1/1/2010
$100,000
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment 1/1/2010
$  15,000
Unscheduled Payment 1/2/2010
$     2,000
Proportional reduction percentage ($2,000/$100,000)
.02
Proportional reduction to the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment (.02 x $15,000)
$         300
New Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment
$  14,700
The example next shows how the same $2,000 Unscheduled Payment taken in the later years of the rider results in a $3,000 proportional reduction of the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment which is more than the actual Unscheduled Payment amount.
 
Reserve Value 1/1/2010
$10,000
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment
$15,000
Unscheduled Payment 1/2/2010
$  2,000
Proportional reduction percentage ($2,000/$10,000)
.20
Proportional reduction to the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment (.20 x $15,000)
$  3,000
New Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment ($15,000 - $3,000)
$12,000
Please note that any Unscheduled Payments may significantly reduce your future Scheduled Payments, Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment, as well as your Reserve Value, so carefully consider this before deciding to take an Unscheduled Payment.
 
If the Unscheduled Payment is taken during the first seven Rider Years an Unscheduled Payment charge is assessed on the amount of the Unscheduled Payment that exceeds the 10% free amount per Rider Year. Unscheduled Payments of up to 10% of the then current Reserve Value may be taken each Rider Year without charge, as long as the then current Reserve Value is greater than zero. The Unscheduled Payment charge is assessed against Unscheduled Payments in excess of 10% of the then current Reserve Value in a Rider Year. Unscheduled Payments that do not exceed on a cumulative basis more than 10% of the then current Reserve Value each year are not subject to an Unscheduled Payment charge. If an Unscheduled Payment is subject to an Unscheduled Payment charge the charge will be deducted from the Unscheduled Payment so that you will receive less than the amount requested. If the annuitant or secondary life is diagnosed with a terminal illness or confined to an extended care facility after the first Rider Year, then no Unscheduled Payment charges are assessed on any Unscheduled Payment. The Unscheduled Payment charge is also waived upon payment of a death benefit as described below. See Charges and Other Deductions – Charges for Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation for a schedule of Unscheduled Payment charges.
 
The following example demonstrates the Unscheduled Payment charge for an Unscheduled Payment taken in the third Rider Year and the impact to Scheduled Payments and the Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment:
 

76
 

 
 
 

 

Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010
$     4,800
Annual Scheduled Payment for calendar year 2010 paid 1/1/2010
$     5,000
Reserve Value 1/1/2010 before Scheduled Payment
$515,000
Reserve Value 1/2/2010 after Scheduled Payment ($515,000 - $5,000)
$510,000
Unscheduled Payment charge percent
7%
Then current Reserve Value before Unscheduled Payment on 1/15/2010
$510,000
Free amount on 1/15/2010 (10% x $510,000)
$  51,000
Unscheduled Payment 1/15/2010
$  10,000
[since Unscheduled Payment is within the 10% free amount ($10,000 < = $51,000) there is no Unscheduled Payment charge]
 
Reserve Value 1/15/2010 after Unscheduled Payment ($510,000 - $10,000)
$500,000
Proportional reduction percentage due to Unscheduled Payment ($10,000/$510,000)
1.96078%
Scheduled Payment after proportional reduction for Unscheduled Payment [$5,000 - ($5,000 x .0196078)]
$     4,902
Guaranteed Scheduled Payment after proportional reduction [$4,800 - ($4,800 x .0196078)]
$     4,706
Then current Reserve Value 2/1/2010 before second Unscheduled Payment
$500,000
2nd Unscheduled Payment 2/1/2010
$  75,000
Free amount on 2/1/2010 (10% x $500,000)
$  50,000
Remaining free amount ($50,000 - $10,000 prior Unscheduled Payment)
$  40,000
Unscheduled Payment charge [($75,000 - $40,000) x .07]
$     2,450
Unscheduled Payment paid (minus Unscheduled Payment charge ($75,000 - $2,450)
$  72,550
Proportional reduction percentage due to Unscheduled Payment ($75,000/$500,000)
15%
Scheduled Payment after proportional reduction for Unscheduled Payment [$5,000 - ($5,000 x .15)]
$     4,250
Guaranteed Minimum Scheduled Payment after proportional reduction for Unscheduled Payment [$4,800 - ($4,800 x .15)]
$     4,000
Reserve Value after 2/2/2010 Unscheduled Payment and Unscheduled Payment charge ($500,000 - $75,000)
$425,000
If the deduction for an Unscheduled Payment, including any related Unscheduled Payment charge and premium taxes, reduces the Reserve Value to zero, Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation will terminate.
 
Death of Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, upon the death of the contractowner, annuitant or the secondary life a death benefit will be paid if there is a Reserve Value. The death benefit will be determined as of the date due proof of death is received by us. See Annuity Options—General Information.
 
The death benefit paid under Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation will be the greater of:
 
a. the current Reserve Value as of the date due proof of death is received by us; or
 
b. the initial Reserve Value, less all Scheduled and Unscheduled Payments, less any Unscheduled Payment charges.
 
Following is an example of the calculation of a death benefit upon the death of the contractowner demonstrating the impact of a negative hypothetical CPI factor:
 
7/15/2009
Initial Reserve Value
$100,000
1/10/2010
Reserve Value is adjusted due to negative CPI Value of -.10
($100,000 x .10 = $10,000 Adjustment)
($100,000 - $10,000 = $90,000 Reserve Value)
$  90,000
2/1/2010
Scheduled Payment of $45,000 reduces the Reserve Value
Reserve Value is reduced by the amount of the Scheduled Payment
($90,000 - $45,000 = $45,000)
$  45,000
8/6/2010
Death of a contractowner
Death benefit is greater of
 a) current Reserve Value ($45,000);or
 b) initial Reserve Value minus Scheduled Payment
  ($100,000 - $45,000 = $55,000)
 
8/5/2010
Death benefit paid
$  55,000
If any contractowner (who is not the annuitant) dies while Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation is in force, the holder of the rights of ownership (i.e. the beneficiary or successor owner) pursuant to the terms of the underlying contract may:
 

77
 

 
 
 

 

1. Terminate the contract and receive the death benefit, if any, in a lump-sum; or
 
 
2. Continue the contract in force and receive Scheduled Payments and Unscheduled Payments less any Unscheduled Payment charge until the later of (i) the Reserve Value being reduced to zero, or (ii) the death(s) of the annuitant and any secondary life.
 
If the annuitant dies (whether or not the annuitant is an owner) while Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation is in force, the holder of the rights of ownership pursuant to the terms of the underlying contract may:
 
1. Terminate the contract and receive the death benefit, if any, in a lump-sum; or
 
 
2. Continue the contract in force and receive Scheduled Payments and Unscheduled Payments less any Unscheduled Payment charge until the later of (i) the Reserve Value being reduced to zero (this may result in a reduced final Scheduled Payment where the Reserve Value is less than the Scheduled Payment to reduce the Reserve Value to zero), or (ii) the death of any secondary life.
 
If the secondary life (who is not an owner) dies while Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation is in force the holder of the rights of ownership pursuant to the terms of the underlying contract, may:
 
1. Terminate the contract and receive the death benefit, if any in a lump-sum; or
 
 
2. Continue the contract in force and receive Scheduled Payments and Unscheduled Payments, less Unscheduled Payment charge until the later of (i) the Reserve Value being reduced to zero (this may result in a reduced final Scheduled Payment where the Reserve Value is less than the Scheduled Payment to reduce the Reserve Value to zero), or (ii) the death of the annuitant.
 
Once you elect Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation, any prior death benefit elections will terminate (other than any death benefit in effect under i4LIFE® Advantage) and the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation death benefit will be in effect. If you have elected i4LIFE® Advantage, the i4LIFE® Advantage death benefit will be in effect only on the portion of the contract value invested in i4LIFE® Advantage.
 
If we were not notified of a death and we continue to make Scheduled or Unscheduled Payments after the date that Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation should have been terminated, any such payments made are recoverable by us. The contractowner(s) or the holder of the rights of ownership will be liable to the Company for the amount of such payments made.
 
Termination. You may terminate the Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation by taking an Unscheduled Payment that results in the Reserve Value being reduced to zero due to the deduction of the Unscheduled Payment and any related Unscheduled Payment charge and any premium taxes. Upon termination of the rider due to the deduction of an Unscheduled Payment, and any related Unscheduled Payment charge and any premium taxes, there will be no further Scheduled Payments made or received under the rider.
 
If the Reserve Value is reduced to zero and the sum of the Scheduled and Unscheduled Payments made, plus all Unscheduled Payment charges incurred, is less than the initial Reserve Value, we will pay the holder of the rights of ownership, the difference. The payment of the difference between the initial Reserve Value and the sum of all Scheduled and Unscheduled Payments made, plus charges incurred may occur under circumstances where changes in the CPI have been negative, thus resulting in a lowered Reserve Value.
 
The following example shows how negative changes to the CPI result in a payment of the difference between the initial Reserve Value and the sum of all Scheduled and Unscheduled Payments made plus incurred charges:
 
7/15/2009
Initial Reserve Value
$100,000
1/10/2010
Reserve Value is adjusted due to negative CPI Value of -.10
($100,000 x .10 = $10,000 Adjustment)
($100,000 - $10,000 = $90,000 Reserve Value)
$  90,000
2/1/2010
Scheduled Payment of $45,000 reduces the Reserve Value
Reserve Value is reduced by the amount of the Scheduled Payment ($90,000 - $45,000 = $45,000)
$  45,000
8/6/2010
Unscheduled Payment
$  45,000
 
Reserve Value
$              0
 
Reserve Value is reduced to zero which results in termination of the rider
Initial Reserve Value is greater than payments received
[$100,000 > ($45,000 + $45,000) = $90,000]
 
 
Final payment made to holder of rights of ownership
$  10,000

78
 

 
 
 

 

General Information
 
Any previously selected death benefit in effect before the Annuity Commencement Date will no longer be available on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date, change the annuity option or change the allocation of the investment among subaccounts up to 30 days before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date, upon written notice to the Home Office. You must give us at least 30 days notice before the date on which you want payouts to begin.
 
Unless you select another option, the contract automatically provides for a life annuity with annuity payouts guaranteed for 10 years (on a fixed, variable or combination fixed and variable basis, in proportion to the account allocations at the time of annuitization) except when a joint life payout is required by law. Under any option providing for guaranteed period payouts, the number of payouts which remain unpaid at the date of the annuitant’s death (or surviving annuitant’s death in case of joint life annuity) will be paid to you or your beneficiary as payouts become due after we are in receipt of:
 
• proof, satisfactory to us, of the death;
 
• written authorization for payment; and
 
• all claim forms, fully completed.
 
Variable Annuity Payouts
 
Variable annuity payouts will be determined using:
 
• The contract value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable premium taxes;
 
• The annuity tables contained in the contract;
 
• The annuity option selected; and
 
• The investment performance of the fund(s) selected.
 
To determine the amount of payouts, we make this calculation:
 
1. Determine the dollar amount of the first periodic payout; then
 
2. Credit the contract with a fixed number of annuity units equal to the first periodic payout divided by the annuity unit value; and
 
3. Calculate the value of the annuity units each period thereafter.
 
Annuity payouts assume an investment return of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per year, as applied to the applicable mortality table. Some of these assumed interest rates may not be available in your state; therefore; please check with your investment representative. You may choose your assumed interest rate at the time you elect a variable annuity payout on the administrative form provided by us. The higher the assumed interest rate you choose, the higher your initial annuity payment will be. The amount of each payout after the initial payout will depend upon how the underlying fund(s) perform, relative to the assumed rate. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed rate, the payment will increase at a rate proportional to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed rate, annuity payments will decrease. The higher the assumed interest rate, the less likely future annuity payments are to increase, or the payments will increase more slowly than if a lower assumed rate was used. There is a more complete explanation of this calculation in the SAI.
 
Fixed Side of the Contract
 
Purchase payments and contract value allocated to the fixed side of the contract become part of our general account, and do not participate in the investment experience of the VAA. The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the Indiana Department of Insurance as well as the insurance laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the contracts are distributed.
 
In reliance on certain exemptions, exclusions and rules, we have not registered interests in the general account as a security under the Securities Act of 1933 and have not registered the general account as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, neither the general account nor any interests in it are regulated under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. We have been advised that the staff of the SEC has not made a review of the disclosures which are included in this prospectus which relate to our general account and to the fixed account under the contract. These disclosures, however, may be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. This prospectus is generally intended to serve as a disclosure document only for aspects of the contract involving the VAA, and therefore contains only selected information regarding the fixed side of the contract. Complete details regarding the fixed side of the contract are in the contract.
 
We guarantee an annual effective interest rate of not less than 1.50% per year on amounts held in a fixed account. Any amount surrendered, withdrawn from or transferred out of a fixed account prior to the expiration of the guaranteed period is subject to the Interest Adjustment and other charges (see Interest Adjustment and Charges and Other Deductions). This may reduce your value upon surrender, withdrawal or transfer, but will not reduce the amount below the value it would have had if 1.50% (or the guaranteed minimum interest rate for your contract) interest had been credited to the fixed account. Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting purchase payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. Older versions of the contract may not provide for Guaranteed Periods or an Interest Adjustment (below).
 

79
 

 
 
 

 

ANY INTEREST IN EXCESS OF 1.50% (OR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT) WILL BE DECLARED IN ADVANCE AT OUR SOLE DISCRETION. CONTRACTOWNERS BEAR THE RISK THAT NO INTEREST IN EXCESS OF THE MINIMUM INTEREST RATE WILL BE DECLARED.
 
Guaranteed Periods
 
The fixed account is divided into separate Guaranteed Periods which credit guaranteed interest.
 
You may allocate purchase payments to one or more Guaranteed Periods of 1 to 10 years. We may add Guaranteed Periods or discontinue accepting purchase payments into one or more Guaranteed Periods at any time. The minimum amount of any purchase payment that can be allocated to a Guaranteed Period is $2,000. Each purchase payment allocated to the fixed account will start its own Guaranteed Period and will earn a guaranteed interest rate. The duration of the Guaranteed Period affects the guaranteed interest rate of the fixed account. A Guaranteed Period ends on the date after the number of calendar years in the Guaranteed Period. Interest will be credited daily at a guaranteed rate that is equal to the effective annual rate determined on the first day of the Guaranteed Period. Amounts surrendered, transferred or withdrawn prior to the end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Interest Adjustment. Each Guaranteed Period purchase payment will be treated separately for purposes of determining any applicable Interest Adjustment. Any amount withdrawn from a Guaranteed Period may be subject to any applicable surrender charges, account fees and premium taxes.
 
You may transfer amounts from the fixed account to the variable subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:
 
• fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and
 
• the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.
 
Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer amounts from the fixed account to the variable subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria. Any amount withdrawn from the fixed account may be subject to any applicable surrender charges, account fees and premium taxes.
 
We will notify the contractowner in writing at least 30 days prior to the expiration date for any Guaranteed Period amount. A new Guaranteed Period of the same duration as the previous Guaranteed Period will begin automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed Period, unless we receive, prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period, a written election by the contractowner. The written election may request the transfer of the Guaranteed Period amount to a different fixed account or to a variable subaccount from among those being offered by us. Transfers of any Guaranteed Period amount which become effective upon the date of expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not subject to the limitation of twelve transfers per contract year or the additional fixed account transfer restrictions.
 
Interest Adjustment
 
Any surrender, withdrawal or transfer of a Guaranteed Period amount before the end of the Guaranteed Period (other than dollar cost averaging, or Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE® Advantage) will be subject to the Interest Adjustment. A surrender, withdrawal or transfer effective upon the expiration date of the guaranteed period will not be subject to the Interest Adjustment. The Interest Adjustment will be applied to the amount being surrendered, withdrawn or transferred. The Interest Adjustment will be applied after the deduction of any applicable account fees. Any transfer, withdrawal, or surrender of contract value from the fixed account will be increased or decreased by an Interest Adjustment, unless the transfer, withdrawal or surrender is effective:
 
• during the free look period (See Return Privilege)
 
• on the expiration date of a Guaranteed Period
 
• as a result of the death of the contractowner or annuitant
 
 
• subsequent to the diagnosis of a terminal illness of the contractowner. Diagnosis of the terminal illness must be after the contract date and result in a life expectancy of less than one year, as determined by a qualified professional medical practitioner.
 
 
• subsequent to the admittance of the contractowner into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. Admittance into such facility must be after the effective date of the contract and continue for 90 consecutive days prior to the surrender or withdrawal.
 
 
• subsequent to the permanent and total disability of the contractowner if such disability begins after the effective date of the contract and prior to the 65th birthday of the contractowner.
 
• upon annuitization of the contract.
 
These provisions may not be applicable to your contract or available in your state. Please check with your investment representative regarding the availability of these provisions.
 
In general, the Interest Adjustment reflects the relationship between the yield rate in effect at the time a purchase payment is allocated to a fixed subaccount’s Guaranteed Period under the contract and the yield rate in effect at the time of the purchase payment’s surrender, withdrawal or transfer. It also reflects the time remaining in the Guaranteed Period. If the yield rate at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer is lower than the yield rate at the time the purchase payment was allocated, then the application of the Interest Adjustment will generally result in a higher payment at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer. Similarly, if the yield rate at
 

80
 

 
 
 

 

the time of surrender, withdrawal or transfer is higher than the yield rate at the time of the allocation of the purchase payment, then the application of the Interest Adjustment will generally result in a lower payment at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer. The yield rate is published by the Federal Reserve Board.
 
The Interest Adjustment is calculated by multiplying the transaction amount by:
 
(1+A)n
–1
(1+B+K )n
where:
 
A = yield rate for a U.S. Treasury security with time to maturity equal to the subaccount’s Guaranteed Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed Period.
 
B = yield rate for a U.S. Treasury security with time to maturity equal to the time remaining in the Guaranteed Period if greater than one year, determined at the time of surrender, withdrawal or transfer. For remaining periods of one year or less, the yield rate for a one year U.S. Treasury security is used.
 
K = a 0.25% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by applicable state law). This adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing direct and indirect costs to us associated with liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.25% has been added to the denominator of the formula because it is anticipated that a substantial portion of applicable general account portfolio assets will be in relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in addition to direct transaction costs, if such securities must be sold (e.g., because of surrenders), the market price may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest rates decline, there will not be a positive adjustment until this factor is overcome, and then any adjustment will be lower than otherwise, to compensate for this factor. Similarly, if interest rates rise, any negative adjustment will be greater than otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest rates stay the same, there will be no Interest Adjustment.
 
n = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period (e.g., 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)
 
Straight-Line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.
 
See the SAI for examples of the application of the Interest Adjustment.
 
Small Contract Surrenders
 
We may surrender your contract, in accordance with the laws of your state if:
 
 
• your contract value drops below certain state specified minimum amounts ($1,000 or less) for any reason, including if your contract value decreases due to the performance of the subaccounts you selected;
 
• no purchase payments have been received for two (2) full, consecutive contract years; and
 
 
• the annuity benefit at the Annuity Commencement Date would be less than $20.00 per month (these requirements may differ in some states).
 
At least 60 days before we surrender your contract, we will send you a letter at your last address we have on file, to inform you that your contract will be surrendered. You will have the opportunity to make additional purchase payments to bring your contract value above the minimum level to avoid surrender. If we surrender your contract, we will not assess any surrender charge. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit riders.
 
Delay of Payments
 
Contract proceeds from the VAA will be paid within seven days, except:
 
• when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends and holidays);
 
 
• times when market trading is restricted or the SEC declares an emergency, and we cannot value units or the funds cannot redeem shares; or
 
• when the SEC so orders to protect contractowners.
 
If, pursuant to SEC rules, an underlying money market fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or death benefit from the money market sub-account until the fund is liquidated. Payment of contract proceeds from the fixed account may be delayed for up to six months.
 
Due to federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering by criminals, we may be required to reject a purchase payment and/or deny payment of a request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about a contractowner's account to government regulators.
 

81
 

 
 
 

 

Reinvestment Privilege
 
You may elect to make a reinvestment purchase with any part of the proceeds of a surrender/withdrawal, and we will recredit that portion of the surrender/withdrawal charges attributable to the amount returned.
 
This election must be made by your written authorization to us on an approved Lincoln reinvestment form and received in our Home Office within 30 days of the date of the surrender/withdrawal, and the repurchase must be of a contract covered by this prospectus. In the case of a qualified retirement plan, a representation must be made that the proceeds being used to make the purchase have retained their tax-favored status under an arrangement for which the contracts offered by this prospectus are designed. The number of accumulation units which will be credited when the proceeds are reinvested will be based on the value of the accumulation unit(s) on the next valuation date. This computation will occur following receipt of the proceeds and request for reinvestment at the Home Office. You may utilize the reinvestment privilege only once. For tax reporting purposes, we will treat a surrender/withdrawal and a subsequent reinvestment purchase as separate transactions (and a Form 1099 may be issued, if applicable). Any taxable distribution that is reinvested may still be reported as taxable. You should consult a tax adviser before you request a surrender/withdrawal or subsequent reinvestment purchase.
 
Amendment of Contract
 
We reserve the right to amend the contract to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers. Any changes are subject to prior approval of your state’s insurance department (if required).
 
Distribution of the Contracts
 
Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) serves as Principal Underwriter of this contract. LFD is affiliated with Lincoln Life and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of FINRA. The Principal Underwriter has entered into selling agreements with broker-dealers that are unaffiliated with us. While the Principal Underwriter has the legal authority to make payments to broker-dealers which have entered into selling agreements, we will make such payments on behalf of the Principal Underwriter in compliance with appropriate regulations. We also pay on behalf of LFD certain of its operating expenses related to the distribution of this and other of our contracts. The Principal Underwriter may also offer “non-cash compensation”, as defined under FINRA’s rules, which includes among other things, merchandise, gifts and prizes, office space and equipment, seminars and travel expenses. The following paragraphs describe how payments are made by us and the Principal Underwriter to various parties.
 
Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms. The Principal Underwriter pays commissions to all Selling Firms. The maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms is 7.50% of purchase payments. Some Selling Firms may elect to receive a lower commission when a purchase payment is made along with an earlier quarterly payment based on contract value for so long as the contract remains in effect. Upon annuitization, the maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms is 7.50% of annuitized value and/or ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.15% of annuity value or statutory reserves. LFD also acts as wholesaler of the contracts and performs certain marketing and other functions in support of the distribution and servicing of the contracts.
 
LFD may pay certain Selling Firms or their affiliates additional amounts for, among other things: (1) “preferred product” treatment of the contracts in their marketing programs, which may include marketing services and increased access to sales representatives; (2) sales promotions relating to the contracts; (3) costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars for their sales representatives; (4) other sales expenses incurred by them; (5) and inclusion in the financial products the Selling Firm offers. Lincoln Life may provide loans to broker-dealers or their affiliates to help finance marketing and distribution of the contracts, and those loans may be forgiven if aggregate sales goals are met. In addition, we may provide staffing or other administrative support and services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts. LFD, as wholesaler, may make bonus payments to certain Selling Firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including the contracts) or persistency standards. These additional payments are not offered to all Selling Firms, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Firms.
 
These additional types of compensation are not offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of any particular agreement governing compensation may vary among Selling Firms and the amounts may be significant. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation may provide Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of the contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Firm does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the contracts. Additional information relating to compensation paid in 2011 is contained in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
 
Compensation Paid to Other Parties. Depending on the particular selling arrangements, there may be others whom LFD compensates for the distribution activities. For example, LFD may compensate certain “wholesalers”, who control access to certain selling offices, for access to those offices or for referrals, and that compensation may be separate from the compensation paid for sales of the contracts. LFD may compensate marketing organizations, associations, brokers or consultants which provide marketing assistance and other services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts, and which may be affiliated with those broker-dealers. A marketing expense allowance is paid to American Funds Distributors (AFD) in consideration of the marketing assistance AFD provides to LFD. This allowance, which ranges from 0.10% to 0.16% is based on the amount of purchase payments initially allocated to the American Funds Insurance Series underlying the variable annuity. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to contract owners or the Separate Account. All compensation is paid from our resources, which include fees and charges imposed on your contract.
 
Contractowner Questions
 
The obligations to purchasers under the contracts are those of Lincoln Life. This prospectus provides a general description of the material features of the contract. Contracts, endorsements and riders may vary as required by state law. Questions about your contract should be directed to us at 1-888-868-2583.
 
Federal Tax Matters
 
Introduction
 
The Federal income tax treatment of the contract is complex and sometimes uncertain. The Federal income tax rules may vary with your particular circumstances. This discussion does not include all the Federal income tax rules that may affect you and your contract. This discussion also does not address other Federal tax consequences (including consequences of sales to foreign individuals or entities), or state or local tax consequences, associated with the contract. As a result, you should always consult a tax adviser about the application of tax rules found in the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations and applicable IRS guidance to your individual situation.
 
Nonqualified Annuities
 
This part of the discussion describes some of the Federal income tax rules applicable to nonqualified annuities. A nonqualified annuity is a contract not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, such as an IRA or a section 403(b) plan, receiving special tax treatment under the Code. We may not offer nonqualified annuities for all of our annuity products.
 
Tax Deferral On Earnings
 
Under the Code, you are generally not subject to tax on any increase in your contract value until you receive a contract distribution. However, for this general rule to apply, certain requirements must be satisfied:
 
• An individual must own the contract (or the Code must treat the contract as owned by an individual).
 
• The investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified” in accordance with IRS regulations.
 
• Your right to choose particular investments for a contract must be limited.
 
• The Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of the annuitant’s life expectancy.
 
Contracts Not Owned By An Individual
 
If a contract is owned by an entity (rather than an individual) the Code generally does not treat it as an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes. This means that the entity owning the contract pays tax currently on the excess of the contract value over the purchase payments for the contract. Examples of contracts where the owner pays current tax on the contract’s earnings, bonus credits and persistency credits, if applicable, are contracts issued to a corporation or a trust. Some exceptions to the rule are:
 
 
• Contracts in which the named owner is a trust or other entity that holds the contract as an agent for an individual; however, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer that owns a contract to provide deferred compensation for its employees;
 
 
• Immediate annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity payout period;
 
• Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent;
 
• Certain qualified contracts;
 
• Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; and
 
• Certain contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements.
 
Investments In The VAA Must Be Diversified
 
For a contract to be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes, the investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified.” IRS regulations define standards for determining whether the investments of the VAA are adequately diversified. If the VAA fails to comply with these diversification standards, you could be required to pay tax currently on the excess of the contract value over the contract purchase payments. Although we do not control the investments of the underlying investment options, we expect that the underlying investment options will comply with the IRS regulations so that the VAA will be considered “adequately diversified.”
 

83
 

 
 
 

 

Restrictions
 
The Code limits your right to choose particular investments for the contract. Because the IRS has issued little guidance specifying those limits, the limits are uncertain and your right to allocate contract values among the subaccounts may exceed those limits. If so, you would be treated as the owner of the assets of the VAA and thus subject to current taxation on the income, bonus credits, persistency credits and gains, if applicable, from those assets. We do not know what limits may be set by the IRS in any guidance that it may issue and whether any such limits will apply to existing contracts. We reserve the right to modify the contract without your consent in an attempt to prevent you from being considered as the owner of the assets of the VAA for purposes of the Code, you as the owner of the assets of the VAA.
 
Loss Of Interest Deduction
 
After June 8, 1997, if a contract is issued to a taxpayer that is not an individual, or if a contract is held for the benefit of an entity, the entity will lose a portion of its deduction for otherwise deductible interest expenses.
 
Age At Which Annuity Payouts Begin
 
The Code does not expressly identify a particular age by which annuity payouts must begin. However, those rules do require that an annuity contract provide for amortization, through annuity payouts, of the contract’s purchase payments, bonus credits, persistency credits and earnings. If annuity payouts under the contract begin or are scheduled to begin on a date past the annuitant’s 85th birthday, it is possible that the contract will not be treated as an annuity for purposes of the Code. In that event, you would be currently taxed on the excess of the contract value over the purchase payments of the contract.
 
Tax Treatment Of Payments
 
We make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of any contract or of any transaction involving a contract. However, the rest of this discussion assumes that your contract will be treated as an annuity under the Code and that any increase in your contract value will not be taxed until there is a distribution from your contract.
 
Taxation Of Withdrawals And Surrenders
 
You will pay tax on withdrawals to the extent your contract value exceeds your purchase payments in the contract. This income (and all other income from your contract) is considered ordinary income (and does not receive capital gains treatment and is not qualified dividend income). A higher rate of tax is paid on ordinary income than on capital gains. You will pay tax on a surrender to the extent the amount you receive exceeds your purchase payments. In certain circumstances, your purchase payments are reduced by amounts received from your contract that were not included in income. Surrender and reinstatement of your contract will generally be taxed as a withdrawal. If your contract has a Living Benefit rider, and if the guaranteed amount under that rider immediately before a withdrawal exceeds your contract value, the Code may require that you include those additional amounts in your income. Please consult your tax adviser.
 
Taxation Of Annuity Payouts, Including Regular Income Payments
 
The Code imposes tax on a portion of each annuity payout (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable return of your purchase payments in the contract. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount of your annuity payout. Once you have recovered the total amount of the purchase payment in the contract, you will pay tax on the full amount of your annuity payouts. If annuity payouts end because of the annuitant’s death and before the total amount in the contract has been distributed, the amount not received will generally be deductible. If withdrawals, other than Regular Income Payments, are taken from i4LIFE® Advantage during the Access Period, they are taxed subject to an exclusion ratio that is determined based on the amount of the payment.
 
Taxation Of Deductions For Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage Rider Charges
 
The Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage rider (“LTC Rider”) is a Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code. As described in the LTC Rider supplement, the LTC Rider charge is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2009, the deductions from the contract value to pay LTC Rider charges will not be reported as taxable distributions from the variable annuity contract and such deductions will reduce your basis in the contract. The deductions from the contract value will reduce the contract value, but not below zero.
 
Taxation Of Amounts Paid As Long-Term Care Benefits
 
If your contract includes the LTC Rider (discussed in greater detail in the LTC Rider supplement), distributions from your contract that are made under the terms of the LTC Rider will not be treated as taxable income to you as long as such benefits do not exceed the greater of (i) the expenses that you actually incur for covered services, or (ii) a maximum per diem, or daily, dollar amount determined by the IRS. All payments that you receive under all Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contracts, as well as any payments under an accelerated benefit rider made to you if you are chronically ill, are included in determining whether the benefit limits have been exceeded and reduce your basis in the contract. These payments may also reduce the basis in your annuity contract.
 

84
 

 
 
 

 

Taxation Of Death Benefits
 
We may distribute amounts from your contract because of the death of a contractowner or an annuitant. The tax treatment of these amounts depends on whether you or the annuitant dies before or after the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
Death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:
 
• If the beneficiary receives death benefits under an annuity payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity payouts.
 
 
• If the beneficiary does not receive death benefits under an annuity payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as a withdrawal.
 
Death after the Annuity Commencement Date:
 
 
• If death benefits are received in accordance with the existing annuity payout option, they are excludible from income if they do not exceed the purchase payments not yet distributed from the contract. All annuity payouts in excess of the purchase payments not previously received are includible in income.
 
 
• If death benefits are received in a lump sum, the Code imposes tax on the amount of death benefits which exceeds the amount of purchase payments not previously received.
 
Penalty Taxes Payable On Withdrawals, Surrenders, Or Annuity Payouts
 
The Code may impose a 10% penalty tax on any distribution from your contract which you must include in your gross income. The 10% penalty tax does not apply if one of several exceptions exists. These exceptions include withdrawals, surrenders, or annuity payouts that:
 
• you receive on or after you reach 59½,
 
• you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the Code),
 
• you receive from an immediate annuity,
 
• a beneficiary receives on or after your death, or
 
 
• you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on your life or life expectancy (non-natural owners holding as agent for an individual do not qualify).
 
Unearned Income Medicare Contribution
 
Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This new tax, which affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual's “unearned income”, or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual's modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Unearned income includes the taxable portion of distributions that you take from your annuity contract. The tax is effected for tax years after December 31, 2012. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.
 
Special Rules If You Own More Than One Annuity Contract
 
In certain circumstances, you must combine some or all of the nonqualified annuity contracts you own in order to determine the amount of an annuity payout, a surrender, or a withdrawal that you must include in income. For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code treats all such contracts as one contract. Treating two or more contracts as one contract could affect the amount of a surrender, a withdrawal or an annuity payout that you must include in income and the amount that might be subject to the penalty tax described previously.
 
Loans and Assignments
 
Except for certain qualified contracts, the Code treats any amount received as a loan under your contract, and any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any portion of your contract value, as a withdrawal of such amount or portion.
 
Gifting A Contract
 
If you transfer ownership of your contract to a person other than to your spouse (or to your former spouse incident to divorce), and receive a payment less than your contract’s value, you will pay tax on your contract value to the extent it exceeds your purchase payments not previously received. The new owner’s purchase payments in the contract would then be increased to reflect the amount included in income.
 
Charges for Additional Benefits
 
Your contract automatically includes a basic death benefit and may include other optional riders. Certain enhancements to the basic death benefit may also be available to you. The cost of the basic death benefit and any additional benefit are deducted from your contract. It is possible that the tax law may treat all or a portion of the death benefit and other optional rider charges, if any, as a contract withdrawal.
 

85
 

 
 
 

 

Qualified Retirement Plans
 
We also designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code. Contracts issued to or in connection with a qualified retirement plan are called “qualified contracts.” We issue contracts for use with various types of qualified plans. The Federal income tax rules applicable to those plans are complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus does not attempt to provide more than general information about the use of the contract with the various types of qualified plans. Persons planning to use the contract in connection with a qualified plan should obtain advice from a competent tax adviser.
 
Types of Qualified Contracts and Terms of Contracts
 
Qualified plans may include the following:
 
• Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities (“Traditional IRAs”)
 
• Roth IRAs
 
• Traditional IRA that is part of a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (“SEP”)
 
• SIMPLE 401(k) plans (Savings Incentive Matched Plan for Employees)
 
• 401(a) plans (qualified corporate employee pension and profit-sharing plans)
 
• 403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
 
• 403(b) plans (public school system and tax-exempt organization annuity plans)
 
• H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans (self-employed individual plans)
 
• 457(b) plans (deferred compensation plans for state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations)
 
• Roth 403(b) plans
 
Beginning January 1, 2012, our individual variable annuity products will no longer be available for use in connection with qualified plan accounts described in the lists above, with the exception of Traditional IRA, SEP IRA and Roth IRA arrangements or Plans.
 
We will amend contracts to be used with a qualified plan as generally necessary to conform to the Code’s requirements for the type of plan. However, the rights of a person to any qualified plan benefits may be subject to the plan’s terms and conditions, regardless of the contract’s terms and conditions. In addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless we consent.
 
Pursuant to new tax regulations, starting September 24, 2007, the contract is not available for purchase under a 403(b) plan and since July 31, 2008, we do not accept additional premiums or transfers to existing 403(b) contracts. Also, we now are generally required to confirm, with your 403(b) plan sponsor or otherwise, that surrenders, loans or transfers you request comply with applicable tax requirements and to decline requests that are not in compliance. We will defer processing payments you request until all information required under the Code has been received. By requesting a surrender, loan or transfer, you consent to the sharing of confidential information about you, your contract, and transactions under the contract and any other 403(b) contracts or accounts you have under the 403(b) plan among us, your employer or plan sponsor, any plan administrator or recordkeeper, and other product providers.
 
Tax Treatment of Qualified Contracts
 
The Federal income tax rules applicable to qualified plans and qualified contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example:
 
 
• Federal tax rules limit the amount of purchase payments that can be made, and the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the purchase payments. These limits vary depending on the type of qualified plan and the plan participant’s specific circumstances, e.g., the participant’s compensation.
 
 
• Minimum annual distributions are required under most qualified plans once you reach a certain age, typically age 70½, as described below.
 
 
• Loans are allowed under certain types of qualified plans, but Federal income tax rules prohibit loans under other types of qualified plans. For example, Federal income tax rules permit loans under some section 403(b) plans, but prohibit loans under Traditional and Roth IRAs. If allowed, loans are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the loan amount, the loan’s duration, the rate of interest, and the manner of repayment. Your contract or plan may not permit loans.
 
Tax Treatment of Payments
 
The Federal income tax rules generally include distributions from a qualified contract in the participant’s income as ordinary income. These taxable distributions will include purchase payments that were deductible or excludible from income. Thus, under many qualified contracts, the total amount received is included in income since a deduction or exclusion from income was taken for purchase payments. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include amounts received from a Roth IRA in income if certain conditions are satisfied.
 

86
 

 
 
 

 

Required Minimum Distributions
 
Under most qualified plans, you must begin receiving payments from the contract in certain minimum amounts by the later of age 70½ or retirement. You are required to take distributions from your traditional IRAs beginning in the year you reach age 70½. If you own a Roth IRA, you are not required to receive minimum distributions from your Roth IRA during your life.
 
Failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to certain qualified plans, such as Traditional IRAs, will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax equals 50% of the amount by which a minimum required distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified plan.
 
The IRS regulations applicable to required minimum distributions include a rule that may impact the distribution method you have chosen and the amount of your distributions. Under these regulations, the presence of an enhanced death benefit, or other benefit which could provide additional value to your contract, may require you to take additional distributions. An enhanced death benefit is any death benefit that has the potential to pay more than the contract value or a return of purchase payments. Annuity contracts inside Custodial or Trusteed IRAs will also be subject to these regulations. Please contact your tax adviser regarding any tax ramifications.
 
Federal Penalty Taxes Payable on Distributions
 
The Code may impose a 10% penalty tax on a distribution from a qualified contract that must be included in income. The Code does not impose the penalty tax if one of several exceptions applies. The exceptions vary depending on the type of qualified contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, exceptions provide that the penalty tax does not apply to a withdrawal, surrender, or annuity payout:
 
• received on or after the annuitant reaches 59½,
 
• received on or after the annuitant’s death or because of the annuitant’s disability (as defined in the Code),
 
• received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on the annuitant’s life (or life expectancy), or
 
• received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care.
 
These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply to taxable distributions from other qualified plans. However, the specific requirements of the exception may vary.
 
Unearned Income Medicare Contribution
 
Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This new tax, which affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual’s “unearned income”, or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Distributions that you take from your contract are not included in the calculation of unearned income because your contract is qualified plan contract. However, the amount of any such distribution is included in determining whether you exceed the modified adjusted gross income threshold. The tax is effective for tax years after December 31, 2012. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.
 
Transfers and Direct Rollovers
 
As a result of Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), you may be able to move funds between different types of qualified plans, such as 403(b) and 457(b) governmental plans, by means of a rollover or transfer. You may be able to rollover or transfer amounts between qualified plans and traditional IRAs. These rules do not apply to Roth IRAs and 457(b) non-governmental tax-exempt plans. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) permits direct conversions from certain qualified, 403(b) or 457(b) plans to Roth IRAs (effective for distributions after 2007). There are special rules that apply to rollovers, direct rollovers and transfers (including rollovers or transfers of after-tax amounts). If the applicable rules are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise have had to pay. Before we send a rollover distribution, we will provide a notice explaining tax withholding requirements (see Federal Income Tax Withholding). We are not required to send you such notice for your IRA. You should always consult your tax adviser before you move or attempt to move any funds.
 
Death Benefit and IRAs
 
Pursuant to IRS regulations, IRAs may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe that these regulations prohibit the death benefit from being provided under the contract when we issue the contract as a Traditional or Roth IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the death benefit under a contract issued as a Traditional or Roth IRA could result in increased taxes to you. Certain death benefit options may not be available for all of our products.
 
Federal Income Tax Withholding
 
We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a contract unless you notify us prior to the distribution that tax is not to be withheld. In certain circumstances, Federal income tax rules may require us to withhold tax. At the time a withdrawal, surrender, or annuity payout is requested, we will give you an explanation of the withholding requirements.
 

87
 

 
 
 

 

Certain payments from your contract may be considered eligible rollover distributions (even if such payments are not being rolled over). Such distributions may be subject to special tax withholding requirements. The Federal income tax withholding rules require that we withhold 20% of the eligible rollover distribution from the payment amount, unless you elect to have the amount directly transferred to certain qualified plans or contracts. The IRS requires that tax be withheld, even if you have requested otherwise. Such tax withholding requirements are generally applicable to 401(a), 403(a) or (b), HR 10, and 457(b) governmental plans and contracts used in connection with these types of plans.
 
Our Tax Status
 
Under the Code, we are not required to pay tax on investment income and realized capital gains of the VAA. We do not expect that we will incur any Federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned by the VAA. However, the Company does expect, to the extent permitted under the Code, to claim the benefit of the foreign tax credit as the owner of the assets of the VAA. Therefore, we do not impose a charge for Federal income taxes. If there are any changes in the Code that require us to pay tax on some or all of the income and gains earned by the VAA, we may impose a charge against the VAA to pay the taxes.
 
Changes in the Law
 
The above discussion is based on the Code, IRS regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this prospectus. However, Congress, the IRS, and the courts may modify these authorities, sometimes retroactively.
 
Additional Information
 
Voting Rights
 
As required by law, we will vote the fund shares held in the VAA at meetings of the shareholders of the funds. The voting will be done according to the instructions of contractowners who have interests in any subaccounts which invest in classes of the funds. If the 1940 Act or any regulation under it should be amended or if present interpretations should change, and if as a result we determine that we are permitted to vote the fund shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.
 
The number of votes which you have the right to cast will be determined by applying your percentage interest in a subaccount to the total number of votes attributable to the subaccount. In determining the number of votes, fractional shares will be recognized.
 
Each underlying fund is subject to the laws of the state in which it is organized concerning, among other things, the matters which are subject to a shareholder vote, the number of shares which must be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders (a “quorum”), and the percentage of such shares present in person or by proxy which must vote in favor of matters presented. Because shares of the underlying fund held in the VAA are owned by us, and because under the 1940 Act we will vote all such shares in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we receive, it is important that each contractowner provide their voting instructions to us. Even though contractowners may choose not to provide voting instruction, the shares of a fund to which such contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will, subject to fair representation requirements, be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. As a result, the instruction of a small number of contractowners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote. All shares voted by us will be counted when the underlying fund determines whether any requirement for a minimum number of shares be present at such a meeting to satisfy a quorum requirement has been met. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on will be applied on a pro-rata basis to reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.
 
Whenever a shareholders meeting is called, we will provide or make available to each person having a voting interest in a subaccount proxy voting material, reports and other materials relating to the funds. Since the funds engage in shared funding, other persons or entities besides Lincoln Life may vote fund shares. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account — Fund Shares.
 
Return Privilege
 
Within the free-look period after you receive the contract, you may cancel it for any reason by delivering or mailing it postage prepaid, to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company at PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348. A contract canceled under this provision will be void. Except as explained in the following paragraph, we will return the contract value as of the valuation date on which we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes which had been deducted. No surrender charges or Interest Adjustment will apply. A purchaser who participates in the VAA is subject to the risk of a market loss on the contract value during the free-look period.
 
For contracts written in those states whose laws require that we assume this market risk during the free-look period, a contract may be canceled, subject to the conditions explained before, except that we will return the greater of the purchase payment(s) or contract value as of the valuation date we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes that had been deducted. IRA purchasers will also receive the greater of purchase payments or contract value as of the valuation date on which we receive the cancellation request.
 

88
 

 
 
 

 

State Regulation
 
As a life insurance company organized and operated under Indiana law, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the Indiana Commissioner of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the Indiana Department of Insurance at all times. A full examination of our operations is conducted by that Department at least every five years.
 
Records and Reports
 
As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to the VAA. We have entered into an agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, One Mellon Bank Center, 500 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 15258, to provide accounting services to the VAA. We will mail to you, at your last known address of record at the Home Office, at least semi-annually after the first contract year, reports containing information required by that Act or any other applicable law or regulation.
 
Other Information
 
You may elect to receive your prospectus, prospectus supplements, quarterly statements, and annual and semiannual reports electronically over the Internet, if you have an e-mail account and access to an Internet browser. Once you select eDelivery, via the Internet Service Center, all documents available in electronic format will no longer be sent to you in hard copy. You will receive an e-mail notification when the documents become available online. It is your responsibility to provide us with your current e-mail address. You can resume paper mailings at any time without cost, by updating your profile at the Internet Service Center, or contacting us. To learn more about this service, please log on to www.LincolnFinancial.com, select service centers and continue on through the Internet Service Center.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In the ordinary course of its business and otherwise, the Company and its subsidiaries or its separate accounts and Principal Underwriter may become or are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of its business. In some instances, the proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.
 
After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that the proceedings, after consideration of any reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, or the financial position of its separate accounts or Principal Underwriter. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such legal proceedings, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to the Company's operating results for any particular reporting period.
 

89
 

 
 
 

 

(This page intentionally left blank)
 

90
 

 
 
 

 

Contents of the Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
 
for Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
 
Item
Special Terms
 
Services
 
Principal Underwriter
 
Purchase of Securities Being Offered
 
Interest Adjustment Example
 
Annuity Payouts
 
Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations
 
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value
 
Capital Markets
 
Advertising & Ratings
 
More About the S&P Index
 
Additional Services
 
Other Information
 
Financial Statements
 
For a free copy of the SAI complete the form below:
 
Statement of Additional Information Request Card
 
Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series
 
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
 
Please send me a free copy of the current Statement of Additional Information for Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series.
 
(Please Print)
 
Name:
 
Address:
 
City
 
State
 
Zip
 

Mail to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348
 

A-3
 

 
 
 

 


 

 
 

 

Appendix A — Overview of Living Benefit Riders
 
Overview of Living Benefit Riders
 
We offer a number of optional Living Benefit riders that, for an additional fee, offer certain guarantees, if certain conditions are met. These Living Benefit riders are described briefly below. Please see the more detailed description in the prospectus discussion for each rider, as well as the Charges and Other Deductions section of the prospectus, for important information on the costs, restrictions, and availability of each rider. Please consult your registered representative as to whether any Living Benefit rider is appropriate for you based on factors such as your investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs, and time horizon. Not all riders or features are available in all states or with your contract. Please consult your registered representative for the availability of any particular rider.
 
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM
Advantage 2.0
i4LIFE® Advantage
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
1) i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Version 4)
1. Overview
Designed to guarantee that if you make your first withdrawal on or after the date you reach age 65, you are guaranteed income for your life (and your spouse’s, under joint life version), even after the entire amount of purchase payments has been returned to you through periodic withdrawals. If lifetime withdrawals are not in effect, you may make periodic withdrawals of the Guaranteed Amount.
Designed to guarantee that if you make your first withdrawal on or after the date you reach age 55 you are guaranteed income for your life (and your spouse’s, under joint life version). Also includes age-based increases to the withdrawal amount.
Designed to provide an income program that combines variable lifetime income payments and a death benefit with the ability to make withdrawals during an Access Period.
Designed to guarantee today a future minimum payout floor for i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments, regardless of investment performance, by providing an Income Base during the accumulation period that can be used to establish in the future a Guaranteed Income Benefit with i4LIFE® Advantage.
Designed to use the Account Value1 established under i4LIFE® Advantage (if i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected) or the greater of the Income Base or Account Value under Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds to provide a minimum payout floor for i4LIFE® Advantage Regular Income Payments, regardless of investment performance.
 
1 Can instead use the remaining Guaranteed Amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage

A-1
 

 
 
 

 

 
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM
Advantage 2.0
i4LIFE® Advantage
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
1) i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Version 4)
2. Current Fee
0.65% (single life) or 0.80% (joint life) of Guaranteed Amount
Single life option 1.05% of Income Base
 
Joint life option 1.25% of Income Base
Varies based on product and death benefit option (assessed as a % of Account Value, and only during annuity payout phase)
1.05% (single life) or 1.25% (joint life) of Income Base for 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
0.65% added to the i4LIFE® Advantage charge (0.85% if joint life option is chosen)
 
Assessed as a % of Account Value, and only during annuity payout phase
 
For purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds, 1.05% (single life option) or 1.25 (joint life option) which is the total charge for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit initially (assessed as a % of the Income Base or Account Value, if greater). This charge is in addition to the daily mortality and expense risk and administrative charge for your death benefit option on your base contract.
3. Guaranteed Maximum Fee
1.50% of Guaranteed Amount
2.00% of Income Base
Same as current fee
2.00% of Income Base for 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
1) 2.00% added to the i4LIFE® Advantage charge (assessed as a % of Account Value, and only during annuity payout phase)
 
2) 2.00% charge for i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds (assessed as a % of the Income Base). This charge is in addition to the daily mortality and expense risk and administrative charge for your death benefit option on your base contract.
4. Withdrawals Permitted
Yes - 5% annually
 
Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce guaranteed payments.
Yes – withdrawal rate varies based on age at purchase, and if Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds is chosen.
 
Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce guaranteed payments.
Yes, during Access Period
Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base.
Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce guaranteed payments.
5. Payments for Life
Yes (if conditions are met)
Yes (if conditions are met)
Yes (if conditions are met)
When you elect i4LIFE®Advantage
Yes (if conditions are met)

A-2
 

 
 
 

 

 
 
Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage
Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM
Advantage 2.0
i4LIFE® Advantage
4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
1) i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Version 4)
6. Potential Increases to Guaranteed Amount, Income Base, or Guaranteed Income Benefit (as applicable)
Additional Purchase Payments
 
Automatic Annual Step-Ups
(if conditions are met)
Additional Purchase Payments
 
5% Enhancements
 
Automatic Annual Step-Ups
(if conditions are met)
N/A
Additional Purchase Payments
 
5% Enhancements
 
Automatic Annual Step-Ups
(if conditions are met)
Automatic Annual Step-Ups (if conditions are met)
7. Investment Requirements
Yes
Yes. Additional Investment Requirements for Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds.
None
Option 3. See Investment Requirements section of prospectus for more details
  Additional Investment Requirements for 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds
Yes. Different Investment Requirements apply for elections of Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 Protected Funds, 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds and i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Protected Funds.
8. Ability to Make Additional Purchase Payments if Contract Value is greater than zero
Yes, after the first rider anniversary, if cumulative payments are over $100,000 and prior Home Office approval is provided
Yes - may impact the charge
(Cumulative purchase payments in excess of $100,000 require Home Office approval.)
No (for non-qualified)
 
Yes, for qualified contracts, during the Access Period, unless i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit has been elected.
Yes. 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds cumulative purchase payments in excess of $100,000 require Home Office approval.
No
9. Ability to Cancel Rider
Yes, after 5 years following the later of rider effective date or contractowner-elected step-up
Yes, after 5 Years
Qualified contracts may terminate the rider prior to the end of the Access Period.
 
Non-qualified contracts may not terminate the rider.
Yes, after 5 years for 4LATER® Advantage Protected Funds.
Yes, at any time (termination of the Guaranteed Income Benefit does not terminate i4LIFE® Advantage)
 
Yes, qualified contracts only, after 5 years following the Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 effective date for purchasers who elect i4LIFE® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. Termination applies to both i4LIFE® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit.
10. Nursing Home Benefit
No
Yes
(subject to state availability)
No
No
No
11. May Elect Other Living
Benefit Riders
No
No
Limited to Guaranteed Income Benefit
No (prior to Periodic Income Commencement Date)
Limited to i4LIFE® Advantage

A-3
 

 
 
 

 


 
 


THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series

Supplement dated _____, 2012 to the Prospectus dated _____, 2012

This Supplement to the prospectus for your Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM prospectus describes a new optional rider – Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage – available for purchase with your variable annuity contract.

As Americans continue to live longer, more and more individuals may become unable to care for themselves because of a chronic illness or cognitive impairment, such as Alzheimer’s disease, at some point in their lives.  Accordingly, there may be a time when you need to access money in your contract sooner than you may have anticipated to pay for long-term care.  You also may need more money than you otherwise have available.  To assist you in planning for such potential circumstances, we offer an optional rider available for purchase with your contract that provides you with a special type of insurance against these types of risks – it is called the Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage Rider (the “LTC Rider”).  It provides monthly benefit payments (“Long-Term Care Benefits” or “LTC Benefits”) in the event: (1) you are “Chronically Ill,” which means you are either unable to perform two out of six functional activities of daily living (such as feeding yourself, bathing, or dressing) or you suffer from a severe cognitive impairment that requires substantial supervision, and (2) you are receiving long-term care services that qualify for coverage under the LTC Rider (“Long-Term Care Services”).  Long-Term Care Services include, but are not limited to, nursing home care, hospice care, adult day care, assisted living services, home health care and rehabilitative services.

If you purchase the LTC Rider, you may not make any additional purchase payments more than 90 days from the contract date.  Accordingly, you should plan on making enough purchase payments to fund your anticipated needs under the contract during the first 90 days.  Even then, the LTC Rider may not cover all of the long-term care expenses incurred by you during the period of coverage.  On the other hand, you may never need long-term care services or, even if you do, you may never qualify to receive any of the benefits provided under this LTC Rider even though you have paid a charge(s) for the LTC Rider.  Accordingly, we strongly advise you to review carefully all contract and rider limitations.

The LTC Rider, if purchased, must be elected at the time you purchase your contract and may not be added to existing contracts. While the LTC Rider is in force, you may not purchase any of the living benefit riders that we offer. By purchasing the LTC Rider, you will be limited in how you may invest and may invest only pursuant to Investment Requirements – Option 3, as described in your prospectus. Please see the “Summary of the LTC Rider – What are the risks associated with the LTC Rider?” for a discussion of the risks associated with the LTC Rider.

This Supplement outlines the revisions and additions to your underlying prospectus necessary to describe the LTC Rider. The features and charges for this rider will vary in certain states. You should discuss the specific provisions applicable to your state with your registered representative. Your rider will contain the specific provisions applicable to you. All other provisions of your prospectus remain unchanged.

 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXPENSE TABLES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
SUMMARY OF THE LTC RIDER [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE THE LTC RIDER [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Eligibility Requirements.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Issuance Procedures.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Required Signature.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Limitations on Purchase Payments.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Limitations on Purchasing Other Riders.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Investment Restrictions.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE LTC BENEFIT PAYMENTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
Establishing Initial Eligibility for LTC Benefits[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Written Assessment.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exclusions and Limitations.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Deductible Period.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Requesting LTC Benefits.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Denial of LTC Benefits.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Establishing Continued Eligibility for LTC Benefits[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Verification of Continued Eligibility[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Overpayment of LTC Benefits[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Choices Under the LTC Rider.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Roadmap of Important LTC Concepts.[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Acceleration Benefit Payments[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Extension Benefit Payments[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Special Considerations When Determining the Amount of Benefits to Request:[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Growth Benefit Option[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Special Considerations When Determining the Amount of Benefits to Request:[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Electing to Receive LTC Benefits Before the 5th Contract Anniversary[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
 
Conforming Withdrawals[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Excess Withdrawals[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
LTC FIXED ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
Nonforfeiture Benefit[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Acceleration Benefit Charge[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Extension Benefit Charge[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Contract Free Withdrawal Provision[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Investment Requirements[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Federal Taxation[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
 
Misstatement of Age or Sex[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
LTC Rider Return Privilege[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 
Monthly Statements[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
 

 

 
 

 

 
EXPENSE TABLES
 
 
* * *
The following describes the charges for the Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage Rider (the “LTC Rider” or “Rider”).  These charges are in addition to the Contractowner Transaction Expenses and the Periodic Charges for the Base Contract that are set forth in the Expense Tables in your prospectus. For purposes of understanding the Expense Tables, you need to know that there are two primary LTC Benefits – the Acceleration Benefit and the Extension Benefit – that may provide payments to you under the LTC Rider.  There is also an additional optional LTC Benefit – the Growth Benefit – that, if elected, may provide you with additional payments under the LTC Rider. (If you do not elect the Growth Benefit, you will have the Level Benefit.)  The amounts from these three LTC Benefits, when combined, make up the total amount of benefit payments you may receive from the Rider.

If you decide to terminate the LTC Rider under certain circumstances, the Rider provides a Nonforfeiture Benefit.  The Nonforfeiture Benefit provides a reduced long-term care insurance benefit.  There is a Nonforfeiture Benefit, called the “Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit,” for which there is no charge.  You may also elect to add an enhanced Nonforfeiture Benefit, called the “Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit,” for which there is an additional charge, called the “Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge.”

The LTC Charge is deducted on a quarterly basis, and is the sum of three different charges:  (1) the Acceleration Benefit Charge, (2) the Extension Benefit Charge, (3) the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge, if elected.  The Acceleration Benefit Charge is calculated as a percentage of the “LTC Guaranteed Amount.”  (This percentage will generally be higher if you elect the Growth Benefit. The LTC Guaranteed Amount will also generally be higher if you elect the Growth Benefit).  The other two charges, the Extension Benefit Charge and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge, are calculated as a percentage of the “Extension Benefit.”  (The LTC Guaranteed Amount and the Extension Benefits are concepts that are explained in more detail in the footnotes to this Expense Table below and later in this supplement.  See “Determining LTC Benefits” for more information specifically Acceleration Benefit Payments, Extension Benefit Payments and Growth Benefit Option sections.)

For the Acceleration Benefit Charge, there is a guaranteed maximum percentage rate that we can not exceed, and this maximum charge does not vary if you elect the Growth Benefit. However as noted, the current charge varies depending on whether you have elected the Growth Benefit or not.  On the other hand, there are no guaranteed maximum percentage rates for the Extension Benefit Charge and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge, and they will vary based upon your age as of the contract date. The highest current charge we are permitted by state law to assess for the Extension Benefit and Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit is shown below.  See “LTC Charges” in this supplement for a more detailed explanation of each of the charges.

The following table shows the guaranteed maximum percentage rates used to calculate the charges for the LTC Rider.

Guaranteed Maximum Charge Percentage Table

Guaranteed maximum Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate (Level Benefit or Growth Benefit):
1.50% of LTC Guaranteed Amount*
(0.375% quarterly)
Guaranteed maximum Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate:
No guaranteed maximum percentage rate**
Guaranteed maximum Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate
No guaranteed maximum percentage rate***
 
 
 
The following table shows the current percentage rates used to calculate the charges for the LTC Rider.  If the Growth Benefit option is elected, the current annual Acceleration Benefit Charge percentage rate will be higher than if the Growth Benefit was not elected.  (However, as noted above, the guaranteed maximum Acceleration Benefit Charge is the same whether or not the Growth Benefit is elected.)

Current Charge Percentage Rate Table

Current Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate with the Level Benefit:
0.35% of LTC Guaranteed Amount* (0.0875% quarterly)
Current Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate with the Growth Benefit:
0.50% of LTC Guaranteed Amount* (0.125% quarterly)
Highest current Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate (70-74 year old contractowner):
0.76% of Extension Benefit** (0.19% quarterly) when approved in your state
 
Highest current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate     (70-74 year old contractowner):
0.12% of Extension Benefit*** (0.03% quarterly) when approved in your state

* The Acceleration Benefit Charge percentage rate is assessed against the LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the date the charge is deducted.   The Acceleration Benefit Charge percentage rate for the Level Benefit and Growth Benefit will also vary.  For the Level Benefit, the LTC Guaranteed Amount is equal to your initial purchase payment and any subsequent purchase payments made in the first 90 days after purchase.  For the Growth Benefit, the LTC Guaranteed Amount is equal to your initial purchase payment and any subsequent purchase payments made in the first 90 days after purchase and increases annually by the amount of investment gain, if any, in the subaccounts and any fixed account in which the contractowner is invested through Automatic Step-ups.  Benefit payments decrease the LTC Guaranteed Amount, as will certain withdrawals, called “Excess Withdrawals.” (See “ Withdrawals” in this supplement for more information on Excess Withdrawals.) We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the current percentage rate for the Acceleration Benefit Charge, up to the maximum allowable charge of 1.50% of the LTC Guaranteed Amount.  See “LTC Charges” in this supplement for additional information.

** The Extension Benefit Charge percentage rate is assessed against the Extension Benefit as of the date the charge is deducted.  The Extension Benefit is double the dollar amount of the Acceleration Benefit as of 90 days after the contract date.  The Extension Benefit will be decreased for Excess Withdrawals and Extension Benefit payments.  The charge varies based upon your age as of the contract date.  There is no maximum guaranteed charge for the Extension Benefit.  The current Extension Benefit Charge percentage rate may increase after the contract date subject to prior state regulatory approval, although it will be increased for all contractowners in the same class as determined in a nondiscriminatory manner.  We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the percentage rate.  The highest current percentage charge will be 0.68% (0.17% quarterly) for contracts issued  in the following states: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.  See “LTC Charges” in this supplement for additional information.

*** The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge percentage rate is assessed against the Extension Benefit as of the date the charge is deducted.  The charge varies based upon your age as of the contract date.  There is no maximum guaranteed charge for the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. The current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge percentage rate may increase after the contract date subject to prior state regulatory approval, although it will be the same for all contractowners in the same class as determined in a nondiscriminatory manner.  We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the percentage rate. The highest current percentage charge   will be 0.11% (0.0275% quarterly) for contracts issued in the following states: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.  See “LTC Charges” in this supplement for additional information.
 
* * *
 
Examples:

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.  These costs include contractowner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate account annual expenses, and fund fees and expenses.  If you purchase the LTC Rider, the Level Benefit can be more expensive than the Growth Benefit in certain limited circumstances in early years (because the Level Benefit can be issued at ages greater than the maximum age at which you can purchase the Growth Benefit).  Accordingly, in order to show the highest charges you may pay in any particular year, it is necessary for us to show two separate examples.

The first example assumes that you are age 69 and invest $10,000 in the B Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Growth Benefit option and the Optional Nonforfeiture provision, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$1,355
 
$2,546
 
$3,713
 
$6,268

2)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$655
 
$1,946
 
$3,213
 
$6,268

The next example assumes that you are age 69 and invest $10,000 in the C Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Growth Benefit option and the Optional Nonforfeiture provision, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$694
 
$2,056
 
$3,385
 
$6,555

2)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$694
 
$2,056
 
$3,385
 
$6,555

The next example assumes that you are age 69 and invest $10,000 in the L Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Growth Benefit option and the Optional Nonforfeiture provision, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$1,394
 
$2,656
 
$3,385
 
$6,555

2)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$694
 
$2,056
 
$3,385
 
$6,555

The next example assumes that you are age 74 and invest $10,000 in the B Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Level Benefit option, election of the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

3)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$1,404
 
$2,688
 
$3,940
 
$6,671

4)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$704
 
$2,088
 
$3,440
 
$6,671

The next example assumes that you are age 74 and invest $10,000 in the C Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Level Benefit option, election of the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$743
 
$2,198
 
$3,610
 
$6,950

2)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$743
 
$2,198
 
$3,610
 
$6,950

The next example assumes that you are age 74 and invest $10,000 in the L Share contract for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that you have purchased the LTC Rider.  The example assumes a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds, election of the Level Benefit option, election of the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, and that the EGMDB death benefit is in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1)  
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$1,443
 
$2,798
 
$3,610
 
$6,950

2)  
If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year
 
3 years
 
5 years
 
10 years
$743
 
$2,198
 
$3,610
 
$6,950

For more information, see “Charges and Other Deductions” in your prospectus and “LTC Charges” in this supplement. Premium taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. Different fees and expenses not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period in which annuity payouts are made. See “Annuity Payouts” in your prospectus.  These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses.
 
SUMMARY OF THE LTC RIDER
 
The Lincoln Long-Term CareSM Advantage Rider provides a way to manage the potential impact of long-term care expenses. The LTC Rider provides the potential to receive as LTC Benefits your purchase payments plus an additional amount equal to two times your purchase payments.  These benefits are paid to you income tax-free.  In addition, you have the opportunity to increase your tax-free long-term care benefits if there is investment gain in your contract.

We expect you will have some questions about how the LTC Rider works and the purpose for which you would purchase the Rider.  The following are some of the questions you might have.

Why would I want to purchase the LTC Rider?  Some of the reasons why you may consider purchasing the LTC Rider are:

·  
you would like to pay for Long-Term Care Services by withdrawing your contract value on a tax-free basis and without any surrender charges;
·  
for the potential of receiving, in addition to your contract value, up to two times your purchase payments in tax-free LTC Benefit payments that we pay from our own assets in our general account during the Extension Benefit period;
·  
for the favorable tax treatment of the charges deducted in order to pay for the LTC Rider (compared to taking a withdrawal from an annuity contract to pay premiums on a traditional stand-alone long-term care insurance policy);
·  
for the opportunity to receive investment gain in the contract as tax-free LTC Benefits, if you purchase the Growth Benefit option;
·  
you want long-term care insurance, but want to retain the ability to access your contract value for emergencies (although this could reduce or terminate the LTC Rider), a feature that may not be available in stand-alone long-term care insurance policies; and
·  
you want long-term care insurance, but at the same time you want to retain the ability to have a death benefit, a feature that may not be available in stand-alone long-term care insurance policies (although you should understand that Acceleration Benefit payments and Growth Benefit payments are considered withdrawals that reduce the amount of the death benefit).

Are there ways I can pay long-term care expenses under the Contract other than by purchasing the LTC Rider?

·  
You can always access your contract value through conventional withdrawals from your contract, even if you have not elected to purchase the LTC Rider.  However, withdrawals may be subject to surrender charges, income taxes (as investment gains (if any) are deemed to be withdrawn first), and if taken before age 59½, penalty taxes.  Such withdrawals also would be limited to your contract value, which may decrease.  Withdrawals may be taken (to cover long-term care expenses for yourself or anyone else).  LTC Benefits, on the other hand, are subject to favorable tax treatment, would not have any surrender charges, and may exceed the amount of contract value you would otherwise have had available.  LTC Benefits may be received only if you are the Covered Life.

·  
You can also access your contract value through conventional annuity payments, even if you have not elected to purchase the LTC Rider.  However, while not fully taxable until cost basis has been returned, such payments are not tax-free and are intended to provide protected income payments over an extended lifetime.  LTC Benefits, however, may be taken over a shorter period of time (as short as six years) and are received tax-free.

·  
We offer Living Benefit Riders that provide a guaranteed income stream and/or a guaranteed withdrawal benefit that may be used to pay for long-term care services.  Like the LTC Rider, benefit payments under these riders may exceed contract value, but it may take you 20 years or more to receive them.  In addition, Living Benefit Riders are not Qualified Long-Term Care insurance and their benefits cannot be received tax-free, even if used to pay long-term care expenses.  On the other hand, the cost of the LTC Rider may be higher than the cost of other Living Benefit Riders we sell, and the procedures to determine eligibility and to request benefits under the LTC Rider are more extensive than those required to receive benefits under the Living Benefit Riders.  In any case, you will be unable to purchase any living benefit rider that we may offer if you purchase the LTC Rider. See “The Contracts – Living Benefit Riders” in the prospectus for more information regarding Living Benefit Riders.

·  
You may also speak to your registered representative about other ways to pay for long-term care expenses. There are insurance contracts, other than annuities, which provide long-term care benefits and there may also be programs offered by your state.

How do I qualify for LTC Benefits?  If, after the first contract year (subject to state variations), you become Chronically Ill and are receiving Long-Term Care Services, you may receive monthly LTC Benefit payments under the LTC Rider.  Chronically Ill means you are either unable to perform two out of six functional activities of daily living (such as feeding yourself, bathing, or dressing) or you suffer from a severe cognitive impairment that requires substantial supervision. You should understand that although you may begin receiving LTC Benefits at any time after the first contract year, the LTC Rider was designed optimally for LTC Benefits to be paid on or after the 5th contract anniversary.

Importantly, the LTC Rider is not self-effecting and you must satisfy all of the conditions, and take the necessary steps to apply and qualify for, and then maintain your eligibility for, benefits under the LTC Rider.  For example, a licensed health care practitioner must certify in a written assessment that you are Chronically Ill, and also complete a plan of care for you, which is a written plan of care that is developed based on your written assessment and specifies the type, frequency and duration of all Long-Term Care Services you will need (“Plan of Care”).  In addition, you must wait 90 days after the date that you start to receive Long-Term Care Services before we will start paying LTC Benefits (the “deductible period”).  Once we have determined that you are eligible for benefits, you may submit a Request for Benefits form.  The Request for Benefits form will be used to pay LTC Benefits for a period of up to three months.  You will need to provide a new Request for Benefits form to continue to receive LTC Benefits beyond the period requested in the Request for Benefits form.

How do LTC Benefits impact my contract value?   LTC Benefits may be paid out of your contract value or from our own assets in our general account.  In general, the LTC Rider allows you first to access your own contract value on a tax-free basis until you either receive your purchase payments or your entire contract value is depleted, whichever occurs first.  At that time, if you are still living, we will continue to make the same tax-free payments to you from our own assets in our general account for a designated period of time or until your death, if earlier.  Because we transfer some or all of your contract value to the LTC Fixed Account (which is part of our general account) on the date we make the determination of your initial eligibility to receive LTC Benefits, all LTC Benefit payments are subject to claims of our general creditors and to the claims paying ability of Lincoln Life. If you begin receiving LTC Benefits and then stop receiving LTC Benefits for twelve consecutive months, we will allow you to transfer in installments the contract value in the LTC Fixed Account back to the subaccounts. See LTC Fixed Account later in this Supplement.

Are the LTC Benefit payments tax-free?  The LTC Rider is a Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Policy under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any LTC Benefits paid under the LTC Rider, as well as any charges deducted under the Rider, will not be reported as taxable income to you, subject to the Internal Revenue Code limitations.

What are the LTC Benefits?  There are two primary LTC Benefits:  the Acceleration Benefit and the Extension Benefit.  There is also an additional optional LTC Benefit – the Growth Benefit – that is available for an additional charge.  All LTC Benefits are calculated based on the LTC Guaranteed Amount.  The LTC Guaranteed Amount initially is equal to the Acceleration Benefit, which is your initial purchase payment and any subsequent purchase payments made in the first 90 days after purchase.  (If you purchase the LTC Rider, you may not make additional purchase payments more than 90 days after purchase.)  If you elect the Growth Benefit option, the LTC Guaranteed Amount increases annually by the amount of investment gain, if any, in the subaccounts and any fixed account in which you are invested through Automatic Step-ups.  You should understand that the LTC Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a death benefit.  Payment of Acceleration Benefits and Growth Benefits decrease the LTC Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the respective LTC Benefit payment. The LTC Guaranteed Amount is also reduced, but on a proportional basis, by certain withdrawals that exceed a specified percentage of the amount that the contract value exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount, called “Excess Withdrawals.”

·  
Acceleration Benefit:  The first payments we will make under the LTC Rider will be Acceleration Benefits, which are paid out of your contract value.  The Acceleration Benefit is not affected by investment results.  Acceleration Benefits are paid from your contract value; however, if your contract value is reduced to zero before the Acceleration Benefit is paid, we will make remaining payments from our own assets in our general account.

·  
Extension Benefit: When the Acceleration Benefit is reduced to zero, we will pay you Extension Benefit payments.  Extension Benefits are paid from our general account.  This means that, while Acceleration Benefits are funded in whole or in part by your contract value, we will make Extension Benefit payments from our own assets in our general account.  The initial Extension Benefit will be double the dollar amount of the Acceleration Benefit.  The Extension Benefit is not affected by investment results.

·  
Growth Benefit:  If you are interested in potentially being able to “lock in” any investment gains in your contract with respect to your LTC Rider, you may purchase the Growth Benefit option at issue for an additional charge. The Growth Benefit option increases the LTC Guaranteed Amount annually by the amount of investment gain, if any, in the subaccounts and any fixed account in which you are invested through Automatic Step-ups.  Automatic Step-ups occur annually through age 75 or until you reach the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount of $800,000, whichever occurs earlier.  If you do not purchase the Growth Benefit option, any investment gain will not increase your LTC Benefit payments.  While you can withdraw any gains from your contract value the same way you make regular withdrawals from your contract, doing so could have a negative impact on your LTC Benefits, as described in more detail below.  If you elect the Growth Benefit option, you will not be able to make any Conforming Withdrawals and all withdrawals will be Excess Withdrawals that negatively impact your LTC Benefits. Conforming and Excess Withdrawals are described below in more detail.  Once you begin receiving LTC Benefits and contract value is moved to the LTC Fixed Account, the contract value in the LTC Fixed Account will only increase by the amount of interest credited to the LTC Fixed Account. Growth Benefits are paid from your contract value; however, if your contract value is reduced to zero due to withdrawals and/or adverse investment experience of the subaccounts before the locked-in Growth Benefit is paid, we will make remaining payments from our general account.

When are LTC Benefits paid?  LTC Benefits are paid monthly, and you tell us the monthly amount that you want to receive up to a maximum monthly amount over a designated period of time.  If you are residing in a nursing home or are receiving hospice care, you may request monthly payments up to the full monthly maximum, described below. Contractowners in certain states may also request up to the full monthly maximum for assisted living services. However, if you are eligible and qualify for other qualified Long-Term Care Services (such as home health care or adult day care)  but are not residing in a nursing home or receiving hospice care, you may only request up to 50% of the monthly maximum. Contractowners in the following states may only request up to 50% of the monthly maximum for assisted living services: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY. See “Determining LTC Benefits – Maximum Monthly Level Benefit and Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit” in this Supplement for a more detailed description.

The Acceleration Benefit will be paid monthly over a period of time known as the “Acceleration Benefit Duration.”  The Acceleration Benefit Duration will be at least 24 months, but may be longer if you take payments in early contract years, or if you take less than the maximum permitted.  After the Acceleration Benefit Duration ends, the Extension Benefit will then be paid over a period of time known as the “Extension Benefit Duration.”  The Extension Benefit Duration is twice the length of the Acceleration Benefit Duration.  Growth Benefit payments are spread over both the Acceleration Benefit Duration and the Extension Benefit Duration.  The Acceleration Benefit Duration and the Extension Benefit Duration together make up the LTC Benefit Duration. The Acceleration Benefit Duration and Extension Benefit Duration will usually run consecutively and without interruption unless you voluntarily elect to stop payments or become ineligible to receive LTC Benefits. The LTC Benefit Durations would resume if you elect to restart payments or become eligible to receive LTC Benefits.

On the contract date, the Acceleration Benefit Duration is 84 months (i.e., 7 years), so it would take you 84 months (e.g., 7 years) to receive the total Acceleration Benefit.  However, the Acceleration Benefit Duration shortens each year until the 5th contract anniversary, when the Acceleration Benefit Duration will be its shortest duration of 24 months (i.e., 2 years).  Equally important, as the Acceleration Benefit Duration shortens, the maximum monthly amounts under the LTC Rider increase.  If you wait to request to begin receiving LTC Benefit payments until the 5th contract anniversary or after, you will maximize the monthly LTC Benefit payment available to you. For example, if you wait to request to begin receiving LTC Benefit payments until the 5th contract anniversary, the Acceleration Benefit Duration will be 24 months, and the Extension Benefit Period will be 48 months, or twice the Acceleration Benefit Period, making the LTC Benefit Duration 72 months.  The Growth Benefit would be paid over all 72 months (over both the Acceleration Benefit Duration and the Extension Benefit Duration).  If you take less than the maximum monthly amount (by choice or by the 50% limitation applied to non-nursing home/non-hospice care), you will extend the Acceleration Benefit Duration (and thus the Extension Benefit Duration).

How do withdrawals affect my LTC Benefits?  The LTC Rider may permit limited withdrawals of contract value on an annual basis that will not impact your LTC Benefit payments.  You may withdraw each year (and in addition to LTC Benefit payments, if you happen to be receiving these at the same time) up to 5% of the amount that your contract value exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount (if there is any such excess) as of the immediately preceding contract anniversary, without a decrease in the LTC Benefits.  Such withdrawals are referred to as “Conforming Withdrawals.”  However, the amount of withdrawals that exceed 5% of any excess of the contract value over the LTC Guaranteed Amount will be an “Excess Withdrawal.”  This means if the LTC Guaranteed Amount is greater than or equal to the contract value on any contract anniversary, any withdrawal will be an Excess Withdrawal.

Excess Withdrawals will result in proportional reductions to all LTC Benefits by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value.  Excess Withdrawals may result in significant reductions of benefits under the LTC Rider and/or its termination.  Accordingly, if you think that you may need to access your contract value through withdrawals, the LTC Rider may not be a good investment for you.

To further explain the application of this limitation to withdrawals, if you have not purchased the Growth Benefit option, you may be able to make Conforming Withdrawals if your contract value has grown above your purchase payments.  However, accessing more than modest amounts (i.e., more than 5%) of those investment gains could have a significant negative impact on your LTC Benefits.  If you elect the Growth Benefit option, on the other hand, you will not be able to make any Conforming Withdrawals and all withdrawals will be Excess Withdrawals that negatively impact your LTC Benefits. In addition, since Excess Withdrawals result in proportional reductions to all LTC Benefits, your LTC Benefits may be reduced by more than dollar for dollar when those benefits exceed the contract value.  If you reach age 76 or the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit of $800,000, however, you may be able to then begin making Conforming Withdrawals if your contract value exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount on the immediately preceding contract anniversary because the Growth Benefit no longer increases after this time.  This maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount includes the combined LTC Guaranteed Amounts of all Lincoln Life variable annuity contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) owned by you.

If the LTC Guaranteed Amount is equal to or greater than your contract value on a contract anniversary, any withdrawal in that contract year will not be a Conforming Withdrawal.  Any Excess Withdrawal that reduces the contract value to zero will terminate the LTC Rider and the only LTC Benefit that you may receive will be the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected. See the Withdrawals section later in this Supplement.

Are there any restrictions on how I invest my money if I purchase the LTC Rider?  By purchasing the LTC Rider, you will be limited in how you can invest in the subaccounts and the fixed account.  Specifically, you may invest only pursuant to Investment Requirements – Option 3, as described in your prospectus. The subaccounts eligible for investment are designed for steadier, but potentially more modest, investment performance than you may otherwise receive by investing in subaccounts with more aggressive investment objectives. The fixed account will be available to you for dollar-cost averaging purposes only.  When we determine you are eligible to receive LTC Benefits, we will move contract value equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount into the LTC Fixed Account from which we will make Acceleration Benefit payments and, if elected, Growth Benefit payments.  Accordingly, after that point, such transferred amounts will not participate in market performance, but will accrue interest.

What are the charges for the LTC Rider?  While the LTC Rider is in effect, there is a charge that is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis (the “LTC Charge”). The LTC Charge consists of the sum of three charges:  the Acceleration Benefit Charge, the Extension Benefit Charge, and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge (if elected).  The LTC Charge will be higher if you choose the Growth Benefit option because the Acceleration Benefit Charge percentage rate is higher for the Growth Benefit option than it is without it, and because the LTC Guaranteed Amount may also be higher if there is contract growth.  The Extension Benefit Charge and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge do not have guaranteed maximum annual percentage rates and may change at any time, subject to state regulatory approval.  For more information, please see “Expense Tables” and the “LTC Charges” in this supplement.

Will I pay a surrender charge on LTC Benefit payments?  LTC Benefit payments are not subject to any surrender charge.  However, LTC Benefit payments will count against the contract’s free withdrawal provision, which may impact whether surrender charges are applied to other withdrawals.

Can I add the LTC Rider to an existing contract?  The LTC Rider may only be purchased at the time the contract is issued and is not available if you have already purchased a Contract. The availability and certain options and features of the LTC Rider will depend upon your state’s approval, and may not be available in some states. Check with your registered representative regarding the availability of the LTC Rider.

What if I decide to terminate the LTC Rider?  The LTC Rider provides a nonforfeiture benefit if you terminate the LTC Rider in certain circumstances.  There is a nonforfeiture benefit, called the “Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit,” provided without charge that pays a reduced long-term care insurance benefit if you terminate the LTC Rider due to a specified increase of the charge for the Extension Benefit.  You may also choose to add an enhanced nonforfeiture benefit, called the “Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit,” for an additional charge that pays a reduced long-term care insurance benefit if you terminate the LTC Rider for any reason after three years. The only difference between the two nonforfeiture benefits is the circumstances under which you may terminate the LTC Rider to receive the benefit. Under either nonforfeiture benefit you may receive an amount equal to the greater of one month’s maximum monthly benefit or an amount equal to the sum of all Extension Benefit Charges and Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charges paid minus the amount of any Extension Benefits paid prior to the LTC Rider’s termination. Termination of the LTC Rider does not terminate the underlying contract.

What are the risks associated with the LTC Rider?  Some of the principal risks associated with the LTC Rider are:

·  
You may never need long-term care.  Thus, you may pay for a feature from which you never realize any benefits.
·  
Even if you need long-term care, you may not qualify for LTC Benefits under the LTC Rider, or the LTC Benefits you receive may not cover all of the long-term expenses you incur since the maximum amount of LTC Benefit you may receive with the Growth Benefit is capped at $22,222 per month and $16,660 per month without the Growth Benefit, assuming you wait until after the 5th contract anniversary to receive LTC Benefits.
·  
You may die before you obtain all the LTC Benefit payments to which you would otherwise be entitled.  Remaining LTC Benefit payments that would have otherwise been payable, do not increase the amount paid on your death.
·  
Your ability to withdraw contract value without substantially and irrevocably reducing your LTC Benefits will be limited.  Accordingly, you should not purchase the LTC Rider if you anticipate taking withdrawals or needing more than limited access to your contract value.  In general, if you elect the Growth Benefit option, you will not be able to make any withdrawals without permanently reducing your LTC Benefits. If you do not purchase the Growth Benefit, you will be able to make withdraws of up to 5% of the excess of your contract value over the LTC Guaranteed Amount annually without impacting your LTC Benefits.  That restriction will exist until LTC Benefit payments are complete or the LTC Rider otherwise terminates.
·  
You must wait at least one year before you can take LTC Benefit payments.
·  
If you take LTC Benefit payments before the 5th contract anniversary, your monthly payments will be smaller and it will take you longer to receive the full amount of LTC Benefits than if you begin taking LTC Benefit payments after the 5th contract anniversary.
·  
Even if you would otherwise be able to qualify for LTC Benefits, you may fail to file required forms or documentation and have your benefit denied or revoked.
·  
Your variable subaccount investments will be restricted to certain subaccounts and in certain percentages if you purchase the LTC Rider; the subaccounts are designed for steadier, but potentially more modest, investment performance that you may otherwise receive by investing in subaccounts with more aggressive investment objectives.
·  
If you begin taking LTC Benefit payments, your contract value to the extent of the LTC Guaranteed Amount will be transferred to the LTC Fixed Account, where it will not be insulated from the claims of our general creditors, will be subject to the claims paying ability of Lincoln Life, and will not participate in any market performance.
·  
If you purchase the LTC Rider, you may not purchase any of the living benefit riders that we offer.
·  
The Extension Benefit Charge and Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge percentage rates are not subject to a maximum, and may increase significantly.
·  
LTC Benefit payments may reduce your death benefit by deducting withdrawals in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the contract value.

 
ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE THE LTC RIDER
 
Eligibility Requirements. If you wish to purchase the LTC Rider, you must meet certain eligibility requirements:

·  
The LTC Rider must be purchased at the same time you purchase your contract. The LTC Rider cannot be added to existing contracts.
·  
LTC Benefits are payable to the person insured under the LTC Rider (the “Covered Life”).  The Covered Life must be the contractowner and the annuitant under the contract.  If a grantor trust owns the contract, the Covered Life will be the annuitant.  There can only be one Covered Life.  Thus, if the contract has joint owners, the Covered Life must be the primary owner.
·  
The Covered Life must be at least 45 years of age and not older than 74 years of age on the contract date, unless the Growth Benefit option is elected, in which case the Covered Life may not be older than 69 years of age. We must confirm your eligibility through a verification process that includes a review of prescription medications that you are taking, or have taken in the past 5 years, and your medical history.  Certain medical conditions or the use of certain medications or medical devices will disqualify you from being eligible to purchase the LTC Rider.  Some of the types of medical conditions that will disqualify you from purchasing the rider are Cancer, Parkinson’s Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, Heart Disease, Diabetes, Alzheimer’s/Dementia, Bipolar Disorder, Schizophrenia, AIDS, Pulmonary Disorders, Kidney Disease, Liver Disease,  Lupus, Rheumatoid Arthritis and Myasthenia Gravis as well as medications that are used to treat these conditions. This list is not exhaustive, there are other conditions and medications that are not included. We reserve the right to add or remove medical conditions and prescription drugs at our discretion.
·  
You will be required to sign a waiver of confidentiality form that will allow us to conduct a third-party prescription drug screening at the time we process your application.

Issuance Procedures. We will notify you if we decline to issue the LTC Rider within 2 days of our receipt of your application that is in good order.  We will not issue the LTC Rider if you do not meet the eligibility requirements.  If we decline to issue the LTC Rider, we will still issue the annuity contract.  

Required Signature. If the LTC Rider is issued, you will be required to sign and return one copy of a contract amendment to verify that the medical statements relating to your medical history that you provided upon application for the LTC Rider are true. The signed contract amendment must be returned to us within 45 days of the contract date. Failure to sign and return a signed copy of the contract amendment within 45 days of the contract date will result in an automatic termination of the LTC Rider.  If the LTC Rider is terminated for failure to return the contract amendment, you will not be able to terminate the contract without penalty (because the free look period will have expired).

Limitations on Purchase Payments.  The LTC Benefits will be calculated based upon the dollar amount of purchase payments made into the contract in the first 90 days after the contract date. No purchase payments may be made into the contract after 90 days from the contract date. The minimum purchase payment amount under a contract if you purchase the LTC Rider is $50,000, and the maximum amount of cumulative purchase payments that can be made during that 90-day period is $400,000. There is no guarantee that the LTC Rider or certain options will be available for new purchasers in the future as we reserve the right to discontinue the LTC Rider at any time.

Limitations on Purchasing Other Riders.  You may not purchase any Living Benefit rider otherwise available with your contract while you own the LTC Rider.  The following living benefit riders are not available to you while this LTC Rider is in force: Lincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage, i4LIFE® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit, 4LATER®Advantage, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage, Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage 2.0 or Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage Plus or any other living benefits that we may offer in the future.  SeeLincoln SmartSecurity® Advantage,” “i4LIFE® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit,” “4LATER®Advantage,” “Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage” or “Lincoln Lifetime IncomeSM Advantage Plus” in “The Contracts” section of your prospectus for more information about these riders.  In addition, the EEB death benefit is not available with the LTC Rider.
 
Investment Restrictions.  By purchasing the LTC Rider, you will be limited in how you can invest in the subaccounts and the fixed account. You must allocate all of your purchase payments and contract value at all times in accordance with Investment Requirements – Option 3 and all its provisions.  Under this option, we require at least 30% of your contract value in certain subaccounts that we identify and no more than 70% of your contract value in other specified subaccounts. There may be additional limitations on investing in other subaccounts. These limitations are set forth in  “Investment Requirements – Option 3” in your prospectus.
 
 
ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE LTC BENEFIT PAYMENTS
 
 
PLEASE NOTE:  The process to request LTC Benefits is involved and you should carefully consider that you may need substantial assistance from a family member or other trusted person to claim and obtain LTC Benefits once you are receiving long-term care.  In this regard, our claims-processing department can help you if necessary.  You should plan ahead to ensure that a person you trust has agreed to be responsible for completing the initial process, as well as the ongoing requirements, discussed below.
 
Establishing Initial Eligibility for LTC Benefits
 
You will not be eligible to receive LTC Benefit payments under the LTC Rider until after the first contract year.  (Although we refer to the first contract anniversary throughout this supplement, this provision may vary by state.)  After the first contract anniversary, you may start the process to request and receive LTC Benefits.  You must take the following steps to start receiving LTC Benefit payments:

Step 1:
You must first notify us by phone at 877-534-4636, or send written notice to:  PO Box 21008, Dept. 0514, Greensboro, NC 27420-1008 of your intent to request LTC Benefits. We will process any notifications or requests for LTC Benefits submitted by you, or on your behalf by your legally authorized representative, which may include a court-appointed conservator or an individual acting under a valid power of attorney.  Before starting the eligibility process we will verify that the first contract anniversary has passed.

Step 2:
Once we receive notification of your intent to request LTC Benefits, we will provide you with claims forms which will be used to determine your initial eligibility to receive LTC Benefits.

Step 3:
You must complete and submit the claims forms.  This requires that you have a Licensed Health Care Practitioner certify in a written assessment that you are Chronically Ill and complete a Plan of Care for you, which is a written plan of care that is developed based on your written assessment and specifies the type, frequency and duration of all Long-Term Care Services you will need.

Step 4:
We will determine your eligibility based on the 1) assessment; 2) Plan of Care; and 3) whether you have been or will be receiving Long-Term Care Services covered by the LTC Rider due to you being Chronically Ill.  Once we have determined your eligibility for benefits, we will send you a Request for Benefits form to be completed by you in order to receive LTC Benefits.

Step 5:
You must submit a Request for Benefits form within 90 days after we have determined that you are eligible for LTC Benefits. The Request for Benefits form will be used to pay LTC Benefits for a period of up to three months.

Step 6:
You must satisfy the 90 day deductible period before any LTC Benefits will be paid.  The 90-day deductible period is measured from the date you first receive Long-Term Care Services.  See the Deductible Period paragraph later in this section of the Supplement.

A Licensed Health Care Practitioner is a physician (as defined in Section 1861(r)(1) of the Social Security Act, as amended); a registered professional nurse; a licensed social worker; or another professional individual who meets the requirements prescribed by the United States Secretary of the Treasury.
Written Assessment. In order to determine whether you have been or will be receiving Long-Term Care Services due to being Chronically Ill, we require that a Licensed Health Care Practitioner certify, within the preceding 12 months, in a written assessment that you are Chronically Ill.  You have a Chronic Illness if you require either:  1) substantial assistance with performing at least two of six Activities of Daily Living (“ADLs”) for at least 90 days or; 2) substantial supervision to protect you from threats to health and safety due to severe cognitive impairment
The six Activities of Daily Living are:
1.  
Bathing – the ability to wash oneself by sponge bath, or in either a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.
2.  
Continence – the ability to maintain control of bowel and bladder function, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene (including caring of a catheter or colostomy bag).
3.  
Dressing – the ability to put on or take off all items of clothing and any necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.
4.  
Eating – the ability to feed oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle (such as plate, cup or table) or by a feeding tube or intravenously.
5.  
Toileting – the ability to get to and from the toilet, get on or off the toilet, and perform associated personal hygiene.
6.  
Transferring – the ability to move oneself into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
Severe cognitive impairment is deterioration or loss of intellectual capacity that is:
·  
Comparable to (and includes) Alzheimer’s disease and similar forms of irreversible dementia; and
·  
Is measured and confirmed by clinical evidence and standardized tests that reliably measure impairment in short-term or long-term memory; orientation as to person (such as who they are), place (such as their location), and time (such as day, date and year); and deductive or abstract reasoning, including judgment as it relates to safety awareness.
The written assessment will evaluate your ability to perform ADLs and/or your cognitive condition.  You will be responsible for the cost of obtaining the initial and any subsequent assessments.

Plan of Care. The Licensed Health Care Practitioner must also complete a Plan of Care for you, which is a written plan of care that is developed based on the written assessment that you are Chronically Ill (as described in the preceding section) and specifies the type, frequency and duration of all Long-Term Care Services you will need. Long-Term Care Services are maintenance or personal care services, or any necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, curing, treating, mitigating, and rehabilitative service that is required because you are Chronically Ill and that are provided pursuant to a Plan of Care. The Long-Term Care Services include, but are not limited to, nursing home care, hospice care, adult day care, assisted living services, home health care and rehabilitative services as described in the Long-Term Care Coverage Endorsement. You will be responsible for the cost of obtaining the required Plan of Care.  In order to receive LTC Benefits under the LTC Rider, you must follow the Plan of Care.

Exclusions and Limitations. The following are not Long-Term Care Services under the LTC Rider:

·  
alcohol and drug treatment, unless the drug addiction is a result of medication taken in doses prescribed by a physician
·  
care in a facility operated primarily for the treatment of mental or nervous disorders, other than qualifying stays or care resulting from a clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer’s Disease or similar forms of irreversible dementia
·  
treatment arising out of an attempt (while sane or insane) at suicide or an intentionally self-inflicted injury
·  
treatment in government facilities, such as the healthcare facilities run by the Veterans Administration (unless exclusion of coverage is otherwise prohibited by law)
·  
services for which benefits are available to you under Medicare or other governmental program (other than Medicaid), workers compensation laws, employer liability laws, occupational disease laws or motor vehicle no-fault laws
·  
services or care provided to you outside the United States
·  
all care and support services that are provided by immediate members of your family, whether paid or unpaid

Deductible Period.  You must satisfy the 90 day deductible period before any LTC Benefits will be paid. This means, you must wait 90 days after the date that you start to receive Long-Term Care Services covered under the LTC Rider before we will start paying LTC Benefits.  For example, assume that you enter a nursing home on March 1 of a particular year after the first contract anniversary, due to not being able to perform two of the six ADLs. You notify us of your intent to request LTC Benefits on April 1.  On April 8, you receive the claims forms from us.  On May 1, we receive the completed claims forms, including the written assessment and Plan of Care.  On May 10, we determine that your eligibility to receive LTC Benefits was March 1 and send you a Request for Benefits form.  On May 20, we receive the completed Request for Benefits form.  The deductible period would be 90 days from March 1 and will end as of May 29.  We would start monthly LTC Benefit payments after May 29.

Please Note:  The amount you request in LTC Benefits may be more or less that your actual expenses for Long-Term Care Services.  The LTC Rider is not a reimbursement plan and does not depend on your actual expenses.  However, if you receive amounts in excess of the IRS limit, those amounts may be taxable unless you have actually incurred long-term care expenses of that amount.  See “General Provisions – Federal Taxation.”
Requesting LTC Benefits. We will notify you in writing once we have determined your eligibility for benefits and will send you a Request for Benefits form to be completed by you in order to receive LTC Benefits.  The Request for Benefits form will be used to pay LTC Benefits for a period of up to three months. You will need to provide a new Request for Benefits form to continue to receive LTC Benefits beyond the period requested in the Request for Benefits form. This form will notify us of the dollar amount of LTC Benefit payments that you are requesting, where you would like us to pay them, and from whom you are receiving Long-Term Care Services.  If the Request for Benefits form is not received within 90 days after we have determined that you are eligible for LTC Benefits, you will no longer be deemed eligible to receive LTC Benefits and the eligibility determination process will restart. See the Federal Taxation of this Supplement for a discussion of the limits on the dollar amount of LTC Benefit payments.

Denial of LTC Benefits. We will notify you in writing if we deny any request for LTC Benefits. We will deny a request for LTC Benefits if we determine that you are not eligible to receive LTC Benefits as set forth in the preceding sections or if you have not fulfilled any of the requirements in order for us to determine your eligibility or process your request. You may request a review of our decision. A request for a review of a denial of a request for LTC Benefits must be in writing and must include any information that may support your request or eligibility status. The request for a review of a denial of a request for LTC Benefits must be submitted to us generally within 3 years (although this period may vary by the state the LTC Rider is issued in) after the time the request for LTC Benefits was filed. We will review your request for a review and provide a written decision, generally within 60 days after receiving it (although this period may vary because of a different requirement imposed by the state in which the LTC Rider is issued). There is no further review after we provide you with our written decision. If we determine that a request for LTC Benefits should have been granted we will pay you the LTC Benefits you should have received.
 
Establishing Continued Eligibility for LTC Benefits
 
Once you qualify and begin to receive LTC Benefit payments, you must take certain steps to continue to receive LTC Benefits.  If you fail to take these steps, your LTC Benefits will stop, and you will have to reestablish your eligibility to restart LTC Benefit payments.  You must take the following steps to continue receiving LTC Benefit payments:

Every Three Months:
You must submit a new Request for Benefits form, which must be received by us no earlier than 30 days prior to the end of the current three-month period for which you are receiving LTC Benefits. We will provide you with a new Request for Benefits form prior to the end of the current three-month period. If a new Request for Benefits form is not submitted prior to the end of the current three month period for which you are receiving LTC Benefits, we will automatically pay the LTC Benefit that you are receiving for an additional month.  If you do not want to receive this payment you must contact us either by phone or in writing at the address or phone number provided above. LTC Benefits paid during that month will be equal to the amount of the most recent LTC Benefit payment paid to you.  If we do not receive a Request for Benefits form within 90 days after the three month period for which LTC Benefits were previously requested, you will have to reestablish your eligibility to receive benefits. Request for Benefits form are always available by contacting us at 877-534-4636.

Every Year:
At least once every 12 months after we have established your initial benefit eligibility, a Licensed Health Care Practitioner must (1) complete a new assessment on a form provided by us and again certify that you are Chronically Ill, and that you are expected to remain Chronically Ill for at least 90 days, and (2) either prescribe a new Plan of Care, or reconfirm the existing Plan of Care. We will provide you with a new assessment form prior to the end of the current twelve-month period. The appropriate forms are always available by contacting us at 877-534-4636.

Revocation of Eligibility for LTC Benefits.  We will notify you in writing if we revoke your eligibility for LTC Benefits. You may request a review of our decision. We may revoke your eligibility if we determine that you are no longer eligible to receive LTC Benefits or should not have been found eligible to receive LTC Benefits. We may also revoke your eligibility for failure to follow any of the procedures as discussed above. A revocation of eligibility does not mean that you may be found eligible in the future. A request for a review of a revocation of eligibility must be in writing and must include any information that may support your request or eligibility status. The request for a review of a revocation of eligibility must be submitted to us generally within 3 years (although this period may vary because of a different requirement imposed by the state in which the LTC Rider is issued) after the time the last Request for Benefits form was filed. We will review your request for a review and provide a written decision within 60 days after receiving it. There is no further review after we provide you with our written decision. If we determine that we should not have revoked your eligibility we will pay you the LTC Benefits you should have received.
 
Verification of Continued Eligibility
 
At any time and as often as we reasonably require, we reserve the right to verify that all of the conditions for initial and ongoing eligibility are satisfied. Verification of your continued eligibility may include any or all of the following:

·  
review of medical facts (including, but not limited to, medical files or diagnostic test results) to determine the extent of any Chronic Illness;
·  
a physical examination at our expense by a physician of our choosing to determine that all of the criteria for eligibility are met;
·  
requiring proof that you have received the prescribed care or support services.
 
If the Company is unable to verify that you are receiving Long-Term Care Services as set forth in the Plan of Care or that you are Chronically Ill, the Company will revoke your eligibility to receive LTC Benefits and reject any pending or subsequent request for benefits, and take action pursuant to the overpayment provision described below. Any subsequent determination of benefit eligibility will be treated as the initial determination of eligibility.
 
Overpayment of LTC Benefits
 
If you no longer meet the eligibility criteria or no longer wish to receive LTC Benefit payments, you will need to notify us by contacting us either by phone or in writing at the address or phone number provided above. Failure to notify us that you no longer meet the eligibility criteria may result in an overpayment.  In the event we make an overpayment to you, we will notify you and request repayment. An overpayment could be made under an existing Request for Benefits after a Covered Life is no longer eligible to receive benefits or as a result of an administrative error in processing a request for benefits. If you receive an overpayment, it is your responsibility to return the amount of the overpayment within sixty days of our request. If you do not return the overpayment within 60 days of our request, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from your future LTC Benefits, if any, or otherwise from any withdrawals, cash surrender, or death benefit proceeds.

 
 

 



DETERMINING LTC BENEFITS

General Summary of LTC Benefits

Before delving into a more detailed discussion, we want to provide you with an overview of the basic choices you have relating to the LTC Rider, as well as a brief roadmap of the general concepts that impact your LTC Benefits.

Choices Under the LTC Rider.  The amount of LTC Benefits that you may receive under the LTC Rider is dependent upon several choices that you make.

·  
You will decide how much money to invest in the contract in order to fund the LTC Rider.  The amount of the initial purchase payment and of any subsequent purchase payments made in the first 90 days after the contract date will determine the amount of Acceleration Benefits and Extension Benefits you may receive.

·  
You will also choose whether you would like the opportunity to grow the LTC Benefits by choosing, for a higher charge, the Growth Benefit option.

·  
You will choose whether to purchase for an additional cost the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit option which provides an LTC Benefit if you terminate the LTC Rider under certain circumstances after the 3rd contract anniversary.

·  
Once you are eligible to receive LTC Benefits, you will decide when and in what amounts up to certain limits you would like to receive monthly LTC Benefit payments.  As long as you have met the conditions described in the “Eligibility for LTC Benefits” section of this supplement, you may use the LTC Benefit payments for any purpose and may receive more than your actual expenses for Long-Term Care Services.

Roadmap of Important LTC Concepts. There are certain important features of the LTC Rider you need to understand.  The following section of this supplement summarizes these features.

As described above, there are two primary LTC Benefits:  the Acceleration Benefit and the Extension Benefit.  There is also an additional optional LTC Benefit – the Growth Benefit – that is available for an additional charge.  All LTC Benefits are calculated based on the LTC Guaranteed Amount.  The LTC Guaranteed amount is also important as it affects the charges you pay for the LTC Rider.  See “LTC Charges” for additional information.  The LTC Guaranteed Amount is equal to the Acceleration Benefit plus the Growth Benefit, if elected.  However, you should understand that the LTC Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a death benefit.  See the discussion following this chart for a more detailed discussion of each LTC Benefit.

Acceleration Benefit
 
· First payments made under the LTC Rider
· Deducted from your contract value
· Equals your initial purchase payment and any subsequent purchase payments made in the first 90 days
· Paid monthly up to a monthly maximum amount (referred to as Maximum Monthly Level Benefit which is described  in the Determining LTC Benefits- Maximum Monthly Level Benefit section)
· Payments reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount and Acceleration Benefit
· If the contract value is reduced to zero, benefits are paid by us from our general account
· Not affected by investment results
· No surrender charges, although LTC Benefit payments will be applied against the contract’s free withdrawal provision reducing the amount you may otherwise withdraw without a surrender charge.
 
ò

Extension Benefit
 
· Second payments made under the LTC Rider once Acceleration Benefit is reduced to zero
· Paid by us from our general account
· Equals double the Acceleration Benefit as of the 90th day after the contract date
· Paid monthly up to a monthly maximum amount (referred to as Maximum Monthly Level Benefit which is described  in the Determining LTC Benefits- Maximum Monthly Level Benefit section)
· Payments reduce the Extension Benefit
· Not affected by investment results
 
ò
Growth Benefit
 
· May be purchased for an additional cost
· Increases the LTC Guaranteed Amount annually by the amount of investment gain, if any, in the subaccounts and any fixed account
· Payments made in addition to Acceleration Benefit and Extension Benefit payments
· Deducted from your contract value
· Paid monthly up to a monthly maximum amount that is different from the monthly maximum amounts applicable to the Acceleration Benefit and Extension Benefit and that may increase but will never decrease based upon investment performance
· Payments reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount and Growth Benefit
· If the contract value is reduced to zero, paid by us from our general account
· Each annual step-up is not affected by subsequent investment results
· No surrender charges, although LTC Benefit payments will be applied against the contract’s free withdrawal provision reducing the amount you may otherwise withdraw without a surrender charge
 
ò
Withdrawals
· Permitted any time in addition to LTC Benefit payments
· Will not decrease LTC Benefits (but will reduce contract value) to the extent annual withdrawals are less than or equal to 5% of the excess amount, if any, of the contract value over the LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the immediately preceding contract anniversary
· The amount of any withdrawal that exceeds 5% of the excess amount of the contract value over the LTC Guaranteed Amount will be an Excess Withdrawal (i.e., if the LTC Guaranteed Amount is greater than or equal to the contract value on any contract anniversary, any withdrawal will be an Excess Withdrawal)
· If the Growth Benefit has been elected, ANY withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal
· Excess Withdrawals result in proportional reductions to all LTC Benefits by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value
· Thus, if you purchase the Growth Benefit option, any withdrawal will be an Excess Withdrawal (unless you are age 76 or the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit of $800,000 has been reached, and your contract value on the immediately preceding contract anniversary exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount)
 

Now that we have discussed the general important features that impact your LTC Benefits, we can engage in a more detailed discussion of how exactly these LTC Benefits are calculated.
 
Acceleration Benefit Payments
 
Excess Withdrawals will reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount and Acceleration Benefit by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value.
Acceleration Benefit = the initial purchase payment, plus each subsequent purchase payment made within the first 90 days after the contract date, less Excess Withdrawals (adjusted as described in this supplement), less Acceleration Benefit payments.  If you have not elected the Growth Benefit, the LTC Guaranteed Amount equals the Acceleration Benefit.

Acceleration Benefit Duration = the period of time over which Acceleration Benefits are paid.  If you have not received LTC Benefits prior to the 5th contract anniversary, the minimum Acceleration Benefit Duration will be 24 months (i.e., 2 years).
Once you become eligible to receive LTC Benefits and we make a determination of your eligibility, we will move your contract value to the extent of the LTC Guaranteed Amount to our LTC Fixed Account.  Amounts allocated to the LTC Fixed Account will no longer have the ability to participate in market performance.  See “LTC Fixed Account” for more information.  We then pay you the Acceleration Benefit as monthly Acceleration Benefit payments during the Acceleration Benefit Duration.  Each payment will be the amount you request up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. See “Determining LTC Benefits – Maximum Monthly Level Benefit” below for a detailed description.  The Acceleration Benefit is first paid from the contract value.  Surrender charges are waived for all Acceleration Benefit payments.  However, Acceleration Benefit payments will be applied against the contract’s free withdrawal provision, which may impact whether surrender charges are applied to other withdrawals.

We promise that if your contract value is reduced to zero due to investment losses and there is a remaining amount of Acceleration Benefit, the remaining Acceleration Benefit payments will be paid from our assets and investments we hold in our general account, subject to the conditions discussed in this supplement.  Because we transfer contract value equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount (or all contract value, if less) to the LTC Fixed Account (which is part of our general account) once you begin receiving payments, all Acceleration Benefit payments are subject to the claims of our general creditors and the claims paying ability of Lincoln Life.  The Acceleration Benefit is not available as a lump sum withdrawal or as a death benefit.

Acceleration Benefit payments reduce the Acceleration Benefit, LTC Guaranteed Amount and contract value.  Excess Withdrawals will reduce the Acceleration Benefit and LTC Guaranteed Amount by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces your contract value.  See “Withdrawals” in this supplement for more information on Excess Withdrawals.

Once the Acceleration Benefit is reduced to zero, the Extension Benefit Duration will begin.  In the last month that you receive an Acceleration Benefit payment, if the remaining amount of Acceleration Benefit is less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount, the payment that you receive will include the remaining Acceleration Benefit plus an amount of Extension Benefit to make the payment equal to the amount you have requested. The following month the LTC Benefit will be paid from the Extension Benefit.
 
Extension Benefit Payments
 
Excess Withdrawals will reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount and Extension Benefit by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value.
Extension Benefit = twice the initial Acceleration Benefit (purchase payments within the first 90 days after the contract date), less Excess Withdrawals (adjusted as described in this supplement), less Extension Benefit payments.

Extension Benefit Duration = the period of time over which Extension Benefits are paid.  The Extension Benefit Duration is initially twice the length of the Acceleration Benefit Duration. If you have not received LTC Benefits prior to the 5th contract anniversary, the minimum Extension Benefit Duration will be 48 months (i.e., 4 years).
Once the Acceleration Benefit is reduced to zero and you are still requesting and otherwise eligible to receive LTC Benefit payments, we will start to pay you the Extension Benefit as monthly Extension Benefit payments. Extension Benefit payments are paid up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. See “Determining LTC Benefits – Maximum Monthly Level Benefit” below for more details.  The Extension Benefit is an obligation of Lincoln Life subject to the claims-paying ability of Lincoln Life and is supported by the general account, not by your contract value.  We promise to pay the Extension Benefit during the Extension Benefit Duration subject to the conditions discussed in this supplement.  The Extension Benefit is not available as a lump sum withdrawal or as a death benefit.

 
Example:   The following example shows the calculation of the LTC Guaranteed Amount, the Acceleration Benefit and the Extension Benefit as of the contract date, and the recalculation of those amounts after a subsequent purchase payment is made prior to the 90th day after the contract date.
 
Initial purchase payment January 1, 2011 (contract date equals January 1, 2011):$100,000
Contract value January 1, 2011:$100,000
LTC Guaranteed Amount January 1, 2011 (equals initial purchase payment):$100,000
Acceleration Benefit January 1, 2011 (equals LTC Guaranteed Amount):$100,000
Extension Benefit January 1, 2011 (2 x $100,000 Acceleration Benefit):$200,000
Contract value February 1, 2011 prior to subsequent purchase payment:$110,000
Subsequent purchase payment received February 1, 2011:$100,000
LTC Guaranteed Amount after subsequent purchase payment
($100,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount + $100,000 subsequent purchase
payment made within 90 days of contract date):$200,000
Acceleration Benefit after subsequent purchase payment:$200,000
Extension Benefit after subsequent purchase payment
(2 x $200,000 Acceleration Benefit):$400,000
Contract value after additional purchase payment:$210,000
 
 
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit
 
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit = the remaining Acceleration Benefit divided by the number of months of remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration.  For example, if the Acceleration Benefit is $200,000 and the Acceleration Benefit Duration as of the 5th contract anniversary was 24 months, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit would be $8,333.33 ($200,000/24).
The Maximum Monthly Level Benefit is the monthly limit for Acceleration and Extension Benefits that may be paid to you under the LTC Rider.  The Maximum Monthly Level Benefit is calculated on the contract date and each contract anniversary up to, and including, the 5th contract anniversary.  Because the maximum monthly amount is based upon the number of months over which the Acceleration Benefits are paid, the maximum monthly amount is lowest on the first contract anniversary and is recalculated and increases every year you wait to request LTC Benefits up to 5th contract anniversary.  If you receive LTC Benefit payments prior to the 5th contract anniversary, the maximum monthly amount will be lower than if you wait until after five years after the contract date. We promise that the total amount of LTC Benefits available will be the same, but will be paid out over a longer time period (as long as you are alive) and at a lower monthly maximum amount.

Excess Withdrawals will reduce the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount by the same percentage the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value. See “Withdrawals” in this supplement. All other withdrawals and LTC Benefit payments will not change the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. The Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount does not include Growth Benefits.

IMPORTANT NOTE:
We designed the LTC Rider to function most optimally if you do not start receiving LTC Benefits until on or after the 5th contract anniversary.  After the 5th contract anniversary, you can maximize your monthly LTC Benefit payments and receive those payments over the shortest period of time (giving you access to the money we pay from our general account during the Extension Benefit period earlier relative to when you begin taking LTC Benefit payments and over a shorter period of time).  This discussion assumes that you do not begin taking LTC Benefit payments until after the 5th contract anniversary.  However, because we wanted to provide you with the flexibility to begin taking LTC Benefit payments prior to the 5th contract anniversary if the need arises, we will highlight the impact of taking LTC Benefit payments earlier in a later section.  See “Determining LTC Benefits – Electing to Receive LTC Benefits Before the 5th Contract Anniversary.”


Whether you can request all of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit (after the required waiting period and fulfilling all other applicable requirements to receive LTC Benefits) will depend on whether you are residing in a “nursing home” or are receiving “hospice care” (which may be received in your home or in a hospice care facility).  Both of these terms are defined in the Long-Term Care Coverage Endorsement form; the actual definitions may vary because of requirements imposed by the particular state in which the LTC Benefit was issued.  The following chart shows the amount you may request in LTC Benefits.

Type of Long-Term Care Services
 
Amount of Monthly Benefit You Can Request
If you are residing in a nursing home  or are receiving hospice care:
 
You may request an amount up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. Contractowners with contracts issued in certain states may also request up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount if they are in an assisted living facility.
If you are eligible and qualify for other qualified Long-Term Care Services (such as but not limited to home health care, adult day care, assisted living services*), but are not residing in a nursing home or receiving hospice care:
 
You may request only up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount.*  If upon commencement of a month you qualify to receive up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount and during that month you enter a nursing home or start to receive hospice care, you will qualify to receive up to 100% of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount the following month.
*Contractowners whose contracts were issued in the following states may only request up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount for assisted living services: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.

The Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount will not change after the 5th contract anniversary unless you make an Excess Withdrawal (as described below).  If, after the 5th contract anniversary, you receive less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount in any given month, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount will not be increased, but the minimum Acceleration Benefit Duration or minimum Extension Benefit Duration will be increased and will equal the remaining Acceleration Benefit or Extension Benefit divided by the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount.

 
Example:  The following is an example of how taking less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit impacts future Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amounts and extends the Acceleration Benefit Duration and Extension Benefit Duration.  This example also illustrates how the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit does not change after the 5th contract year.  Assume LTC Benefit payments begin after the 5th contract anniversary and the owner receives 50% of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit each month.
 
On 5th contract anniversary:
Acceleration Benefit:                                                                                                                     $100,000
Acceleration Benefit Duration:24 months
Extension Benefit:                                                                                                                     $200,000
Extension Benefit Duration:48 months
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit: ($100,000/24)$4,166.67
Monthly LTC Benefit payment (50% of $4,166.67)$2,083.33
 
On the 6th contract anniversary:
Remaining Acceleration Benefit:
($100,000 – LTC Benefit payments of $25,000 ($2,083.33 x 12))$75,000
Remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration
(assuming the contract owner continues to receive 50% of the
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit): ($75,000 / $2,083.33) 36 months
Remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration
(if the contract owner begins receiving 100% of the Maximum
Monthly Level Benefit): ($75,000 / $4,166.67)18 months
Remaining Extension Benefit:$200,000
Remaining Extension Benefit Duration
(assuming the contract owner continues to receive 50% of the
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit each year):  ($200,000 / $2,083.33)96 months
Remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration
(if the contract owner begins receiving 100% of the Maximum
Monthly Level Benefit): ($200,000 / $4,166.67)48 months

Special Considerations When Determining the Amount of Benefits to Request: Keep in mind that you may use the LTC Benefit payments for any purpose and may request more than your actual expenses for Long-Term Care Services (subject to the maximums discussed above).  When determining the amount of the LTC Benefit to request, however, there are a number of factors you may want to take into account.

During the Acceleration Benefit Duration, for example, you may want to consider the actual cost of your care and the expected length of your care, the chance that you may not live long enough to receive all the LTC Benefit payments, and the need for death benefit and/or annuity features under your contract.  During the Acceleration Benefit Duration, taking less than the maximum amount of the Acceleration Benefit to which you are entitled will extend the Acceleration Benefit Duration (and thus will extend the beginning of the Extension Benefit Duration, when LTC Benefits are being paid out of our assets).  (As discussed below, not taking Growth Benefit payments will not extend the Acceleration Benefit Duration.)  If the cost of any qualified Long-Term Care Services that you are receiving is less than the maximum you can request and you anticipate needing money for Long-Term Care Services for a longer period of time than the LTC Benefit Duration, then you may want to consider taking less than the maximum amount.  Taking less than the maximum has the advantage of extending your benefits over a longer time period and/or allowing you to retain your death benefit and annuity options (which are reduced by withdrawals including LTC Benefit payments and thus will not be reduced as quickly), but has the disadvantage of there being a greater chance that you may not live long enough to receive all or as many LTC Benefit payments.
 
 
Once you are in the Extension Benefit Duration, when LTC Benefits are being paid out of our assets, it is almost universally better to take your maximum permitted amount each month, in case of death prior to all LTC Benefit payments being made.

In all cases, you should also consider the limits imposed under IRS rules.  See “General Provisions – Federal Taxation” section below.
 
Growth Benefit Option
 
At the time you purchase the Rider, you will choose whether to add the Growth Benefit option. The Growth Benefit option may not be added after the LTC Rider is issued.  The Growth Benefit option may provide an additional amount of LTC Benefit from investment gains in the subaccounts and fixed account. The Growth Benefit is paid as monthly Growth Benefit payments up to the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount.

Growth Benefit payments may be paid in addition to Acceleration Benefit payments and Extension Benefit payments and are paid during both the Acceleration Benefit Duration and the Extension Benefit Duration. Thus, while your initial purchase payment (and any subsequent purchase payment made during the first 90 days up to the applicable maximum limit) is returned to you over the Acceleration Benefit Duration, your Growth Benefit is spread over both the Acceleration Benefit Duration and the Extension Benefit Duration.  After the Extension Benefit is reduced to zero and if there is any remaining LTC Guaranteed Amount, you may continue to receive Growth Benefits, if otherwise eligible, until the LTC Guaranteed Amount is reduced to zero.  At such point, Growth Benefit payments will no longer be subject to the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit limit (i.e., you can request a lump sum of any remaining LTC Guaranteed Amount).

Surrender charges are waived for all Growth Benefit payments.  However, Growth Benefit payments will be applied against the contract’s free withdrawal provision, which may impact whether surrender charges are applied to other withdrawals.

Excess Withdrawals will reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount and Growth Benefit by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value.
Automatic Step-Ups = On each contract anniversary, the LTC Guaranteed Amount will automatically step up to the contract value as of the contract anniversary if:
·  
The Covered Life is still living and under age 76;
·  
The contract value on that contract anniversary is greater than the LTC Guaranteed Amount; and
·  
The maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit has never been reached.
On each contract anniversary until you reach age 76, the LTC Guaranteed Amount may increase to an amount equal to the contract value, if higher, due to Automatic Step-ups, up to the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit of $800,000 (referred to as the Automatic Step-up).  The Growth Benefit is equal to the difference between the LTC Guaranteed Amount and the Acceleration Benefit, if any. On the contract date, the Growth Benefit is zero. The Growth Benefit will be calculated on each contract anniversary or at the time of an Excess Withdrawal.

Once you begin receiving LTC Benefit payments, we transfer contract value to the LTC Fixed Account (which is part of our general account) equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount (or the contract value, if less).  Each contract anniversary thereafter, we transfer to the LTC Fixed Account the amount by which the LTC Guaranteed Amount “stepped up” that year.  See “LTC Fixed Account” in this supplement for additional information. Because your contract value will be earning fixed interest in the LTC Fixed Account and will no longer be participating in any investment performance in the separate account, there is very little likelihood that the Automatic Step-ups will continue to increase the LTC Guaranteed Amount while you are receiving LTC Benefits even though you will still be paying an increased Acceleration Benefit Charge for the Growth Benefit. Thus if you purchase the Growth Benefit, you should allow sufficient time before you anticipate needing LTC Benefits to allow the Automatic Step-ups to increase the LTC Guaranteed Amount and should not purchase it if you anticipate needing LTC Benefit within a short time-frame.

You will pay a higher LTC Charge for the Growth Benefit option than for the Level Benefit option.  In addition, when deciding whether to purchase the Growth Benefit option, you should consider that under the Growth Benefit option, any withdrawal will be an Excess Withdrawal.  However, if the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit of $800,000 has been reached or you are age 76 or older, and your contract value exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount on a contract anniversary, you may withdraw an amount up to the Conforming Withdrawal amount.  See “Withdrawals” in this supplement for an example of how an Excess Withdrawal reduces the LTC Guaranteed Amount.

Once the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit has been reached or you are age 76 or older, you will not receive any further Automatic Step-ups of the LTC Guaranteed Amount (even if it later declines due to Excess Withdrawals or LTC Benefit payments).  Contract value in excess of the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount will not provide any additional Growth Benefit.

 
Example:   Following is an example of how the Automatic Step-ups will work through the first three contract anniversaries (assuming no withdrawals).
 
Total purchase payments added to the contract as of 90th day after the contract date: $200,000
LTC Guaranteed Amount as of 90th day after the contract  date equals total purchase
payments made into the contract:                                                                                                           $200,000
Acceleration Benefit as of 90th day after the contract date: $200,000
Total contract value on 1st contract anniversary reflecting investment gain: $225,000
New LTC Guaranteed Amount on 1st contract anniversary: $225,000
LTC Guaranteed Amount steps up since $225,000 is greater than
LTC Guaranteed Amount of $200,000:                                                                                                           $225,000
Growth Benefit on 1st contract anniversary
($225,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount - $200,000 Acceleration Benefit):$ 25,000
Total contract value on 2nd contract anniversary reflecting investment loss
from previous contract anniversary
($225,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount does not change as the contract value
of $218,000 is less; $25,000 Growth Benefit does not change):$218,000
Total contract value on 3rd contract anniversary reflecting investment gain from
previous contract anniversary:                                                                                                           $240,000
New LTC Guaranteed Amount
(LTC Guaranteed Amount steps up as $240,000 is greater than
LTC Guaranteed Amount of $225,000):                                                                                                         $240,000
Growth Benefit on 3rd contract anniversary
($240,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount - $200,000 Acceleration Benefit):$  40,000
 

You may choose to irrevocably terminate the Automatic Step-ups if you believe that you have sufficient LTC Benefits to cover your needs and do not want or need to further increase the LTC Benefits. You may terminate Automatic Step-ups after the 5th contract anniversary by notifying us in writing at least 30 days prior to the next contract anniversary.  By choosing to terminate the Automatic Step-ups, the LTC Guaranteed Amount will no longer step up to the contract value, if higher.  You will still pay the higher Acceleration Benefit Charge associated with the Growth Benefit if you terminate automatic step-ups.  However, the charge will not increase as the LTC Guaranteed Amount (which the charge is based on) will no longer increase because of step-ups to the contract value. See “LTC Charge” in this supplement.

Growth Benefit payments reduce the Growth Benefit, the LTC Guaranteed Amount, and the contract value by the dollar amount of the payment. Excess Withdrawals reduce the Growth Benefit by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal amount reduces the contract value. This means that the reduction in the Growth Benefit could be more than the dollar amount withdrawn.  Because we transfer contract value equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount (or all contract value, if less) to the LTC Fixed Account once you begin receiving payments and each contract anniversary thereafter, all Growth Benefit payments are subject to claims of our general creditors and to the claims paying ability of Lincoln Life.
 
Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit
 
The Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount = [i ÷ ((ii + iii) ÷ iv)] where:
(i)  
equals the Growth Benefit on the contract anniversary;
(ii)  
equals any remaining Acceleration Benefit on the contract anniversary;
(iii)  
equals any remaining Extension Benefit on the contract anniversary; and
(iv)  
equals the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount on the contract anniversary.
The Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount is the maximum amount of Growth Benefit that may be paid in any calendar month. The Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount is recalculated each contract anniversary and upon an Excess Withdrawal. The calculation of the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount is based on payment of the Growth Benefit over both the Acceleration and Extension Benefit Durations.

Under the formula, we determine how many months of Acceleration and Extension Benefit payments are remaining by dividing the total remaining Acceleration and Extension Benefits by the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. Then the Growth Benefit is divided over this same number of months.

Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount = the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount plus the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount
When you make a request for benefits, you may request an amount up to the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount.  You will receive a single monthly LTC Benefit payment that will include the Growth Benefit payment, in addition to either the Acceleration Benefit payment or Extension Benefit payment.  We deduct your request first from the Acceleration Benefit (during the Acceleration Benefit Duration) or Extension Benefit (during the Extension Benefit Duration) up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit (which is the maximum amount you could request if you did not have the Growth Benefit option).  Any amount requested above that amount will be deducted from the Growth Benefit up to the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount. Thus, no Growth Benefit payments will be made unless you are requesting more than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount available to you for that month.  However, any unused Growth Benefit Payments can be used once the Maximum Growth Benefit Monthly payment is recalculated.

Whether you can request all of the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit will depend on whether you are residing in a nursing home or receiving hospice care:

Type of Long-Term Care Services
 
Amount of Monthly Benefit You Can Request
If you are residing in a nursing home or are receiving hospice care:
 
You may request an amount up to the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount. Contractowners with contracts issued in certain states may also request up to the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount if they are in an assisted living facility.
If you are eligible and qualify for other qualified Long-Term Care Services (such as but not limited to home health care, adult day care, assisted living services*), but are not residing in a nursing home or receiving hospice care:
 
You may request only up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount.*  If upon commencement of a month you qualify to receive up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount and during that month you enter a nursing home or start to receive hospice care, you will qualify to receive up to 100% of the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount the following month.
*Contractowners whose contracts were issued in the following states may only request up to 50% of the Maximum Monthly Benefit amount for assisted living services: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.
Example:   The following is an example of how the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount, Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount and the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit are calculated on the 5th contract anniversary with growth of the contract value from investment gains of $20,000 and assuming $100,000 purchase payments were made prior to 90th day after the contract date.
 
Acceleration Benefit on 5th contract anniversary: $100,000
Extension Benefit on 5th contract anniversary: $200,000
Contract value on 5th contract anniversary: $120,000
LTC Guaranteed Amount on 5th contract anniversary steps-up to
contract value of $120,000:$120,000
Growth Benefit
($120,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount - $100,000 Acceleration Benefit):$  20,000
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit
($100,000 ÷ 24 months of Acceleration Benefit Duration left):$ 4,166.67
Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit
[($20,000 Growth Benefit ÷ (($100,000 Acceleration Benefit + $200,000 Extension Benefit) ÷$4,166.67 Maximum Monthly Level Benefit)]:$    277.28
Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit ($4,16.67 + 277.78):$ 4,444.45
 

Special Considerations When Determining the Amount of Benefits to Request: If you receive less than the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount, the unused Growth Benefit for that month will not be available for the remainder of that contract year.  On the next contract anniversary, the remaining Growth Benefit for the prior year will carry over and the Growth Benefit and the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount will be recalculated, and will increase, as stated above.  Taking less than the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit amount will not extend the Acceleration Benefit Duration or Extension Benefit Duration.  This calculation is intended to permit you to take your remaining Growth Benefit over the same period you will receive your remaining Acceleration Benefit plus your Extension Benefit.  Any Growth Benefit remaining at the end of the Extension Benefit Duration will continue to be available to you as LTC Benefit payments until exhausted, and will not be subject to a monthly maximum limit.

Example:   Continuing the prior example if, during the first six months of the contract year, you requested that you be paid the entire Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit each month and then for the other six months you requested no Growth Benefit, there will be unused Growth Benefit for that contract year of $1,663.68 ($277.28 Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit x 6 months).  On the next contract anniversary, the Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit will increase because there was unused Growth Benefit during the current contract year.
 
Electing to Receive LTC Benefits Before the 5th Contract Anniversary
 
As we previously mentioned, we designed the LTC Rider to function most optimally if you do not start receiving LTC Benefits until on or after the 5th contract anniversary.  The LTC Rider is designed to provide the highest amount of monthly LTC Benefits if you wait until after the 5th contract anniversary to receive LTC Benefit payments, though no matter when you start to receive LTC Benefit payments, we promise to pay you the same overall amount of LTC Benefits.  The preceding discussion assumed that you do not begin taking LTC Benefit payments before the 5th contract anniversary.  However, you have the flexibility to begin taking LTC Benefit payments prior to the 5th contract anniversary if the need arises.  This section highlights the impact of taking LTC Benefit payments earlier.

When you purchase the LTC Rider, the LTC Benefit Duration is equal to 252 months and is comprised of 84 months (i.e., 7 years) of Acceleration Benefit Duration plus 168 months (i.e., 14 years) of Extension Benefit Duration.  If you have not received LTC Benefits, on each contract anniversary up to the 5th contract anniversary, we will recalculate the LTC Benefit Duration by subtracting 12 months from the Acceleration Benefit Duration and 24 months from the Extension Benefit Duration. This is important because the Acceleration Benefits and the Extension Benefits are paid monthly up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount and the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount is calculated based on the number of months remaining in the Acceleration Benefit Duration or Extension Benefit Duration.

The following chart illustrates how the LTC Benefit Durations decrease each year that you wait to receive LTC Benefit payments up to the 5th contract anniversary.  You should refer to this chart and carefully consider the information contained in the chart in order to determine the minimum Acceleration Benefit Duration and the minimum Extension Benefit Duration based on the contract year you start to submit requests for LTC Benefits.

LTC Benefit Duration Chart
Contract Year of First Request for Maximum Level Benefit amounts
Acceleration Benefit Duration
Extension Benefit Duration
Total LTC Benefit Duration
  1*
84 months
168 months
252 months
2
72 months
144 months
216 months
3
60 months
120 months
180 months
4
48 months
96 months
144 months
5
36 months
72 months
108 months
  6+
24 months
48 months
72 months

* You may not receive LTC Benefit payments prior to the first contract anniversary and satisfaction of the 90-day Deductible Period.

When a benefit payment less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount is made prior to the 5th contract anniversary, we will recalculate your Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount and it will increase, but we will not extend the Acceleration Benefit Duration.  Accordingly, if you receive less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount in any contract year prior to the 5th contract anniversary, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit will be recalculated on the contract anniversary and will increase.  In addition, the minimum Extension Benefit Duration will be recalculated on the contract anniversary and will decrease due to the higher Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. The Extension Benefit Duration will be recalculated to equal the Extension Benefit divided by the recalculated Maximum Monthly Level Benefit.

Example:  The following chart provides an example of how the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit (annualized) increases each year that you wait to start receiving Acceleration Benefit payments up to the 5th contract anniversary. This chart illustrates a purchase payment of $100,000, resulting in an Acceleration Benefit of $100,000 as of the contract year when you start to receive Acceleration Benefit payments. The example also assumes you have chosen the Level Benefit option and that the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount is taken each contract year starting at the beginning of the contract year and that no withdrawals have been made other than the illustrated LTC Benefit amounts.





Maximum Monthly Level Benefit (annualized)
based on when Acceleration Benefit payments begin
LTC Benefit Duration
Contract Year
Acceleration Benefit payments Begin in Year 2
Acceleration Benefit payments Begin in
Year 3
Acceleration Benefit payments Begin in
Year 4
Acceleration Benefit payments Begin in
Year 5
Acceleration Benefit payments Begin in
Year 6
Acceleration
  1*
         
Benefit
2
$16,667
       
 
3
$16,667
$20,000
     
 
4
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
   
 
5
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
 
 
6
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
$50,000
 
7
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
$50,000
 Extension
8
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
$50,000
 Benefits
9
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
$50,000
 
10
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
$50,000
 
11
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
 $50,000
 
12
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
 
 
13
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
$33,333
 
 
14
$16,667
$20,000
$25,000
   
 
15
$16,667
$20,000
 $25,000
   
 
16
$16,667
$20,000
     
 
17
$16,667
$20,000
     
 
18
$16,667
       
 
19
$16,667
       

* You may not receive LTC Benefit payments prior to the first contract anniversary and satisfaction of the 90-day Deductible Period.  For illustrative purposes, this chart does not include satisfaction of the Deductible Period.


Example:  Continuing the example illustrated by the chart, if you started to receive Acceleration Benefit payments during the 3rd contract year, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit would be calculated as follows:
 
LTC Guaranteed Amount as of 2nd contract anniversary: $100,000
Acceleration Benefit (equals LTC Guaranteed Amount):$100,000
Extension Benefit (2 x Acceleration Benefit):$200,000
Remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration (from LTC Benefit Duration chart)60 months
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit
($100,000 Acceleration Benefit ÷ 60 months):                                                                                                                     $1,667.67 or $20,000 per year
Remaining Extension Benefit Duration (from LTC Benefit Duration)120 months
 
By electing to start receiving Acceleration Benefit payments in the 3rd contract year, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit (annualized) would be $20,000. If the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit were requested and paid out each month, the Acceleration Benefit Duration would be 60 months (5 years) followed by an Extension Benefit Duration of 120 months (10 years).  The total available Acceleration and Extension Benefits would still be $300,000 ($100,000 Acceleration Benefit plus $200,000 Extension Benefit). If you waited to start receiving the Acceleration Benefit payments on or after the 5th contract anniversary, the annual benefit would have been $50,000 paid out over the minimum Acceleration and Extension Benefit Durations of 24 and 48 months respectively.
 
If you are receiving the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit each month, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit will not change the following contract year.  If you receive less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount in any contract year prior to the 5th contract anniversary, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit will be recalculated on the contract anniversary and will increase. In addition, the minimum Extension Benefit Duration will be recalculated on the contract anniversary and will decrease due to the higher Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. The Extension Benefit Duration will be recalculated to equal the Extension Benefit divided by the recalculated Maximum Monthly Level Benefit.
 

Example:  Continuing the previous example, the following is an example of how the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount and the minimum Extension Benefit Duration are recalculated on the 3rd contract anniversary where less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount has been requested. The example assumes the Level Benefit option has been chosen. The $100,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the 2nd contract anniversary has been reduced by Acceleration Benefit payments of only $10,000 (paid in the third contract year) of the available annual amount of $20,000.
 
LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the 3rd contract anniversary
($100,000 - $10,000 LTC Benefit payment in prior contract year):$90,000
Acceleration Benefit (equals the LTC Guaranteed Amount):$90,000
Extension Benefit (has not been reduced as no Extension Benefits have been paid):$200,000
Minimum Acceleration Benefit Duration (from LTC Benefit Duration chart)48 months
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit
($90,000 Acceleration Benefit ÷ 48 months):                                                                                                                                $1,875.00 or $22,500 per year
Minimum Extension Benefit Duration
($200,000 Extension Benefit ÷ $1,875 Maximum Monthly Level Benefit):107 months
 
The remaining Acceleration Benefit Duration after the 3rd contract anniversary is 48 months. The new Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount increases to $22,500 (annualized) and the Extension Benefit Duration decreases to 107 months due to receiving less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount. Only one-half of the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount ($937.50) will be available to you if you are not confined to a nursing home or are not receiving hospice care.
 
On the 5th contract anniversary, we will recalculate the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount for the last time and it will not change thereafter unless you make an Excess Withdrawal.  If after the 5th contract anniversary, you receive less than the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount in any given month, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount will not be increased; but the minimum Acceleration Benefit Duration or minimum Extension Benefit Duration will be increased and will equal the remaining Acceleration Benefit or Extension Benefit divided by the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount.
 
 
WITHDRAWALS
 
You may be able to make withdrawals pursuant to the withdrawal provision of your contract without a reduction to the LTC Benefits if the LTC Guaranteed Amount is less than the contract value.  Under the LTC Rider, withdrawals are either Conforming Withdrawals or Excess Withdrawals. Conforming Withdrawals will not have any effect on the LTC Benefits and will reduce the contract value by the amount of the withdrawal.  Excess Withdrawals reduce the LTC Benefits by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduced the contract value.  Excess Withdrawals reduce the contract value by the amount of the withdrawal. The tax consequences of withdrawals are discussed in the “Federal Tax Matters” section of your prospectus.

All withdrawals you make, whether or not within the Conforming Withdrawal amount, will continue to be subject to any other terms and conditions contained in your contract, including surrender charges, unless one of the waiver of surrender charge provisions set forth in your prospectus is applicable.  See “The Contracts – Surrenders and Withdrawals” and “Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge” in your prospectus.  All withdrawals, whether Conforming or Excess, will be applied against the contract’s free withdrawal provision.  See “General Provisions – Contract Free Withdrawal Provision” in this supplement for additional information.
 
Conforming Withdrawal = any withdrawal that does not exceed during a contract year the greater of $0 and (a) minus (b) where:
(a)
equals 5% of the difference of the contract value over the LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the most recent contract anniversary (or, prior to the first contract anniversary, the contract date); and
(b)
equals all prior withdrawals in that contract year.
 
Conforming Withdrawals
 
If available, you may make periodic withdrawals from your contract value in amounts less than or equal to the Conforming Withdrawal amount each contract year without reducing the LTC Benefits.  Conforming Withdrawals may be withdrawn in addition to receiving LTC Benefit payments and are subject to surrender charges, if any.  Conforming Withdrawals will not reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount, the Acceleration Benefit, Extension Benefit, and if elected, the Growth Benefit.  If the LTC Guaranteed Amount is equal to or greater than your contract value on a contract anniversary, any withdrawal in that contract year will not be a Conforming Withdrawal.  Moreover, if you elect the Growth Benefit option, any withdrawal will be deemed an Excess Withdrawal unless you are age 76 or older or the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount limit of $800,000 has been reached and your contract value exceeds the maximum LTC Guaranteed Amount on a contract anniversary, in which case you may withdraw an amount up to the Conforming Withdrawal amount for that contract year.
 
Excess Withdrawals
 
More specifically, Excess Withdrawals reduce various benefits in accordance with the following formula:
·  
Multiply the benefit being affected (i.e., the Acceleration Benefit) before the Excess Withdrawal by (1 - the Reduction Percentage due to Excess Withdrawal).
·  
The Reduction Percentage due to Excess Withdrawal = Excess Withdrawal ÷ contract value before the Excess Withdrawal.
Importantly, this means that the reduction could be more than the dollar amount withdrawn.
Excess Withdrawals are the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the contract year that exceeds the Conforming Withdrawal amount. Only that portion of the current withdrawal amount that exceeds the Conforming Withdrawal amount will b deemed to be an Excess Withdrawal.. Any Excess Withdrawal that reduces the contract value to zero will terminate the LTC Rider and the only LTC Benefit that you may receive will be the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected.

Excess Withdrawals will reduce the LTC Guaranteed Amount, Acceleration Benefit, Extension Benefit, Maximum Monthly Level Benefit and any Growth Benefit and Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit by the same percentage that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value. This means that the reductions in these amounts could be more than the dollar amount withdrawn.  In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may substantially reduce or eliminate the LTC Benefits, the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit, and if elected, Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit.

Example:  The following example shows how an Excess Withdrawal, in a declining market, reduces the Acceleration Benefit, LTC Guaranteed Amount, Maximum Monthly Level Benefit, Extension Benefit, Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit and Growth Benefit. The example assumes you have chosen the Growth Benefit option.  Since the LTC Guaranteed Amount is greater than the contract value, any withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal and there is no Conforming Withdrawal amount.
 
LTC Guaranteed Amount:                                                                                                                                          $320,000
Acceleration Benefit:                                                                                                                                $120,000
Extension Benefit:                                                                                                                                $240,000
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit:$   5,000
Growth Benefit:                                                                                                                                          $200,000
Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit$   2,777
Excess Withdrawal from contract value:$   4,000
Contract value immediately prior to Excess Withdrawal:$ 85,000
Reduction Percentage due to Excess Withdrawal
[$4,000 Excess Withdrawal ÷ $85,000 contract value]:     4.71%
LTC Guaranteed Amount after Excess Withdrawal
[$320,000LTC Guaranteed Amount  x (1-4.71%)]:$304,928
Extension Benefit after Excess Withdrawal
[$240,000 x (1-4.71%)]:                                                                                                                                $228,706
Maximum Monthly Level Benefit after Excess Withdrawal
[$5,000 Maximum Monthly Level Benefit x (1-4.71%)]:$    4,765
Growth Benefit after Excess Withdrawal [$200,000 Growth Benefit x (1-4.71%)]:$190,580
Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit after Excess Withdrawal
[$2,777 Maximum Monthly Growth Benefit x (1-4.71%)]:$   2,646
 
 
LTC FIXED ACCOUNT
 
The LTC Fixed Account is part of the general account, and thus is not insulated from the claims of our general creditors. The LTC Fixed Account is designated to hold an amount equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount while paying LTC Benefits. The LTC Fixed Account will offer a rate of interest that will be adjusted periodically and is guaranteed to be an effective rate of not less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate stated in your contract on amounts held in the LTC Fixed Account. Contracts issued in certain states may guarantee a higher minimum rate of interest than in other states. Refer to your contract for the specific guaranteed minimum interest rate applicable to your contract. See “Fixed Side of the Contract” in your prospectus for more information about the general account.

On the date we make the initial determination that you are eligible to receive LTC Benefits (as described in the “Establishing Benefit Eligibility” section), we will transfer contract value equal to the LTC Guaranteed Amount (or all contract value, if less) as of that date to the LTC Fixed Account. Amounts transferred to the LTC Fixed Account will no longer have the ability to participate in the performance of the variable subaccounts. The contract value will be transferred proportionally from the variable subaccounts and the fixed account for use with dollar-cost averaging, if any, in which you are invested. Transfers of contract value to the LTC Fixed Account may reduce the contract value in the subaccounts to zero. Acceleration Benefit payments and Growth Benefit payments (if elected) will first be deducted from the LTC Fixed Account.  LTC Charges will be deducted proportionally from the LTC Fixed Account, the fixed account for use with dollar-cost averaging and the subaccounts.

On the contract anniversary that follows the initial determination of eligibility to receive LTC Benefits and on each contract anniversary that follows, we will transfer contract value to and from the LTC Fixed Account, the subaccounts and any other fixed account. The amount of contract value that will be transferred into the LTC Fixed Account will be equal to the difference, if any, between the LTC Guaranteed Amount and the contract value that is in the LTC Fixed Account. This may result in the entire contract value being allocated to the LTC Fixed Account.  If the contract value in the LTC Fixed Account exceeds the LTC Guaranteed Amount, we will move contract value equal to the difference between the contract value and the LTC Guaranteed Amount from the LTC Fixed Account to the subaccounts according to your instructions for future allocations.

If you begin receiving LTC Benefits and then stop receiving LTC Benefits for twelve consecutive months, we will allow you to transfer in installments the contract value in the LTC Fixed Account back to the subaccounts.  This transfer will be made under a twelve-month dollar-cost averaging service. See “The Contracts – Additional Services” in your prospectus for more details on dollar-cost averaging. If, after you stop receiving LTC Benefits and then at a later date recommence receiving benefits, sufficient contract value will be transferred back to the LTC Fixed Account so that the balance in the LTC Fixed Account equals the LTC Guaranteed Amount.


TERMINATION
Termination Events

The LTC Rider will terminate under any of the following circumstances:

·  
termination of the contract;
·  
upon written request to terminate the LTC Rider after the 3rd contract anniversary (you may not request to terminate the LTC Rider prior to the 3rd contract anniversary);
·  
you elect to receive annuity payouts under any of the annuity payout options available  under the contract, including but not limited to electing either i4LIFE® Advantage (with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), or Lincoln SmartIncomeSM Inflation;
·  
on the date the contractowner is changed due to death or divorce;
·  
upon the death of the Covered Life;
·  
45 days after the contract date if a signed duplicate copy of the contract amendment issued with the LTC Rider is not returned to Lincoln Life;
·  
an Excess Withdrawal reduces the contract value to zero;
·  
all LTC Benefits are reduced to zero;
·  
you terminate the LTC Rider under the Nonforfeiture provision.
·  
within the first 6 months following the contract date we determine that you made a misrepresentation in the application or contract amendment that was material to the issuance of the rider we may void or terminate the rider.
·  
after the first 6 months but prior to the end of the first 24 months after the contract date we determine that you made a misrepresentation that was material to both the issuance of the rider and a claim for LTC Benefits we may void or terminate the rider.
·  
after 24 months from the contract date if we determine that you knowingly or intentionally misrepresented relevant facts relating to your health the LTC Rider may be voided or terminated by us.

Upon termination of the LTC Rider, the LTC Benefits (except benefits provided under either Nonforfeiture Benefit provision) and LTC Charge will terminate and a proportional amount of the LTC Charge will be deducted. Contract value in the LTC Fixed Account will be transferred to the subaccounts according to your future subaccount allocation instructions.  The termination will not result in any increase to the contract value to equal the LTC Guaranteed Amount.
 
Nonforfeiture Benefit
 
The LTC Rider provides a nonforfeiture benefit (“Nonforfeiture Benefit”) if you terminate the LTC Rider in certain circumstances (described below).  The Nonforfeiture Benefit provides a reduced long-term care insurance benefit.

·  
There is a Nonforfeiture Benefit called the Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit, provided without charge that pays a reduced long-term care insurance benefit if you terminate the LTC Rider due to a specified increase of the charge for the Extension Benefit.

·  
You may also choose to add an enhanced Nonforfeiture Benefit, called the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, for an additional charge, that pays a reduced long-term care insurance benefit.  It is “enhanced” because you may terminate the LTC Rider for any reason after 3 years, rather than just if there is a specified increase of the charge for the Extension Benefit.

Once either Nonforfeiture Benefit is in effect, the LTC Charges will terminate.  You should be aware that the Nonforfeiture Benefit provision provides only a limited amount of LTC Benefits. Moreover, the LTC Benefits provided by the Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit are equivalent; (this amount is hereinafter referred to as the “Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount”) the important difference between the two are the conditions under which they will be paid.  These conditions are described below.  The Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount is the greater of:

·  
one month’s Maximum Monthly Level Benefit in effect on the date that the LTC Rider is terminated; or

·  
an amount equal to the sum of all Extension Benefit Charges and Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charges paid for the LTC Rider minus any Extension Benefits paid prior to the date the LTC Rider is terminated.

Payments of the Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount are made only after the seventh contract anniversary and after the conditions set forth below are met.  Payment of the Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount is subject to the benefit eligibility and deductible period requirements described in the “Establishing Benefit Eligibility” section.  Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount payments must be requested as described in the “Requesting LTC Benefits” section. Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount payments will be payable monthly up to the Maximum Monthly Level Benefit amount in effect on the date that the LTC Rider is terminated.

Once the Nonforfeiture Benefit provision is effective, it will remain effective until the earlier of the death of the Covered Life or the date the total Nonforfeiture Benefit Amounts have been fully paid out. Upon the death of the Covered Life, the Nonforfeiture Benefit terminates. The Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount will not exceed the remaining amount of Extension Benefits that would have been paid if the LTC Rider had remained in force.

Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit.  The Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit is provided at no charge on all LTC Riders. The Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit will pay you the Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount if both of the following conditions are met:

·  
the Extension Benefit Charge has increased by more than a specified percentage over the initial charge; and

·  
you surrender your contract or elect to terminate the LTC Rider within 120 days after the Extension Benefit Charge is increased.

The specified percentage of change to the Extension Benefit Charge that will trigger the availability of Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit is determined by your age as of the contract date. The specified percentages are as follows:

Age on Contract Date
Percent Over Initial Extension Benefit Charge
Age
Percent Over Initial Extension Benefit Charge
45-49
130%
66
48%
50-54
110%
67
46%
55-59
90%
68
44%
60
70%
69
42%
61
66%
70
40%
62
62%
71
38%
63
58%
72
36%
64
54%
73
34%
65
50%
74
32%

Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit.  As noted, for an additional charge, you may purchase the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit provides for payment of the Nonforfeiture Benefit Amount under the following conditions:

·  
you surrender the contract at least three years after the contract date; or
·  
you submit a written request to terminate the LTC Rider at least three years after the contract date; or
·  
you elect to receive annuity payments under any annuity payout option available in the contract or any other annuity settlement option we make available and commencing prior to the contract’s maturity date and at least three years after the contract date.

If you purchase the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit and terminate the LTC Rider under conditions applicable under either the Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, only the one applicable Nonforfeiture Benefit will be payable. The Optional Nonforfeiture provision may not be purchased after the LTC Rider is issued.

LTC CHARGE
General

While this LTC Rider is in effect, there is a charge for the LTC Rider (“LTC Charge”) that is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis.  The LTC Charge will consist of the sum of three charges:

·  
the Acceleration Benefit Charge,
·  
the Extension Benefit Charge, and
·  
the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge (if elected).

The first deduction will occur on the business day on or next following the three month contract anniversary and will be deducted every three months thereafter. This deduction will be made proportionally from the contract value in the subaccounts, the fixed account for use with dollar-cost averaging and the LTC Fixed Account until the contract value is reduced to zero. Deductions from the subaccounts and the fixed accounts will be made in proportion to the value in each subaccount and fixed account. A proportional LTC Charge will be deducted upon termination of the LTC Rider, upon commencement of annuity payouts and upon contract surrender. A proportional LTC Charge will not be deducted if the LTC Rider is terminated due to death.
 
The LTC Charge will be higher if you choose the Growth Benefit option because the Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate is higher for the Growth Benefit option than it is for the Level Benefit option and the LTC Guaranteed Amount against which the Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate is assessed may be higher due to Automatic Step-ups.
 
Acceleration Benefit Charge
 
The Acceleration Benefit Charge has a guaranteed maximum annual percentage rate of 1.50% of the LTC Guaranteed Amount. The current annual percentage rate is 0.50% of the LTC Guaranteed Amount under the Growth Benefit option and 0.35% of the LTC Guaranteed Amount under the Level Benefit option. The annual percentage rate may change at any time and will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual percentage rate of 1.50 % of the LTC Guaranteed Amount. We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the annual percentage rate. Any increase to the annual percentage rate will be applied on the next quarterly deduction following the effective date of the annual percentage rate change. Any change to the annual percentage rate will be the same for all contractowners in the same class on a nondiscriminatory manner. The Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate for the Growth Benefit option will not change to the annual percentage rate for the Level Benefit after you terminate the Automatic Step-ups.

The Acceleration Benefit Charge is calculated by multiplying the LTC Guaranteed Amount as of the date on which the charge is deducted by ¼ of the Acceleration Benefit Charge annual percentage rate. With the Level Benefit option, the Acceleration Benefit Charge will decrease as the LTC Guaranteed Amount is reduced by Acceleration Benefit payments or Excess Withdrawals. With the Growth Benefit option, the Acceleration Benefit Charge will increase or decrease as the LTC Guaranteed Amount increases by the Automatic Step-up or is reduced by Acceleration Benefit payments, Growth Benefit payments or Excess Withdrawals.  The Acceleration Benefit Charge will be deducted until the LTC Guaranteed Amount is reduced to zero or there is no contract value remaining, whichever occurs first.
 
Extension Benefit Charge
 
The Extension Benefit Charge does not have a guaranteed maximum annual percentage rate and may change at any time. The current Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rates range from 0.26% to 0.76% as set forth in the chart below.  The highest current rate of 0.76% is the annual percentage rate charged for a 70-74 year old contractowner.  The initial Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate will be stated on the Specifications page of your LTC Rider. We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate. Any increase to the Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate will be applied on the next quarterly deduction following the effective date of the annual percentage rate change. Any change to the current Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate will be subject to prior regulatory approval and will be the same for all contractowners in the same class on a nondiscriminatory manner.  If the current Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate is increased to an amount greater than a specified percentage of the initial current Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate you may cancel the LTC Rider and receive the Contingent Nonforfeiture Benefit. See “Determining LTC Benefits – Nonforfeiture Benefit” in this supplement for more information.

Current Extension Benefit Charge percentages by age
 
Issue Age
Extension Benefit Charge percentage
depending on state approval
45-49
0.26% or  0.28%
50-54
0.30% or 0.32%
55-59
0.32% or 0.36%
60-64
0.38% or0.40%
65-69
0.50% or 0.54%
70-74
0.68% or0.76%
*The Extension Benefit Charge ranges from 0.26% to 0.68% in the following states: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.

The Extension Benefit Charge is calculated by multiplying the Extension Benefit as of the date on which the charge is deducted multiplied by ¼ of the Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate (which is stated in the LTC Rider) as of the date on which the charge is deducted. On the contract date, the Extension Benefit will be double the Acceleration Benefit. The Extension Benefit Charge will increase as the Extension Benefit increases to twice the amount of any subsequent purchase payments made prior to the 90th day after the contract date. The Extension Benefit Charge will decrease as the Extension Benefit is reduced by Extension Benefit payments or Excess Withdrawals.  The Extension Benefit Charge will be deducted until the Extension Benefit is reduced to zero or there is no contract value remaining, whichever occurs first. The Extension Benefit Charge annual percentage rate is based upon your age as of the contract date.
 
Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge
 
The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge does not have a guaranteed maximum annual percentage rate and may change at any time. The current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rates range from 0.04% to 0.12%  of the Extension Benefit as set forth in the chart below.  The highest current rate of 0.12%  is the annual percentage rate charged for a 70-74 year old contractowner.  We will give you 30 days written notice of our intent to raise the current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate. Any increase to the current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate will be applied on the next quarterly deduction following the effective date of the annual percentage rate change. Any change to the current Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate will be subject to prior regulatory approval and will be the same for all contractowners in the same class on a nondiscriminatory manner.

Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge
percentages by age
 
Issue Age
Extension Benefit Charge percentage
 depending on state approval
45-49
0.04% or 0.05%
50-54
0.05%
55-59
0.05% or 0.06%
60-64
0.06%
65-69
0.08% or 0.09%
70-74
0.11% or 0.12%
 *The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge ranges from 0.04% to 0.11% in the following states: AK, AL, AR, AZ, DC, DE, GA, IA, KY, LA, MD, ME, MI, MO, MS, MT, NC, ND, NE, NM, OK, OR, RI, SC, SD, WV, WY.

The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge is calculated by multiplying the Extension Benefit as of the date on which the charge is deducted multiplied by ¼ of the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate (which is stated in the LTC Rider) as of the date on which the charge is deducted. On the contract date, the Extension Benefit will be double the Acceleration Benefit. The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge will increase as the Extension Benefit increases due to purchase payments made within the first 90 days after the contract date. The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge will decrease as the Extension Benefit decreases by Extension Benefit payments or Excess Withdrawals. The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge will be deducted until the Extension Benefit is zero or there is no contract value remaining, whichever occurs first. The Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit Charge annual percentage rate is based upon your age as of the contract date.

Example:  The following example illustrates the calculation of the LTC Benefit Charge for a 60 year old. The example assumes the Level Benefit option and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit have been chosen.
ACCELERATION BENEFIT:$100,000
LTC GUARANTEED AMOUNT:                                                                                                                               $100,000
EXTENSION BENEFIT:                                                                                                                                          $200,000
ACCELERATION BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.35%
EXTENSION BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.38%
OPTIONAL NONFORFEITURE BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.06%
LTC CHARGE (ANNUAL)*:                                                                                                                                          $1,230
* $350 Acceleration Benefit Charge (0.35% * $100,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount) + $760 Extension Benefit Charge (0.38% * $200,000 Extension Benefit) + $120 Optional Nonforfeiture Charge (0.06%* $200,000  Extension Benefit) = $1,230 annual LTC Charge
 

Example:  The following example illustrates the calculation of the LTC Benefit Charge for a 60 year old. The example assumes the Growth Benefit option and the Optional Nonforfeiture Benefit have been chosen.
 
ACCELERATION BENEFIT:$100,000
LTC GUARANTEED AMOUNT:                                                                                                                               $100,000
EXTENSION BENEFIT:                                                                                                                                          $200,000
GROWTH BENEFIT:                                                                                                                                          $0
ACCELERATION BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.50%
EXTENSION BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.38%
OPTIONAL NONFORFEITURE BENEFIT CHARGE ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE:0.06%
LTC CHARGE (ANNUAL)*:                                                                                                                                          $1,380
*$500.00 Acceleration Benefit Charge (0.50% * $100,000 LTC Guaranteed Amount)) +
$760.00 Extension Benefit Charge (0.38% * $200,000 Extension Benefit) + $120.00 OptionalNonforfeiture Benefit Charge (0.06%* $200.000 Extension Benefit)= $1,380 annual LTC Charge


 
 

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Death Benefits

The LTC Rider has no provision for death benefits, other than the death benefit provision in the underlying contract. The LTC Rider terminates upon death of the Covered Life and the LTC Benefits, including the LTC Guaranteed Amount, will not be payable under any death benefit option. At the time of death, if the contract value equals zero, no death benefit options (as described in the “Death Benefit” section of the prospectus) will be in effect.  If a contractowner who had been receiving LTC Benefit payments dies while the contract is in effect, we reserve the right to withhold a portion of any death benefits that would otherwise be payable until we have verified that we have received all requests for LTC Benefits.  Death benefit distributions in accordance with Code section 72(s) or 401(a) (9) will not be made later than five years from the date of the contractowner’s death.  The EEB death benefit is not available with this LTC Rider.

The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit and Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit both calculate death benefit amounts by deducting withdrawals in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the contract value.  For purposes of calculating death benefits under those contracts, Acceleration Benefit payments and Growth Benefit payments, as well as Conforming and Excess Withdrawals, are considered withdrawals that reduce the amount of the death benefit. See “The Contracts – Death Benefits” in your prospectus for more details.
 
Contract Free Withdrawal Provision
 
All withdrawals, whether Conforming or Excess, as well as LTC Benefit payments, will be applied against the contract’s “free amount,” which is the amount that may be withdrawn annually without imposition of a surrender charge.  Thus, Acceleration Benefit or Growth Benefit payments will reduce the amount available for free withdrawal, even though those payments do not incur a surrender charge.  See “Charges and Other Deductions” in your prospectus for additional information on the free amount.
 
Investment Requirements
 
By purchasing the LTC Rider, you will be limited in how you can invest in the subaccounts and the fixed account. You will be subject to Investment Requirements – Option 3. See “Investment Requirements – Option 3” in your prospectus for a description of these investment restrictions. The Investment Requirements will apply to your entire contract value. No purchase payments can be directly invested in the LTC Fixed Account.
 
Federal Taxation
 
Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contract.  The LTC Rider is a Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contract under section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  As described above, the LTC Charge is deducted from the contract value on a quarterly basis.  For tax years beginning after December 31, 2009, the deductions from the contract value to pay LTC Charges will not be reported as taxable distributions from the variable annuity contract and such deductions will reduce your basis in the contract.  The deductions from the contract value will reduce the contract value, but not below zero.

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Benefits under the LTC Rider. The LTC Benefits provided under the LTC Rider are treated as provided under a “Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contract,” as that term is defined under section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  This discussion outlines our understanding of the federal income tax treatment of the LTC Benefits, as well as how the LTC Benefit payments will be reported to you.  However, you should always consult a tax advisor about the application of tax rules to your individual situation.

Benefits that you receive under a Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contract will not be treated as taxable income to you as long as such benefits do not exceed the greater of (i) the expenses that you actually incur for Covered Services, or (ii) a maximum per diem, or daily, dollar amount determined by the IRS.  All payments that you receive under all Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contracts, as well as any payments under an accelerated benefit rider made to you if you are “chronically ill,” are included in determining whether the benefit limits have been exceeded and reduce your basis in the contract. These payments may also reduce the basis in your annuity contract.

If the LTC Benefits that you receive exceed the benefit limits outlined above, the amount of the excess benefits may represent taxable income to you.  If you are under age 59½ at the time of the payment of excess benefits, an additional 10% “penalty tax” may apply.

If the Maximum Monthly LTC Benefit amount, if applicable, exceeds the limits under IRS rules (currently $300.00 per day or $109,500 annually for 2011), amounts received by you in excess of the IRS limit may be excludable from ordinary income to the extent that you have actually incurred long-term care expenses of that amount.  You should take into account the IRS limit when selecting the amount of monthly LTC Benefit you would like to receive. We recommend that you discuss the tax implications of receiving benefits in excess of the IRS limit with a tax advisor.
 
Maturity Date
 
When you purchase the LTC Rider, the maturity date set forth in your contract will be the annuitant’s 95th birthday.  The maturity date is the date when you must choose an annuity payout option and annuitize your contract.  Except as set forth below, annuitization of your contract will terminate the LTC Rider.

If you are receiving LTC Benefit payments under this LTC Rider at the maturity date (when you reach age 95), we will extend the maturity date and continue to provide LTC Benefit payments, subject to the terms and conditions of the LTC Rider.  If you decide to elect an annuity payout option and annuitize your contract value, the LTC Rider will terminate.

If you are not receiving LTC Benefit payments at the maturity date and you have a contract value, you will need to elect an annuity payout option available under your contract.  This will terminate the Acceleration and Growth Benefits (that would have been paid from your contract value) and also the LTC Charge.  However, the Extension Benefit, if any, will continue on your contract.

If LTC Benefit payments stop after you reach age 95 and you still have value in your contract, you must elect an annuity payout option within 90 days after the last LTC Benefit payment is made.  This will terminate the LTC Rider. An exception to this occurs if  LTC Benefit payments stop after age 95 because you are not currently eligible to receive benefits (for example, you are no longer receiving Long Term Care Services).  In this situation, the Acceleration and Growth Benefits that would have been paid from your contract value, will terminate as well as the LTC Charge.  Any Extension Benefit will remain in effect to provide payments in the event of future eligibility for LTC Benefits.

Any LTC Benefit paid after age 95 will be paid in the same manner as any LTC Benefit previously described in this supplement, including, but not limited to, eligibility, deductible period and maximum monthly limits.
 
Misstatement of Age or Sex
 
If your age or sex has been misstated, we will adjust the LTC Charges to the amounts that would have applied based on your correct age or sex.  If the LTC Rider would not have been issued at the correct age and sex, it will be cancelled and we will refund to you all LTC Charges paid minus the amount of LTC Benefits that have been paid.
 
LTC Rider Return Privilege
 
You may cancel the LTC Rider within 30 days of your receipt of the LTC Rider for any reason by delivering or mailing the LTC Rider, postage prepaid, to the Home Office at PO Box 7866, 1300 Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, IN 46802-7866.  A LTC Rider cancelled under this provision will be void and any LTC Charges assessed will be refunded. Cancellation of the LTC Rider under this provision will not result in cancellation of the contract.

If you surrender the entire contract within the 30 day LTC Rider free-look period but after the underlying contract’s free-look period, any applicable surrender charges will be deducted from the contract value.
 
Monthly Statements
 
In addition to the quarterly variable annuity statement, we will send you a monthly statement once you begin receiving LTC Benefit payments detailing the amount of LTC Benefits that have been paid and remaining available LTC Benefits. The monthly statement will only be sent to you for those months that you received an LTC Benefit. The statement will also show the impact of such LTC Benefit payments on your contract value and death benefit, if any.  See “General Provisions – Death Benefits” in this supplement for a description of the impact of the LTC Rider on death benefits.




 
 

 

Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N  (Registrant)
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company  (Depositor)
Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
 
This SAI should be read in conjunction with the Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series prospectus of Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N dated ____, 2012. You may obtain a copy of the Lincoln ChoicePlus AssuranceSM Series prospectus on request and without charge. Please write Lincoln Life Customer Service, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46802, or call 1-888-868-2583.
 
Table of Contents
 
Item
Page
Special Terms
B-2
Services
B-2
Principal Underwriter
B-2
Purchase of Securities Being Offered
B-2
Interest Adjustment Example
B-2
Annuity Payouts
B-4
Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations
B-5

Item
Page
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value
B-5
Capital Markets
B-5
Advertising & Ratings
B-6
More About the S&P 500 Index
B-6
Additional Services
B-6
Other Information
B-7
Financial Statements
B-7
This SAI is not a prospectus.
 
The date of this SAI is ____, 2012.
 

 
 

 

Special Terms
 
The special terms used in this SAI are the ones defined in the Prospectus.
 
Services
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19103, has audited a) our financial statements of the VAA as of December 31, 2011; and b) our consolidated financial statements of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2011, which are included in this SAI and Registration Statement. The aforementioned financial statements are included herein in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Keeper of Records
 
All accounts, books, records and other documents which are required to be maintained for the VAA are maintained by us or by third parties responsible to Lincoln Life. We have entered into an agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon, One Mellon Bank Center, 500 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 15258, to provide accounting services to the VAA. No separate charge against the assets of the VAA is made by us for this service.
 
Principal Underwriter
 
Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”), an affiliate of Lincoln Life, serves as principal underwriter (the “Principal Underwriter”) for the contracts, as described in the prospectus. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts to the public on a continuous basis and anticipates continuing to offer the contracts, but reserves the right to discontinue the offering. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts through sales representatives, who are associated with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively, “LFN”), our affiliates. The Principal Underwriter also may enter into selling agreements with other broker-dealers (“Selling Firms”) for the sale of the contracts. Sales representatives of Selling Firms are appointed as our insurance agents. LFD, acting as Principal Underwriter, paid $202,245,526, $289,902,595 and $358,027,469 to LFA and Selling Firms in 2009, 2010 and 2011 respectively, as sales compensation with respect to the contracts. The Principal Underwriter retained no underwriting commissions for the sale of the contracts.
 
Purchase of Securities Being Offered
 
The variable annuity contracts are offered to the public through licensed insurance agents who specialize in selling our products; through independent insurance brokers; and through certain securities brokers/dealers selected by us whose personnel are legally authorized to sell annuity products. There are no special purchase plans for any class of prospective buyers. However, under certain limited circumstances described in the prospectus under the section Charges and Other Deductions, any applicable account fee and/or surrender charge may be reduced or waived.
 
Both before and after the annuity commencement date, there are exchange privileges between subaccounts, and from the VAA to the general account (if available) subject to restrictions set out in the prospectus. See The Contracts, in the prospectus. No exchanges are permitted between the VAA and other separate accounts.
 
The offering of the contracts is continuous.
 
Interest Adjustment Example
 
Note: This example is intended to show how the Interest Adjustment calculation impacts the surrender value of a representative contract. The surrender charges, annual account fee, adjustment factor, and guaranteed minimum interest rate values shown here are generally different from those that apply to specific contracts, particularly those contracts that deduct an initial sales load or pay a bonus on deposits. Calculations of the Interest Adjustment in your contract, if applicable, will be based on the factors applicable to your contract. The Interest Adjustment may be referred to as a market value adjustment in your contract.
 

B-2
 

 
 
 

 

SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR MALE 35 ISSUE
 
CASH SURRENDER VALUES
 
Single Premium                                                                         
$50,000
Premium taxes                                                                         
None
Withdrawals                                                                         
None
Guaranteed Period                                                                         
5 years
Guaranteed Interest Rate                                                                         
3.50%
Annuity Date                                                                         
Age 70
Index Rate A                                                                         
3.50%
Index Rate B                                                                         
4.00% End of contract year 1
3.50% End of contract year 2
3.00% End of contract year 3
2.00% End of contract year 4
Percentage adjustment to B                                                                         
0.50%

Interest Adjustment Formula
(1 + Index A)n
-1
n = Remaining Guaranteed Period
(1 + Index B + % Adjustment)n
SURRENDER VALUE CALCULATION
 
Contract Year
(1)
Annuity
Value
(2)
1 + Interest
Adjustment Formula
(3)
Adjusted
Annuity
Value
(4)
Minimum
Value
(5)
Greater of
(3) & (4)
(6)
Surrender
Charge
(7)
Surrender
Value
1                          
$51,710
0.962268
$49,759
$50,710
$50,710
$4,250
$46,460
2                          
$53,480
0.985646
$52,712
$51,431
$52,712
$4,250
$48,462
3                          
$55,312
1.000000
$55,312
$52,162
$55,312
$4,000
$51,312
4                          
$57,208
1.009756
$57,766
$52,905
$57,766
$3,500
$54,266
5                          
$59,170
N/A
$59,170
$53,658
$59,170
$3,000
$56,170
ANNUITY VALUE CALCULATION
 
Contract Year
BOY*
Annuity
Value
 
Guaranteed
Interest Rate
 
Annual
Account
Fee
 
EOY**
Annuity
Value
1                                                                            
$50,000
x
1.035
-
$40
=
$51,710
2                                                                            
$51,710
x
1.035
-
$40
=
$53,480
3                                                                            
$53,480
x
1.035
-
$40
=
$55,312
4                                                                            
$55,312
x
1.035
-
$40
=
$57,208
5                                                                            
$57,208
x
1.035
-
$40
=
$59,170
SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
 
Contract Year
Surrender
Charge
Factor
 
Deposit
 
Surrender
Charge
1                                                                            
8.5%
x
$50,000
=
$4,250
2                                                                            
8.5%
x
$50,000
=
$4,250
3                                                                            
8.0%
x
$50,000
=
$4,000
4                                                                            
7.0%
x
$50,000
=
$3,500
5                                                                            
6.0%
x
$50,000
=
$3,000

B-3
 

 
 
 

 

1 + INTEREST ADJUSTMENT FORMULA CALCULATION
 
Contract Year
Index A
Index B
Adj Index B
N
Result
1                          
3.50%
4.00%
4.50%
4
0.962268
2                          
3.50%
3.50%
4.00%
3
0.985646
3                          
3.50%
3.00%
3.50%
2
1.000000
4                          
3.50%
2.00%
2.50%
1
1.009756
5                          
3.50%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
MINIMUM VALUE CALCULATION
 
Contract Year
   
Minimum
Guaranteed
Interest Rate
 
Annual
Account
Fee
 
Minimum
Value
1                                                                            
$50,000
x
1.015
-
$40
=
$50,710
2                                                                            
$50,710
x
1.015
-
$40
=
$51,431
3                                                                            
$51,431
x
1.015
-
$40
=
$52,162
4                                                                            
$52,162
x
1.015
-
$40
=
$52,905
5                                                                            
$52,905
x
1.015
-
$40
=
$53,658

*
BOY = beginning of year

**
EOY = end of year
Annuity Payouts
 
Variable Annuity Payouts
 
Variable annuity payouts will be determined on the basis of:
 
 
• the dollar value of the contract on the Annuity Commencement Date less any applicable premium tax (and less any surrender charges on purchase payments in the contract for less than 12 months if bonus credits applied to the purchase payments);
 
• the annuity tables contained in the contract;
 
• the type of annuity option selected; and
 
• the investment results of the fund(s) selected.
 
In order to determine the amount of variable annuity payouts, we make the following calculation:
 
• first, we determine the dollar amount of the first payout;
 
• second, we credit the contract with a fixed number of annuity units based on the amount of the first payout; and
 
• third, we calculate the value of the annuity units each period thereafter.
 
These steps are explained below.
 
The dollar amount of the first periodic variable annuity payout is determined by applying the total value of the accumulation units credited under the contract valued as of the Annuity Commencement Date (less any premium taxes) to the annuity tables contained in the contract. The first variable annuity payout will be paid 14 days after the Annuity Commencement Date. This day of the month will become the day on which all future annuity payouts will be paid. Amounts shown in the tables are based on the 1983 Table “a” Individual Annuity Mortality Tables, modified, with an assumed investment return at the rate of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per annum, depending on the terms of your contract. The first annuity payout is determined by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of value accumulated under the contract. These annuity tables vary according to the form of annuity selected and the age of the annuitant at the Annuity Commencement Date. The assumed interest rate is the measuring point for subsequent annuity payouts. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed interest rate, the payout will increase at a rate equal to the amount of such excess.
 
Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed interest rate, annuity payouts will decrease. If the assumed rate of interest were to be increased, annuity payouts would start at a higher level but would decrease more rapidly or increase more slowly.
 
We may use sex-distinct annuity tables in contracts that are not associated with employer sponsored plans and where not prohibited by law.
 
At an Annuity Commencement Date, the contract is credited with annuity units for each subaccount on which variable annuity payouts are based. The number of annuity units to be credited is determined by dividing the amount of the first periodic payout by the value of an annuity unit in each subaccount selected. Although the number of annuity units is fixed by this process, the value of such units will vary with the value of the underlying fund. The amount of the second and subsequent periodic payouts is determined by multiplying
 

B-4
 

 
 
 

 

the contractowner’s fixed number of annuity units in each subaccount by the appropriate annuity unit value for the valuation date ending 14 days prior to the date that payout is due.
 
The value of each subaccount’s annuity unit will be set initially at $1.00. The annuity unit value for each subaccount at the end of any valuation date is determined by multiplying the subaccount annuity unit value for the immediately preceding valuation date by the product of:
 
• The net investment factor of the subaccount for the valuation period for which the annuity unit value is being determined, and
 
• A factor to neutralize the assumed investment return in the annuity table.
 
The value of the annuity units is determined as of a valuation date 14 days prior to the payment date in order to permit calculation of amounts of annuity payouts and mailing of checks in advance of their due dates. Such checks will normally be issued and mailed at least three days before the due date.
 
Proof of Age, Sex and Survival
 
We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any payee upon whose age, sex, or survival payments depend.
 
Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations
 
These examples will illustrate the impact of the length of the access period and the impact of a withdrawal on the regular income payments. These examples assume that the investment return is the same as the assumed investment return (AIR) to make the regular income payment calculations simpler to understand. The regular income payments will vary based on the investment performance of the underlying funds.
 
Annuitant                                                                         
Male, Age 65
 
Secondary Life                                                                         
Female, Age 63
 
Purchase Payment                                                                         
$200,000.00
 
Regular Income Payment Frequency
Annual
 
AIR                                                                         
4.0%
 
Hypothetical Investment Return                                                                         
4.0%
 
     
 
20-year Access Period
30-Year Access Period
Regular Income Payment                                                                         
$10,600.94
$10,004.94
A 10% withdrawal from the account value will reduce the regular income payments by 10% to $9,540.85 with the 20-year access period and $9,004.45 with the 30-year access period.
 
At the end of the 20-year access period, the remaining account value of $109,921.94 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $10,600.94 regular income payment during the lifetime income period for the lives of the annuitant and secondary life. At the end of the 30-year access period, the remaining account value of $65,108.01 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $10,004.94 regular income payment during the lifetime income period for the lives of the annuitant and secondary life. (Note: the regular income payments during the lifetime income period will vary with the investment performance of the underlying funds).
 
Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value
 
A description of the days on which accumulation and annuity units will be valued is given in the prospectus. The New York Stock Exchange's (NYSE) most recent announcement (which is subject to change) states that it will be closed on weekends and on these holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If any of these holidays occurs on a weekend day, the Exchange may also be closed on the business day occurring just before or just after the holiday. It may also be closed on other days.
 
Since the portfolios of some of the fund and series will consist of securities primarily listed on foreign exchanges or otherwise traded outside the United States, those securities may be traded (and the net asset value of those fund and series and of the variable account could therefore be significantly affected) on days when the investor has no access to those funds and series.
 
Capital Markets
 
In any particular year, our capital may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors — the amount of our statutory income or losses (which is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital we must hold to support business growth, changes in reserving requirements, our inability to secure capital market solutions to provide reserve relief, such as issuing letters of credit to support captive reinsurance structures, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio and changes in interest rates.
 

B-5
 

 
 
 

 

Advertising & Ratings
 
We may include in certain advertisements, endorsements in the form of a list of organizations, individuals or other parties which recommend Lincoln Life or the policies. Furthermore, we may occasionally include in advertisements comparisons of currently taxable and tax deferred investment programs, based on selected tax brackets, or discussions of alternative investment vehicles and general economic conditions.
 
Our financial strength is ranked and rated by nationally recognized independent rating agencies. The ratings do not imply approval of the product and do not refer to the performance of the product, or any separate account, including the underlying investment options. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our products. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically. Accordingly, all ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies, and therefore, no assurance can be given that these ratings will be maintained. All ratings are on outlook stable, except Moody’s Investors Service ratings which are on outlook positive. Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet contract holder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade of our financial strength rating could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry by making it more difficult for us to market our products as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings and by leading to increased withdrawals by current customers seeking companies with higher financial strength ratings.
 
More About the S&P 500 Index
 
Investors look to indexes as a standard of market performance. Indexes are groups of stocks or bonds selected to represent an entire market. The S&P 500 Index is a widely used measure of large US company stock performance. It consists of the common stocks of 500 major corporations selected according to size, frequency and ease by which their stocks trade, and range and diversity of the American economy.
 
The LVIP SSgA S&P 500 Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”). S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the fund particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the fund is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the fund. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the fund or its shareholders into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the fund or the timing of the issuance or sale of the fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the fund is to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the fund.
 
S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE FUND OR ITS SHAREHOLDERS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
Additional Services
 
Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA) — You may systematically transfer, on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available, amounts from certain subaccounts, or the fixed side (if available) of the contract into the subaccounts or in accordance with other terms we make available. You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at anytime before the annuity commencement date by completing an election form available from us. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged is $1,500 ($2,000 for contracts purchased prior to November 15, 2010) over any period between six and 60 months. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:
 
• the Annuity Commencement Date;
 
• the value of the amount being DCA'd is depleted; or
 
• you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.
 
We reserve the right to restrict access to this program at any time.
 
A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges or Interest Adjustment which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional purchase payment allocated to the DCA fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program.
 

B-6
 

 
 
 

 

However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional purchase payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. We reserve the right to discontinue this program at any time. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.
 
Automatic Withdrawal Service (AWS) — AWS provides an automatic, periodic withdrawal of contract value to you. AWS may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the contractowner. You may elect to participate in AWS at the time of application or at any time before the annuity commencement date by sending a written request to us. The minimum contract value required to establish AWS is $10,000. You may cancel or make changes to your AWS program at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, certain changes may be made by telephone. Notwithstanding the requirements of the program, any withdrawal must be permitted under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC for qualified plans or permitted under Section 72 of the IRC for non-qualified contracts. To the extent that withdrawals under AWS do not qualify for an exemption from the contingent deferred sales charge, we will assess any applicable surrender charges on those withdrawals. See Contingent deferred sales charges.
 
Portfolio Rebalancing — Portfolio rebalancing is an option, which, if elected by the contractowner, restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of the contract value, allocated to each variable subaccount. This pre-determined level will be the allocation initially selected when the contract was purchased, unless subsequently changed. The portfolio rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by submitting a written request to us. If portfolio rebalancing is elected, all purchase payments allocated to the variable subaccounts must be subject to portfolio rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the contractowner. The contractowner may terminate the portfolio rebalancing program or re-enroll at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, the contractowner may make these elections by phone. The portfolio rebalancing program is not available following the annuity commencement date.
 
Other Information
 
Due to differences in redemption rates, tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of contractowners under the variable life accounts could conflict with those of contractowners under the VAA. In those cases, where assets from variable life and variable annuity separate accounts are invested in the same fund(s) (i.e., where mixed funding occurs), the Boards of Directors of the fund involved will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken. If it becomes necessary for any separate account to replace shares of any fund with another investment, that fund may have to liquidate securities on a disadvantageous basis. Refer to the prospectus for each fund for more information about mixed funding.
 
Financial Statements
 
(To Be Filed by Amendment)
 

B-7



 
 
 

 
 
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N
 
PART C - OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits
 
(a) List of Financial Statements
 
1. Part A
 
The Table of Condensed Financial Information is included in Part A of this Registration Statement. (Not Applicable)
 
2. Part B
 
The following financial statements for the Variable Account are included in Part B of this Registration Statement: (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
Statement of Assets and Liabilities - December 31, 2011
Statement of Operations - Year ended December 31, 2011
Statements of Changes in Net Assets - Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
Notes to Financial Statements - December 31, 2011
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
3. Part B
 
The following consolidated financial statements for The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company are included in Part B of this Registration Statement: (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets - Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity - Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31,2011, 2010 and 2009
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - December 31, 2011
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(b) List of Exhibits
 
(1) Resolutions of the Board of Directors of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company establishing Separate Account N incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-40937) filed on November 25, 1997.
 
(2) Not Applicable
 
(3)(a) Broker-Dealer Selling Agreement among The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York and Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-170897) filed on April 8, 2011.
 
(b) Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement dated May 1, 2007 between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 (File No. 333-61554) filed on December 18, 2007.
 
(4)(a) Annuity Contract (30070-B) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-36304) filed on August 8, 2001.
 
(b) Contract Specifications (30070-CP B Share) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-170695) filed on June 21, 2011.
 
B-1
 

 
(c) Contract Specifications (30070-CP L Share) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-170695) filed on June 21, 2011.
 
(d) Contract Specifications (30070-CP C Share) (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
(e) Persistency Credit Rider (32154) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-36304) filed on August 8, 2001.
 
(f) Annuity Payment Option Rider (32147) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-36304) filed on August 8, 2001.
 
(g) Interest Adjusted Fixed Account Rider (32143) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-36304) filed on August 8, 2001.
 
(h) DCA Fixed Account Rider (32145) incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-135039) filed on June 15, 2006.
 
(i) IRA Contract Amendment (28877-E) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 (File No. 333-40937) filed on April 24, 2003.
 
(j) IRA Contract Amendment (28877) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 (File No. 40937) filed on April 24, 2003.
 
(k) Roth IRA Endorsement (5305) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 (File No. 333-40937) filed on April 24, 2003.
 
(l) Section 403(b) Annuity Endorsement (32481-I 12/08) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 (File No. 333-63505) filed on April 3, 2009.
 
(m) Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (32151-A) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 (File No. 333-35780) filed on April 22, 2003.
 
(n) EGMDB Rider (32149 5/03) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 (File No. 333-35780) filed on April 22, 2003.
 
(o) Guarantee of Principal Rider (32148 5/03) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 (File No. 333-35780) filed on April 22, 2003.
 
(p) Variable Annuity Death Benefit Rider (DB-3 1/06) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 (File No. 333-40937) filed on April 13, 2007.
 
(q) Allocation Amendment (AR503 1/06) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 (File No. 333-40937) filed on April 19, 2006.
 
(r) Variable Annuity Rider (LSSA 7/06) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 (File No. 333-40937) filed on December 21, 2006.
 
(s) SmartIncome Rider and Amendment (AE 525 2/09) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 (File No. 333-61554) filed on November 20, 2009.
 
(t) Variable Annuity Living Benefits Rider (LINC 2.0) (AR-529 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 (File No. 333-40937) filed on October 28, 2010.
 
(u) Guaranteed Income Benefit Rider (GIB v4) (AR-528 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 (File No. 333-40937) filed on October 28, 2010.
 
(v) Contract Benefit Data (CBD 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 (File No. 333-40937) filed on October 28, 2010.
 
 
B-2
 

 
 
(w) Variable Annuity Payment Option Rider (I4LA-NQ 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 (File No. 333-40937) filed on October 28, 2010.
 
(s) Variable Annuity Payment Option Rider (I4LA-Q 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 (File No. 333-40937) filed on October 28, 2010.
 
(y) Variable Annuity Living Benefit Rider (LINC 2 + Protected Funds) (AR-529 8/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-170695) filed January 30, 2012.
 
(z) (k-3) Long-Term Care Benefits Rider (AR 518 3/10 Level) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(aa) Long-Term Care Benefits Rider (AR 519 3/10 Growth) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(bb) Contract Amendment for LTC Benefits (AA 531 3/10) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(cc) LTC Fixed Account Rider (AR 532) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(dd) LTC Benefit Specifications (AS 533) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(ee) Long-Term Care Coverage Endorsement (AE 517) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 (File No. 333-138190) filed on December 22, 2010.
 
(ff) Guaranteed Income Later Rider (4LATER Advantage Protected Funds) (AR-547 3-12)
 
(5) ChoicePlus Series Application (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
(6)(a) Articles of Incorporation of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-04999) filed on September 24, 1996.
 
(b) By-laws of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-118478) filed on April 5, 2007.
 
(7)(a) Automatic Indemnity Reinsurance Agreement Amended and Restated as of October 1, 2009 between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lincoln National Reinsurance Company (Barbados) Limited incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 43 (File No. 033-26032) filed on April 7, 2010.
 
(b) Automatic Reinsurance Agreement dated July 1, 2007 between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 (File No. 333-138190) filed on April 8, 2008.
 
(i) Amendments to Automatic Reinsurance Agreement dated July 1, 2007 between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 (File No. 333-40937) filed on April 7, 2010.
 
(8)(a) Fund Participation Agreements and Amendments between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and:
 
(i) AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(ii) BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 n Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 1, 2011.
 
 
B-3
 

 
(iii) Delaware VIP Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(iv) DWS Variable Series II incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(v) Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(vi) Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(vii) Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(viii) MFS Variable Insurance Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 18 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 3, 2012.
 
(ix) PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-6 (File No. 333-146507) filed on April 1, 2011.
 
(b) Rule 22c-2 Agreements between The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and:
 
(i) BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 (File No. 333-68842) filed on June 22, 2009.
 
(ii) Delaware VIP Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 (File No. 333-36316) filed on March 30, 2012.
 
(iii) Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 (File No. 333-36304) filed on May 29, 2008.
 
(iv) Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 (File No. 333-36304) filed on May 29, 2008.
 
(v) Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 (File No. 333-36304) filed on May 29, 2008.
 
(vi) MFS Variable Insurance Trust incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 (File No. 333-36304) filed on May 29, 2008.
 
(c) Accounting and Financial Administration Services Agreement dated October 1, 2007 among Mellon Bank, N.A., The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York is incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-147673) filed on November 28, 2007.
 
(9) Opinion and Consent of Mary Jo Ardington, Associate General Counsel of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company as to the legality of securities being issued (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
(10)(a) Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
(b) Power of Attorney - Principal Officers and Directors of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (To Be Filed by Amendment)
 
(11) Not applicable
 
(12) Not applicable
 
(13) Organizational Chart of the Lincoln National Insurance Holding Company System incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 (File No. 333-170695) filed on March 30, 2012.
 
B-4
 

 
Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor
 
The following list contains the officers and directors of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company who are engaged directly or indirectly in activities relating to Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N as well as the contracts. The list also shows The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company's executive officers.
 
Name
Positions and Offices with Depositor
Dennis R. Glass**
President and Director
Chuck C. Cornelio***
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Director
Randal J. Freitag**
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Mark E. Konen***
Executive Vice President and Director
Keith J. Ryan*
Vice President and Director
Charles A. Brawley, III**
Vice President and Secretary
C. Phillip Elam, II***
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
Jeffrey D. Coutts**
Senior Vice President and Treasurer
*Principal business address is 1300 South Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802
**Principal business address is Radnor Financial Center, 150 Radnor Chester Road, Radnor, PA 19087
***Principal business address is 100 North Greene Street, Greensboro, NC 27401
 
Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Depositor or Registrant
 
See Exhibit 13: Organizational Chart of the Lincoln National Insurance Holding Company System.
 
Item 27. Number of Contractowners
 
As of April 30, 2012 there were 215,101 contract owners under Account N.
 
Item 28. Indemnification
 
a) Brief description of indemnification provisions.
 
In general, Article VII of the By-Laws of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company) provides that Lincoln Life will indemnify certain persons against expenses, judgments and certain other specified costs incurred by any such person if he/she is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to a suit or proceeding because he/she was a director, officer, or employee of Lincoln Life, as long as he/she acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of, or act opposed to the best interests of, Lincoln Life. Certain additional conditions apply to indemnification in criminal proceedings.
 
In particular, separate conditions govern indemnification of directors, officers, and employees of Lincoln Life in connection with suits by, or in the right of, Lincoln Life.
 
Please refer to Article VII of the By-Laws of Lincoln Life (Exhibit no. 6(b) hereto) for the full text of the indemnification provisions. Indemnification is permitted by, and is subject to the requirements of, Indiana law.
 
b) Undertaking pursuant to Rule 484 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933:
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 28(a) above or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any such action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
B-5
 

 
Item 29. Principal Underwriter
 
(a) Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) currently serves as Principal Underwriter for: Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account C; Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account D; Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E; Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account F; Lincoln National Flexible Premium Variable Life Account G; Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H; Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account J; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account K; Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account L; Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account L; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account M; Lincoln Life & Annuity Flexible Premium Variable Life Account M; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N; Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account Q; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account R; LLANY Separate Account R for Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account S; LLANY Separate Account S for Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account T; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account W; and Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account Y and Lincoln Life & Annuity Flexible Premium Variable Life Account Y; Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account JF-H; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account JF-I; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JF-A; Lincoln Life Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JF-C; Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account JL-A; Lincoln Life & Annuity Flexible Premium Variable Life Account JA-B.
 
(b) Officers and Directors of Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc.:
 
Name
Positions and Offices with Underwriter
Wilford H. Fuller*
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
David M. Kittredge*
Senior Vice President
Jeffrey D. Coutts****
Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Patrick J. Caulfield**
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Joel Schwartz*
Senior Vice President and Director
Keith J. Ryan***
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thomas P. O'Neill*
Senior Vice President and Director
Linda E. Woodward***
Secretary
*Principal Business address is Radnor Financial Center, 150 Radnor Chester Road, Radnor, PA 19087
**Principal Business address is 350 Church Street, Hartford, CT 06103
***Principal Business address is 1300 S. Clinton Street, Ft. Wayne, IN 46802
****Principal Business address is 100 Greene Street, Greensboro, NC 27401
 
(c) N/A
 

 
Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records
 
All accounts, books, and other documents, except accounting records, required to be maintained by Section 31a of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder are maintained by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, 1300 South Clinton Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802. The accounting records are maintained by The Bank of New York Mellon, One Mellon Bank Center, 500 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15258.
 

B-6

 
 
 

 

Item 31. Management Services
 
Not Applicable.
 
Item 32. Undertakings
 
(a) Registrant undertakes that it will file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more than 16 months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted.
 
(b) Registrant undertakes that it will include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a Certificate or an Individual Contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a post card or a similar written communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.
 
(c) Registrant undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statements required to be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request to Lincoln Life at the address or phone number listed in the Prospectus.
 
(d) The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company hereby represents that the fees and charges deducted under the contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
 
(e) Registrant hereby represents that it is relying on the American Council of Life Insurance (avail. Nov. 28, 1988) no-action letter with respect to Contracts used in connection with retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and represents further that it will comply with the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (4) set forth in that no-action letter.
 
SIGNATURES
 
 
 As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf, in the City of Fort Wayne, and State of Indiana on this 23rd day of May, 2012.
 
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N (Registrant)
Lincoln ChoicePlusSM Assurance Series
 
By:
/s/ Kimberly A. Genovese
Kimberly A.Genovese
Assistant Vice President, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
(Title)
 
THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Depositor)
 
By:
/s/ Stephen R. Turer
Stephen R. Turer
(Signature-Officer of Depositor)
Vice President, The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
(Title)

 
(b) As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities indicated on May 23, 2012.
 

Signature
Title
*
Dennis R. Glass
President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
*
Charles C. Cornelio
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Director
*
C. Phillip Elam II
Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
*
Randal J. Freitag
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)
*
Mark E. Konen
Senior Vice President and Director
*
Keith J. Ryan
Vice President and Director
*By: /s/ Kimberly A.Genovese
Kimberly A.Genovese
Pursuant to a Power of Attorney

B-7